2026-09-29; City Council; 05; Chinquapin Lift Station Improvements Project — Carlsbad City Council, September 29, 2026 (part 8 of 9)

Power Accuracy
Power Monitor Group
kVARh Net X X X X
kVAh X X X X X
kW Demand X X X X
Max kW Demand X X X X
kVAR Demand X X X X
Max kVAR Demand X X X X
kVA Demand X X X X X
Max kVA Demand X X X X X
Table 7: Power Reporting Accuracy
Operating Range Parameter Accuracy
Min FLA … Max FLA
50 V L-L … 690V L-L
50 Hz & 60Hz
Apparent Power 9%
Table 6: Power Reporting Summary
Parameter Name Single Phase Delta Wye Open Delta ➊ Delta with PT L1 Real Power
This parameter provides the real power
(kW) measured in L1 with measurement in
kiloWatts.

Parameter Number 173
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-AD-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kW
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
L2 Real Power

This parameter provides the real power
(kW) measured in L2 with measurement in
kiloWatts.

Parameter Number 174
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-AE-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kW
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
L3 Real Power
This parameter provides the real power
(kW) measured in L3 with measurement in
kiloWatts.

Parameter Number 175
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-AF-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kW
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
162 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 8 Power Parameters
Total Real Power
This parameter provides the total real
power (kW) measured in all phases with
measurement in kiloWatts.

Parameter Number 176
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-B0-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kW
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
L1 Reactive Pwr

This parameter provides the reactive
power (kVAR) measured in L1 with
measurement in kiloVolt-Amperes
reactive.

Parameter Number 177
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-B1-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kW
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
L2 Reactive Pwr
This parameter provides the reactive
power (kVAR) measured in L2 with
measurement in kiloVolt-Amperes
reactive.

Parameter Number 178
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-B2-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kVAR
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
L3 Reactive Pwr
This parameter provides the reactive
power (kVAR) measured in L3 with
measurement in kiloVolt-Amperes
reactive.

Parameter Number 179
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-B3-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kVAR
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
Tot Reactive Pwr
This parameter provides the total
reactive power (kVAR) measured in all
phases with measurement in
kiloVolt-Amperes reactive.

Parameter Number 180
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-B4-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kVAR
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 163 Power Parameters Chapter 8
L1 Apparent Pwr
This parameter provides the apparent
power (kVA) measured in L1 with
measurement in kiloVolt-Amperes.

Parameter Number 181
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-B5-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kVA
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
L2 Apparent Pwr
This parameter provides the apparent
power (kVA) measured in L2 with
measurement in kiloVolt-Amperes.

Parameter Number 182
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-B6-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kVA
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
L3 Apparent Pwr

This parameter provides the apparent
power (kVA) measured in L3 with
measurement in kiloVolt-Amperes.

Parameter Number 183
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-B7-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kVA
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
Tot Apparent Pwr
This parameter provides the total
apparent power (kVA) measured in all
phases with measurement in
kiloVolt-Amperes.

Parameter Number 184
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-B8-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kVA
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
L1 PF
This parameter provides the power factor
measured in L1 with measurement in
percentage.

Parameter Number 185
Access Rule Get
Data Type SINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-B9-01
Group Power Monitor
Units %
Minimum Value -100
Maximum Value 100
Default Value —
164 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 8 Power Parameters
L2 PF
This parameter provides the power factor
measured in L2 with measurement in
percentage.

Parameter Number 186
Access Rule Get
Data Type SINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-BA-01
Group Power Monitor
Units %
Minimum Value -100
Maximum Value 100
Default Value —
L3 PF
This parameter provides the power factor
measured in L3 with measurement in
percentage.

Parameter Number 187
Access Rule Get
Data Type SINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-BB-01
Group Power Monitor
Units %
Minimum Value -100
Maximum Value 100
Default Value —
Total PF

This parameter provides the total power
factor averaged from all phases with
measurement in percentage.

Parameter Number 188
Access Rule Get
Data Type SINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-BC-01
Group Power Monitor
Units %
Minimum Value -100
Maximum Value 100
Default Value —
kWh 10E6

This parameter provides a component of
total real energy (kWh). Multiply this
value by 10
6 and add to the other kWh
parameters.

Represents XXX,000,000.000
Parameter Number 189
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-BD-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
kWh 10E3

This parameter provides a component of
total real energy (kWh). Multiply this
value by 103 and add to the other kWh
parameters.

Represents 000,XXX,000.000
Parameter Number 190
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-BE-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -999
Maximum Value 999
Default Value —
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 165 Power Parameters Chapter 8
kWh 10E0

This parameter provides a component of
total real energy (kWh). Multiply this
value by 100 and add to the other kWh
parameters.

Represents 000,000,XXX.000
Parameter Number 191
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-BF-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -999
Maximum Value 999
Default Value —
kWh 10E-3
This parameter provides a component of
total real energy (kWh). Multiply this
value by 10-3 and add to the other kWh
parameters.

Represents 000,000,000.XXX
Parameter Number 192
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-C0-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -999
Maximum Value 999
Default Value —
kVARh Con 10E6

This parameter provides a component of
total reactive energy consumed (kVARh).

Multiply this value by 106 and add to the
other kVARh consumed parameters.

Represents XXX,000,000.000
Parameter Number 193
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-C1-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
kVARh Con 10E3
This parameter provides a component of
total reactive energy consumed (kVARh).

Multiply this value by 103 and add to the
other kVARh consumed parameters.

Represents 000,XXX,000.000
Parameter Number 194
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-C2-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -999
Maximum Value 999
Default Value —
kVARh Con 10E0
This parameter provides a component of
total reactive energy consumed (kVARh).

Multiply this value by 100 and add to the
other kVARh consumed parameters.

Represents 000,000,XXX.000
Parameter Number 195
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-C3-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -999
Maximum Value 999
Default Value —
166 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 8 Power Parameters
kVARh Con 10E-3
This parameter provides a component of
total reactive energy consumed (kVARh).

Multiply this value by 10-3 and add to the
other kVARh consumed parameters.

Represents 000,000,000.XXX
Parameter Number 196
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-C4-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -999
Maximum Value 999
Default Value —
kVARh Gen 10E6
This parameter provides a component of
total reactive energy generated (kVARh).

Multiply this value by 106 and add to the
other kVARh generated parameters.

Represents XXX,000,000.000
Parameter Number 197
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-C5-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
kVARh Gen 10E3
This parameter provides a component of
total reactive energy generated (kVARh).

Multiply this value by 103 and add to the
other kVARh generated parameters.

Represents 000,XXX,000.000
Parameter Number 198
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-C6-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -999
Maximum Value 999
Default Value —
kVARh Gen 10E0
This parameter provides a component of
total reactive energy generated (kVARh).

Multiply this value by 100 and add to the
other kVARh generated parameters.

Represents 000,000,XXX.000
Parameter Number 199
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-C7-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -999
Maximum Value 999
Default Value —
kVARh Gen 10E-3
This parameter provides a component of
total reactive energy generated (kVARh).

Multiply this value by 10-3 and add to the
other kVARh generated parameters.

Represents 000,000,000.XXX
Parameter Number 200
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-C8-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -999
Maximum Value 999
Default Value —
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 167 Power Parameters Chapter 8
kVARh Net 10E6

This parameter provides a component of
total reactive energy net (kVARh).

Multiply this value by 106 and add to the
other kVARh net parameters.

Represents XXX,000,000.000
Parameter Number 201
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-C9-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
kVARh Net 10E3

This parameter provides a component of
total reactive energy net (kVARh).

Multiply this value by 103 and add to the
other kVARh net parameters.

Represents 000,XXX,000.000
Parameter Number 202
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-CA-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -999
Maximum Value 999
Default Value —
kVARh Net 10E0

This parameter provides a component of
total reactive energy net (kVARh).

Multiply this value by 100 and add to the
other kVARh net parameters.

Represents 000,000,XXX.000
Parameter Number 203
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-CB-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -999
Maximum Value 999
Default Value —
kVARh Net 10E-3
This parameter provides a component of
total reactive energy net (kVARh).

Multiply this value by 10-3 and add to the
other kVARh net parameters.

Represents 000,000,000.XXX
Parameter Number 204
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-CC-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -999
Maximum Value 999
Default Value —
kVAh Net 10E6
This parameter provides a component of
total apparent energy (kVAh). Multiply
this value by 106 and add to the other
kVAh parameters.

Represents XXX,000,000.000
Parameter Number 205
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-CD-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
168 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 8 Power Parameters
kVAh Net 10E3
This parameter provides a component of
total apparent energy (kVAh). Multiply
this value by 103 and add to the other
kVAh parameters.

Represents 000,XXX,000.000
Parameter Number 206
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-CE-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -999
Maximum Value 999
Default Value —
kVAh Net 10E0
This parameter provides a component of
total apparent energy (kVAh). Multiply this
value by 100 and add to the other kVAh
parameters.

Represents 000,000,XXX.000
Parameter Number 207
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-CF-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -999
Maximum Value 999
Default Value —
kVAh Net 10E-3

This parameter provides a component of
total apparent energy (kVAh). Multiply
this value by 10-3 and add to the other
kVAh parameters.

Represents 000,000,000.XXX
Parameter Number 208
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-D0-01
Group Power Monitor
Units
Minimum Value -999
Maximum Value 999
Default Value —
kW Demand

This parameter provides kW Demand
which is the average real energy usage
over a defined period of time.

Parameter Number 209
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-D1-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kW
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
Max kW Demand
This parameter provides maximum kW
Demand.

Parameter Number 210
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-D2-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kW
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 169 Power Parameters Chapter 8
VAR Demand

This parameter provides kVAR Demand
which is the average reactive energy
usage over a defined period of time.

Parameter Number 211
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-D3-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kVAR
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
Max VAR Demand
This parameter provides maximum kVAR
Demand.

Parameter Number 212
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-D4-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kVAR
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
VA Dmnd
This parameter provides kVA Demand
which is the average apparent energy
usage over a defined period of time.

Parameter Number 213
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-D5-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kVA
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
Max VA Dmnd
This parameter provides maximum kVA
Demand.

Parameter Number 214
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-D6-01
Group Power Monitor
Units kVAR
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
170 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 8 Power Parameters
PW Trip Status
This parameter provides power based
trip identification as outlined in the table
below:
1 = Trip
0 = No TrIp
Parameter Number 227
Access Rule Get
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-E3-01
Group Power Monitor
Units —
Minimum Value —
Maximum Value —
Default Value —
Bit Function:
1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 0 9876543210
XU n d e r R e a l P w r
XO v e r R e a l P w r
X Under Con kVAR
XO ver Con kVAR
X Under Gen kVAR
XO ver Gen kVAR
XU nder Power kVA
XO ver Power kVA
X Under PF Lagging
X Over PF Lagging
XU nder PF Leading
XO ver PF Leading
X Power Overflow
PW Warn Status
This parameter provides power based
warning identification as outlined in the
table below:
1 = Warning
0 = No Warning
Parameter Number 228
Access Rule Get
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-E4-01
Group Power Monitor
Units —
Minimum Value —
Maximum Value —
Default Value —
Bit Function:
1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 0 9876543210
XU n d e r R e a l P w r
XO v e r R e a l P w r
X Under Con kVAR
XO ver Con kVAR
X Under Gen kVAR
XO ver Gen kVAR
XU nder Power kVA
XO ver Power kVA
X Under PF Lagging
X Over PF Lagging
XU nder PF Leading
XO ver PF Leading
X Power Overflow
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 171 Power Parameters Chapter 8
Power Setup Group PW Trip Enable
This parameter allows the installer to
enable or disable power based trip
functions separately.
1 = Trip
0 = No TrIp
Parameter Number 225
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-E1-01
Group Power Setup
Units —
Minimum Value —
Maximum Value —
Default Value —
Bit Function:
1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 0 9876543210
XU n d e r R e a l P w r
XO v e r R e a l P w r
X Under Con kVAR
XO ver Con kVAR
X Under Gen kVAR
XO ver Gen kVAR
XU nder Power kVA
X Over Power kVA
X Under PF Lagging
XO ver PF Lagging
XU nder PF Leading
XO ver PF Leading
X Power Overflow
PW Warn Enable
This parameter allows the installer to
enable or disable power based warning
functions separately.
1 = Warning
0 = No Warning
Parameter Number 226
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-E2-01
Group Power Setup
Units —
Minimum Value —
Maximum Value —
Default Value —
Bit Function:
1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 0 9876543210
XU n d e r R e a l P w r
XO v e r R e a l P w r
X Under Con kVAR
XO ver Con kVAR
X Under Gen kVAR
XO ver Gen kVAR
XU nder Power kVA
X Over Power kVA
X Under PF Lagging
XO ver PF Lagging
XU nder PF Leading
XO ver PF Leading
X Power Overflow
172 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 8 Power Parameters
UW Inhibit Time
This parameter defines the amount of
time for which an under real power (kW)
detection is inhibited during a motor
starting sequence.

Parameter Number 241
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-F1-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 250
Default Value 10
UW Trip Delay
This parameter allows the installer to
program a time duration for which an
under real power (kW) condition must
exist prior to the device tripping.

Parameter Number 242
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-F2-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0.1
Maximum Value 25.0
Default Value 1.0
UW Trip Level

This parameter sets the under real power
(kW) trip level.

Parameter Number 243
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-F3-01
Group Power Setup
Units kW
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
UV Warn Level
This parameter sets the under real power
(kW) warning level.

Parameter Number 244
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-F4-01
Group Power Setup
Units kW
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
OW Inhibit Time

This parameter defines the amount of
time for which an over real power (kW)
detection is inhibited during a motor
starting sequence.

Parameter Number 245
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-F5-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 250
Default Value 10
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 173 Power Parameters Chapter 8
OW Trip Delay
This parameter allows the installer to
program a time duration for which an
over real power (kW) condition must
exist prior to the device tripping.

Parameter Number 246
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-F6-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0.1
Maximum Value 25.0
Default Value 1.0
OW Trip Level
This parameter sets the over real power
(kW) trip level.

Parameter Number 247
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-F7-01
Group Power Setup
Units kW
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
OW Warn Level
This parameter sets the over real power
(kW) warning level.

Parameter Number 248
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-F8-01
Group Power Setup
Units kW
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
UVARC Inhibit Time

This parameter defines the amount of
time for which an under reactive power
(kVAR) consumed detection is inhibited
during a motor starting sequence.

Parameter Number 249
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-F9-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 250
Default Value 10
UVARC Trip Delay
This parameter allows the installer to
program a time duration for which an
under reactive power (kVAR) consumed
condition must exist prior to the device
tripping.

Parameter Number 250
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-FA-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0.1
Maximum Value 25.0
Default Value 1.0
174 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 8 Power Parameters
UVARC Trip Level
This parameter sets the under reactive
power (kVAR) consumed trip level.

Parameter Number 251
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-FB-01
Group Power Setup
Units kVAR
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
UVARC Warn Level

This parameter sets the under reactive
power (kVAR) consumed warning level.

Parameter Number 252
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-FC-01
Group Power Setup
Units kVAR
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
OVARC Inhibit Time

This parameter defines the amount of
time for which an over reactive power
(kVAR) consumed detection is inhibited
during a motor starting sequence.

Parameter Number 253
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-FD-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 250
Default Value 10
OVARC Trip Delay
This parameter allows the installer to
program a time duration for which an
over reactive power (kVAR) consumed
condition must exist prior to the device
tripping.

Parameter Number 254
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-FE-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0.1
Maximum Value 25.0
Default Value 1.0
OVARC Trip Level

This parameter sets the over reactive
power (kVAR) consumed trip level.

Parameter Number 255
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-FF-01
Group Power Setup
Units kVAR
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 175 Power Parameters Chapter 8
OVARC Warn Level

This parameter sets the over reactive
power (kVAR) consumed warning level.

Parameter Number 256
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-100-01
Group Power Setup
Units kVAR
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
UVARG Inhibit Time
This parameter defines the amount of
time for which an under reactive power
(kVAR) generated detection is inhibited
during a motor starting sequence.

Parameter Number 257
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-101-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 250
Default Value 10
UVARG Trip Delay
This parameter allows the installer to
program a time duration for which an
under reactive power (kVAR) generated
condition must exist prior to the device
tripping.

Parameter Number 258
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-102-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0.1
Maximum Value 25.0
Default Value 1.0
UVARG Trip Level
This parameter sets the under reactive
power (kVAR) generated trip level.

Parameter Number 259
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-103-01
Group Power Setup
Units kVAR
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 0
Default Value —
UVARG Warn Level

This parameter sets the under reactive
power (kVAR) generated warning level.

Parameter Number 260
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-104-01
Group Power Setup
Units kVAR
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 0
Default Value —
176 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 8 Power Parameters
OVARG Inhibit Time

This parameter defines the amount of
time for which an over reactive power
(kVAR) generated detection is inhibited
during a motor starting sequence.

Parameter Number 261
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-105-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 250
Default Value 10
OVARG Trip Delay
This parameter allows the installer to
program a time duration for which an
over reactive power (kVAR) generated
condition must exist prior to the device
tripping.

Parameter Number 262
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-106-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0.1
Maximum Value 25.0
Default Value 1.0
OVARG Trip Level
This parameter sets the over reactive
power (kVAR) generated trip level.

Parameter Number 263
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-107-01
Group Power Setup
Units kVAR
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 0
Default Value —
OVARG Warn Level
This parameter sets the over reactive
power (kVAR) generated warning level.

Parameter Number 264
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-108-01
Group Power Setup
Units kVAR
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 0
Default Value —
UVA Inhibit Time
This parameter defines the amount of
time for which an under apparent power
(kVA) detection is inhibited during a
motor starting sequence.

Parameter Number 265
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-109-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 250
Default Value 10
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 177 Power Parameters Chapter 8
UVA Trip Delay
This parameter allows the installer to
program a time duration for which an
under apparent power (kVA) condition
must exist prior to the device tripping.

Parameter Number 266
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-10A-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0.1
Maximum Value 25.0
Default Value 1.0
UVA Trip Level

This parameter sets the under apparent
power (kVA) trip level.

Parameter Number 267
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-10B-01
Group Power Setup
Units kVA
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
UVA Warn Level

This parameter sets the under apparent
power (kVA) warning level.

Parameter Number 268
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-10C-01
Group Power Setup
Units kVA
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
OVA Inhibit Time

This parameter defines the amount of
time for which an over apparent power
(kVA) detection is inhibited during a
motor starting sequence.

Parameter Number 269
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-10D-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 250
Default Value 10
OVA Trip Delay
This parameter allows the installer to
program a time duration for which an
over apparent power (kVA) condition
must exist prior to the device tripping.

Parameter Number 270
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-10E-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0.1
Maximum Value 25.0
Default Value 1.0
178 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 8 Power Parameters
OVA Trip Level

This parameter sets the over apparent
power (kVA) trip level.

Parameter Number 271
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-10F-01
Group Power Setup
Units kVA
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
OVA Warn Level
This parameter sets the over apparent
power (kVA) warning level.

Parameter Number 272
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-110-01
Group Power Setup
Units kVA
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
UPFLG Inhibit Time
This parameter defines the amount of
time for which an under power factor
lagging detection is inhibited during a
motor starting sequence.

Parameter Number 273
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-111-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 250
Default Value 10
UPFLG Trip Delay

This parameter allows the installer to
program a time duration for which an
under power factor lagging condition
must exist prior to the device tripping.

Parameter Number 274
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-112-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0.1
Maximum Value 25.0
Default Value 1.0
UPFLG Trip Level
This parameter sets the under power
factor lagging trip level.

Parameter Number 275
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type SINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-113-01
Group Power Setup
Units %
Minimum Value -100
Maximum Value 0
Default Value -90
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 179 Power Parameters Chapter 8
UPFLG Warn Level
This parameter sets the under power
factor lagging warning level.

Parameter Number 276
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type SINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-114-01
Group Power Setup
Units %
Minimum Value -100
Maximum Value 0
Default Value -95
OPFLG Inhibit Time
This parameter defines the amount of
time for which an over power factor
lagging detection is inhibited during a
motor starting sequence.

Parameter Number 277
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-115-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 250
Default Value 10
OPFLG Trip Delay

This parameter allows the installer to
program a time duration for which an
over power factor lagging condition
must exist prior to the device tripping.

Parameter Number 278
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-116-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0.1
Maximum Value 25.0
Default Value 1.0
OPFLG Trip Level
This parameter sets the over power
factor lagging trip level.

Parameter Number 279
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type SINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-117-01
Group Power Setup
Units %
Minimum Value -100
Maximum Value 0
Default Value -95
OPFLG Warn Level

This parameter sets the over power
factor lagging warning level.

Parameter Number 280
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type SINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-118-01
Group Power Setup
Units %
Minimum Value -100
Maximum Value 0
Default Value -90
180 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 8 Power Parameters
UPFLD Inhibit Time
This parameter defines the amount of
time for which an under power factor
leading detection is inhibited during a
motor starting sequence.

Parameter Number 281
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-119-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 250
Default Value 10
UPFLD Trip Delay
This parameter allows the installer to
program a time duration for which an
under power factor leading condition
must exist prior to the device tripping.

Parameter Number 282
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-11A-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0.1
Maximum Value 25.0
Default Value 1.0
UPFLD Trip Level

This parameter sets the under power
factor leading trip level.

Parameter Number 283
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type SINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-11B-01
Group Power Setup
Units %
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 100
Default Value 90
UPFLD Warn Level

This parameter sets the under power
factor leading warning level.

Parameter Number 284
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type SINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-11C-01
Group Power Setup
Units %
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 100
Default Value 95
OPFLD Inhibit Time
This parameter defines the amount of
time for which an over power factor
leading detection is inhibited during a
motor starting sequence.

Parameter Number 285
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-11D-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 250
Default Value 10
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 181 Power Parameters Chapter 8
OPFLD Trip Delay

This parameter allows the installer to
program a time duration for which an
over power factor leading condition
must exist prior to the device tripping.

Parameter Number 286
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-11E-01
Group Power Setup
Units Seconds
Minimum Value 0.1
Maximum Value 25.0
Default Value 1.0
OPFLD Trip Level
This parameter sets the over power
factor leading trip level.

Parameter Number 287
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type SINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-11F-01
Group Power Setup
Units %
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 100
Default Value 95
OPFLD Warn Level

This parameter sets the over power
factor leading warning level.

Parameter Number 288
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type SINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-120-01
Group Power Setup
Units %
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 100
Default Value 90
Demand Period

This parameter sets the time period in
minutes for which the demand
calculation averages energy usage.

Parameter Number 291
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-123-01
Group Power Setup
Units Minutes
Minimum Value 1
Maximum Value 255
Default Value 15
Num of Periods

This parameter sets the number of
periods to average for the demand
calculation.

Parameter Number 292
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type USINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-124-01
Group Power Setup
Units —
Minimum Value 1
Maximum Value 15
Default Value 1
182 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 8 Power Parameters
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 183 Chapter 9
Trip History and Snapshot
Trip and Warning History The E3 Plus Overload Relay with firmware revision 5.01 and higher offers the user programmable T rip History and W arning History diagnostic information.

The user can select the specific trip and warning features that get written to the five record T rip History and W arning History.

TripWarn History Group
Trip History 0

This parameter reports the latest trip
written to the Trip History. Refer to Table

8.1 for the Trip History record
identification.

Parameter Number 132
Access Rule Get
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-84-01
Group TripWarn History
Units —
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 48
Default Value —
Trip History 1

This parameter reports the trip written to
the Trip History previous to Trip History 0.

Refer to Table 8.1 for the Trip History
record identification.

Parameter Number 133
Access Rule Get
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-85-01
Group TripWarn History
Units —
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 48
Default Value —
Trip History 2

This parameter reports the trip written to
the Trip History previous to Trip History 1.

Refer to Table 8.1 for the Trip History
record identification.

Parameter Number 134
Access Rule Get
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-86-01
Group TripWarn History
Units —
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 48
Default Value —
184 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 9 Trip History and Snapshot
Trip History 3
This parameter reports the trip written to
the Trip History previous to Trip History 2.

Refer to Table 8.1 for the Trip History
record identification.

Parameter Number 135
Access Rule Get
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-87-01
Group TripWarn History
Units —
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 48
Default Value —
Trip History 4
This parameter reports the trip written to
the Trip History previous to Trip History 3.

Refer to Table 8.1 for the Trip History
record identification.

Parameter Number 136
Access Rule Get
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-88-01
Group TripWarn History
Units —
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 48
Default Value —
Warn History 0
This parameter reports the latest
warning written to the Warning History.

Refer to Table 8.1 for the Warning History
record identification.

Parameter Number 137
Access Rule Get
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-89-01
Group TripWarn History
Units —
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 48
Default Value —
Warn History 1

This parameter reports the warning
written to the Warning History previous
to Warn History 0. Refer to Table 8.1 for
the Warning History record
identification.

Parameter Number 138
Access Rule Get
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-8A-01
Group TripWarn History
Units —
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 48
Default Value —
Warn History 2

This parameter reports the warning
written to the Warning History previous
to Warn History 1. Refer to Table 8.1 for
the Warning History record
identification.

Parameter Number 139
Access Rule Get
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-8B-01
Group TripWarn History
Units —
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 48
Default Value —
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 185 Trip History and Snapshot Chapter 9
Warn History 3

This parameter reports the warning
written to the Warning History previous
to Warn History 2. Refer to Table 8.1 for
the Warning History record
identification.

Parameter Number 140
Access Rule Get
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-8C-01
Group TripWarn History
Units —
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 48
Default Value —
Warn History 4
This parameter reports the warning
written to the Warning History previous
to Warn History 3. Refer to Table 8.1 for
the Warning History record
identification.

Parameter Number 141
Access Rule Get
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-8D-01
Group TripWarn History
Units —
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 48
Default Value —
186 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 9 Trip History and Snapshot
Table 8: Trip & Warning History Fault Codes
Code Type Description
0 No Fault No Fault Conditions Detected
1 Test Trip Test trip caused by holding the Test/Rest button for 2 seconds 2 Overload Motor current overload condition
3 Phase Loss Phase current Loss detected in one of the motor phases 4 Ground Fault Power conductor or motor winding is shorting to ground 5 Stall Motor has not reached full speed by the end of Stall Enable Time 6 Jam Motor current has exceed the programmed jam trip level 7 Underload Motor current has fallen below normal operating levels 8 PTC PTC input indicates that the motor stator windings overheated 9 Current Imbal Phase to phase current imbalance detected 10 Comm Fault DeviceNet communication loss detected
11 Comm Idle DeviceNet idle condition detected
12 NonVol Mem Internal memory failure. Contact the factory. 13 Hardware Fault Hardware configuration fault. Check for shorts on input terminal 15 Remote Trip Remote trip command detected
16 Blocked Start Maximum starts per hour exceeded
17 Voltage Hdw Flt A problem with the external voltage hardware has been detected 18 Under Volt L-L Line to Line Under-Voltage condition detected 19 Over Volt L-L Line to Line Over-Voltage condition detected 20 Voltage Unbal Phase to phase voltage imbalance detected 21 Phase Rotation The unit detects the supply voltage phases are rotated 22 Under Frequency Line voltage frequency is below trip level 23 Over Frequency Line voltage frequency has exceeded trip level 33 Under Real Pwr Total Real Power(kW)is below trip level 34 Over Real Pwr Total Real Power(kW)has exceeded trip level 35 Under Con kVAR Under Total Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected 36 Over Con kVAR Over Total Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected 37 Under Gen kVAR Under Total Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected 38 Over Gen kVAR Over Total Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected 39 Under Power kVA Total Apparent Power (V A or kVA or MVA) is below trip level 40 Over Power kVA Total Apparent Power (VA or kVA or MVA) exceeded trip level 41 Under PF Lagging Under Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected 42 Over PF Lagging Over Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected 43 Under PF Leading Under Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected 44 Over PF Leading Over Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected 45 Power Overflow kW, kVAR or kVA has exceeded its maximum display value TripHistory Mask
This parameter allows the user to
configure which current based
protection features are written to the five
record Trip History as outlined in the
table below:
1 = Recorded
0 = Not Recorded
Parameter Number 142
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-8E-01
Group TripWarn History
Units —
Minimum Value 0000000000000000
Maximum Value 1111111111111111
Default Value 1101111101111111
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 187 Trip History and Snapshot Chapter 9
Bit Function:
1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 0 9876543210
XT e s t T r i p
XO v e r l o a d
X Phase Loss
X Ground Fault
XS tall
XJ am
XU nderload
XR eserved
XC urrent Imbal
X Comm Fault
X Comm Idle
XN onVol Mem
X Hardware Fault
XR eserved
X Remote Trip
X Bocked Start
WarnHistory Mask

This parameter allows the user to
configure which current based
protection features are written to the five
record Warning History as outlined in the
table below:
1 = Recorded
0 = Not Recorded
Parameter Number 143
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-8F-01
Group TripWarn History
Units —
Minimum Value 0000000000000000
Maximum Value 0111111111111111
Default Value 0111011101101010
Bit Function:
1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 0 9876543210
XR e s e r v e d
XO v e r l o a d
X Phase Loss
X Ground Fault
XR eserved
XJ am
XU nderload
XR eserved
XC urrent Imbal
X Comm Fault
X Comm Idle
XR eserved
XC onfig Fault
XP M Starts
XP M Oper Hours
Reserved
188 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 9 Trip History and Snapshot
V TripHist Mask
This parameter allows the user to
configure which voltage based
protection features are written to the five
record Trip History as outlined in the
table below:
1 = Recorded
0 = Not Recorded
Parameter Number 299
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-12B-01
Group TripWarn History
Units —
Minimum Value 0000000000000000
Maximum Value 0000000001111111
Default Value 0000000001111111
Bit Function:
1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 0 9876543210
XV o l t a g e H d w r F l t
XU n d e r V o l t L - L
XO v e r V o l t L - L
XV oltage Unbal
X Phase Rotation
X Under Frequency
XO ver Frequency
V WarnHist Mask
This parameter allows the user to
configure which voltage based
protection features are written to the five
record Warning History as outlined in the
table below:
1 = Recorded
0 = Not Recorded
Parameter Number 300
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-12C-01
Group TripWarn History
Units —
Minimum Value 0000000000000000
Maximum Value 0000000001111111
Default Value 0000000001111111
Bit Function:
1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 0 9876543210
XV o l t a g e H d w r F l t
XU n d e r V o l t L - L
XO v e r V o l t L - L
XV oltage Unbal
X Phase Rotation
X Under Frequency
XO ver Frequency
PW TripHist Mask

This parameter allows the user to
configure which power based protection
features are written to the five record Trip
History as outlined in the table below:
1 = Recorded
0 = Not Recorded
Parameter Number 301
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-12D-01
Group TripWarn History
Units —
Minimum Value 0000000000000000
Maximum Value 0001111111111111
Default Value 0001111111111111
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 189 Trip History and Snapshot Chapter 9
Trip Snapshot The E3 Overload Relay with firmware revision 5.01 and higher will record up to twelve real time data parameters in non-volatile memory in the event of an E3 Overload Relay trip. This information can be used by maintenance personnel to understand the electrical conditions of the electric motor at the time of the trip.

Bit Function:
1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 0 9876543210
XU n d e r R e a l P w r
XO v e r R e a l P w r
X Under Con kVAR
XO ver Con kVAR
X Under Gen kVAR
XO ver Gen kVAR
XU nder Power kVA
X Over Power kVA
X Under PF Lagging
XO ver PF Lagging
XU nder PF Leading
XO ver PF Leading
Power Overflow
PW WarnHist Mask
This parameter allows the user to
configure which power based protection
features are written to the five record
Warn History as outlined in the table
below:
1 = Recorded
0 = Not Recorded
Parameter Number 302
Access Rule Get/Set
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-12E-01
Group TripWarn History
Units —
Minimum Value 0000000000000000
Maximum Value 0001111111111111
Default Value 0001111111111111
Bit Function:
1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 1 1 0 9876543210
XU n d e r R e a l P w r
XO v e r R e a l P w r
X Under Con kVAR
XO ver Con kVAR
X Under Gen kVAR
XO ver Gen kVAR
XU nder Power kVA
X Over Power kVA
X Under PF Lagging
XO ver PF Lagging
XU nder PF Leading
XO ver PF Leading
X Power Overflow
190 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 9 Trip History and Snapshot
Trip Snapshot Group
SS L1 Current
This parameter reports the value of L1
Current at the time of the last relay trip.

Parameter Number 144
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-90-01
Group Trip Snapshot
Units Amps
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
SS L2 Current
This parameter reports the value of L2
Current at the time of the last relay trip.

Parameter Number 145
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-91-01
Group Trip Snapshot
Units Amps
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
SS L3 Current

This parameter reports the value of L3
Current at the time of the last relay trip.

Parameter Number 146
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-92-01
Group Trip Snapshot
Units Amps
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
SS %TCU
This parameter reports the value of
percent thermal capacity utilization at
the time of the last relay trip.

Parameter Number 147
Access Rule Get
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-93-01
Group Trip Snapshot
Units %
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 100
Default Value —
SS GF Current
This parameter reports the value of
ground fault current at the time of the
last relay trip.

Parameter Number 148
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-94-01
Group Trip Snapshot
Units Amps
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 1275
Default Value —
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 191 Trip History and Snapshot Chapter 9
SS L1-L2 Voltage

This parameter reports the value of L1-L2
voltage at the time of the last relay trip
(only in the E3 Plus model EC5).

Parameter Number 149
Access Rule Get
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-95-01
Group Trip Snapshot
Units Volts
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 65535
Default Value —
SS L2-L3 Voltage
This parameter reports the value of L2-L3
voltage at the time of the last relay trip
(only in the E3 Plus model EC5).

Parameter Number 150
Access Rule Get
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-96-01
Group Trip Snapshot
Units Volts
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 65535
Default Value —
SS L3-L1 Voltage

This parameter reports the value of L3-L1
voltage at the time of the last relay trip
(only in the E3 Plus model EC5).

Parameter Number 151
Access Rule Get
Data Type UINT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-97-01
Group Trip Snapshot
Units Volts
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 65535
Default Value —
SS Tot Real Pwr
This parameter reports the value of total
real power (kW) at the time of the last
relay trip (only in the E3 Plus model EC5).

Parameter Number 152
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-98-01
Group Trip Snapshot
Units kW
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
SS Tot kVAR
This parameter reports the value of total
reactive power (kVAR) at the time of the
last relay trip (only in the E3 Plus model
EC5).

Parameter Number 153
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-99-01
Group Trip Snapshot
Units kVAR
Minimum Value -32768
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
192 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 9 Trip History and Snapshot
SS Tot kVA
This parameter reports the value of total
apparent power (kVA) at the time of the
last relay trip (only in the E3 Plus model
EC5).

Parameter Number 154
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-9A-01
Group Trip Snapshot
Units kVA
Minimum Value 0
Maximum Value 32767
Default Value —
SS Tot PF
This parameter reports the value of total
power factor at the time of the last relay
trip (only in the E3 Plus model EC5).

Parameter Number 155
Access Rule Get
Data Type INT
Object Mapping 0Fhex-9B-01
Group Trip Snapshot
Units %
Minimum Value -100
Maximum Value 100
Default Value —
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 193 Chapter 10
Logic Controller Communication Examples
Introduction The E3 Overload Relay communicates its diagnostic information through a DeviceNet network using I/O Messaging or Explicit Messaging. The E3 Overload Relay will control its output relays via a DeviceNet network through the use of I/O Messaging. This chapter will show an example of I/O Messaging and four examples of Explicit Messaging including the Parameter Object, the Control Supervisory Object, the Overload Object, and the E3 Status Object.

The examples will use a CompactLogix L32E via a 1769-SDN DeviceNet scanner module named DNET. The applications shown are example-specific.

Some changes by the user may be necessary to apply the concepts of these examples to a specific application.

Figure 2: Network Example
I/O Messaging For this example, a CompactLogix L32E will energize OUT A on an E3 Plus Overload Relay using DeviceNet I/O Messaging. The E3 Plus is configured as Node 6 on the DeviceNet network. Its Output Assembly is configured to use Output Assembly 103, and its Input Assembly is configured to use Input Assembly 100 as shown:

The 1769-SDN was configured to scan I/O from various devices, including the E3 Plus, and store this information to the following memory locations within the CompactLogix L32E as shown:
..

E1 Plus E3 EC3 (1 -SA) 825-PDN 1 93-DeviceNet
Overload Relay Confi guration
~
.
02 Terminal
iJ . ~
06 09
General Parameters ] 1!0 Data ] EDS File I Devicelogix ] ~ :~:: ~~~~~:~:i:~t you want to configure o'ld in~iate at1 ~ Groups
JQ______J~ l'l'I Parameter
~ Mon itor Par ams
C@ Ove rload Setup
~ Reset/lock
C@ Advan ced Setup
55 AutoBaudEnable
56 Nonl/olBaudRat e
58 COS Mask
59 Output Assembly
60 Input Assembly
61 AssyWori:OParam
62 AssyWord ! Param
63 AssyWord2Param
"
A~~vWnro11P;,r;im
I Current Value
Enabled
125KBaud
xxxxxxoo 000000:
103
100
21 II
=
;
60 1770-KFD
RS232 Interface
~
62 194 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 10 Logic Controller Communication Examples T o have the CompactLogix controller energize OUT A of the E3 Plus Overload Relay using I/O Messaging, set Bit 0 in W ord 1:O.Data[0] to a 1. OUT A should be energized.

T o verify that OUT A of the E3 Plus Overload Relay was energized, the CompactLogix controller will read the device status of the E3 Plus Overload Relay and place that information at W ord 1:I.Data[0] with the L32E. Bit 2 identifies the state of OUT A.
-\ 1769 -SON Scanner Module 11]~ -\ 1769 SON Scanner Module t:1]~ General] Module J Scanlist Input J Output J ADA I Summary I General I Module I Scanlist j Input Output I ADA I SummaryJ Node T e Size Ma
0 o'.102,El .. Polled 6 1:I.Data[2J.0
Node T pe Size Ma
~ I,)
i,J (J 06, E3 . Polled 8 1:1.Data[0].0
0 Elos ,s2 Polled 2 1:I.Data[3].16
liJ (3 □ 6,E L Polled 1 :0.Data[0J.0
~ @ t:J o9_s25 .. Polled 1:0.0aia[0J.16
Advanced. .. I
_t ~ > ~
Memory joiscrete ..:J Start DWord: Jo ::8 Memory jDiscrete 3 Sta1tDWord: jo ::.8 8its31 -0 I I II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I IIII I III A 1:0.Data!Ol ns 82S-PON 1 ---4■• 1 - ns E:'.t EC
1:0.Datalll
1:0.Data/21
1:0.Dataf31
1:0.Data!41
1:0.Datal51
1:0.Dataf61
1:0.Data/71
1:0.Datal81 ~
I -
_:J ~ ShowAII
D. Value t- Force Mask t- Style Data Type
+ Explicit_MSG_DeviceStatus_CIA
+ Explicit_MSG_DeviceStatus_Param
+ Explicit_MSG_ T ripClass_CIA
+ Local:1:0.CommandRegister
- Local:1:0.Data
- Local 1 :O.Oata[O]
Local:1:0.Data[O[.O
Local:1:0.Data[0[.1
Local:1 :O.Data[0[.2
Local:1:0.Data[0[.3
tfl' Controller Tags - DeviceNet(controller)
{ ... }
{, .. )
{ ... }
{,. . )
{ ... )
{ ... )
{ ... )
{ ... )
{ ... ) MESSAGE
{ ... } MESSAGE
{ ... ) MESSAGE
{ ... } Decimal DINT[20]
{ ... } AB:1769_SDN_ 4 ..
{ ... ) AB:1769_SDN_3 ..
{ ... } AB:1769_SDN_C ...
{ ... ) Decimal DINT[90]
Decimal DINT
Decimal BOOL
Decimal BOOL
Decimal BOOL
Decimal BOOL
-----------------------------------
Scof!e: I lnJ DeviceNet 3 ~ Show All
Name t:, Value .. Force Mask t- I Style l Data TJpe
-
+ Explicit_MSG_DeviceStatus_CIA { ... ) { .. . ) MESSAGE ,- + Explicit_MSG_DeviceStatus_Param {,.,} {,. , ) MESSAGE ,- + Explicit_MSG_TripClass_CIA { .. . ) { .. . ) MESSAGE ~
+ lntege1_Files { . ,.) (,. . ) Decimal DINT[20[
,- - Local:1:I {.,.) {,. , ) AB:1769_SDN_ 4 ...
,- + Local:1:1.Fault ~ -000 ••• Binar,Y DINT
I- + Local:1:1.Status {,. , } (,. , ) AB:1769_SDN_St .. ,- + Local:1 :l.StatusAegister {.,.} { .. , ) AB:1769_SDN_St .. - Local:1:I.Data { ... ) { .. . ) Decimal DINT[90[
- local:1:1.Data[O] 16#0000 _ 0004 He, DINT
-
Local:1 :I.Data[0). 0 0 Decimal BOOL
,- Local:1 :I.Data[OJ.1 0 Decimal BOOL
,_ Local:1 :I.Oata[OJ.2 l Decimal BOOL
-
Local:1 :I.Oata[OJ.3 0 Decimal BOOL
,- Local:1 :I.Oata[OJ.4 0 Decimal BOOL
,_ Local:1 :I.Oata[OJ.5 0 Decimal BOOL
Locat:1 :I.Data[OJ.6 0 Decimal BOOL
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 195 Logic Controller Communication Examples Chapter 10 For more information on configuring the scanlist of a DeviceNet Scanner, refer to DeviceNet™ Node Commissioning on page 95.

Explicit Messaging The E3 Overload relay supports Explicit Messaging via DeviceNet. This allows a controller to read and write various parameters from an E3 Overload Relay using the unused bandwidth of the DeviceNet network. In these examples, a CompactLogix L32E controller will read a parameter or group of parameters from the E3 Overload Relay located on Node 6 on a DeviceNet network using the following DeviceNet objects:
Parameter Object (0x0F)
Control Supervisor Object (0x29)
Overload Object (0x2C)
E3 Status Object (0x0375)
Reading Device Status using the Parameter Object Class (0x0F) In this example a Periodic T ask has been configured within the L32E to execute every 1000 ms in which a message instruction will be used to read the Device Status of the E3 Plus Overload Relay using the Parameter Object Class. The supporting ladder logic was added to execute a MSG instruction every time this Periodic T ask executes
.

The Device Status is located in Parameter 21 within the E3 Plus Overload Relay.

Setup the MSG instruction in the Configuration tab to read Parameter 21 using the Parameter Object Class by configuring the following fields:
-:::_.
-, .. --~
t = ..,._,,._
---·
' ............... ·-! '".- ~
-1 -
,,. ,_
196 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 10 Logic Controller Communication Examples Message Type: CIP Generic
Service Type: Parameter Read
Service Code: 0x0E (hex)
Class: 0x0F (hex)
Instance: 21 (dec)
Attribute: 0x01 (hex)
Destination: Integer_Files[0]
Next, set up the communications path in the Communication tab to read data from the E3 Plus Overload Relay located at Node 6 by configuring the communication Path as “DNET, 2, 6”
DNET - the name of the 1769-SDN DeviceNet Scanner
2 – The port number of the 1769-SDN DeviceNet Scanner
6 – The node address of the E3 Plus Overload Relay
When finished, the MSG instruction will read the Device Status from the E3 Plus Overload Relay and place the results in Integer_Files[0] as shown:

Message Configuration - Explic1t_MSG_DeV1ceStatus_Param [RI Configuration J Communication! Tag I
Message Type:
..:.1
Service
Code re--( Hex) Class r,- [He,]
Instance: ~ Attribute:p[Hex)
0 Enable O Enable Waiting O Start
0 Error Code
Error Path
Error Text·
E Mlended Error Code:
..:.1
Source Element:

Source length :

Destination
<ii Done
ro--:B [Byte,)
I lnteger_Files[OJ ..- f
NewTag ... j
Done Length: 2
r Timed Out +-
Message Conf1guration - Explic1t_MSG_DeviceStatus_Param ~ Configuration Communication I Tag I
Path: DNET. 2. 6
DNET,2, 6
L.01 murncatrunt,lethoc!-----------------~
Channel ~ 0':! tina on Link. ~
,oJrcelmk J------=:3 De tinatonMorle
r Connected r Ca.,he r )nrre tJon
@ Enable O Enable Waiting O Start @ Done Done Length: 2 r Timed Out +-0 Error Co,
Error Path
ErrorTeMt:

EMtended Error Code:

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 197 Logic Controller Communication Examples Chapter 10 Currently OUT A of the E3 Plus Overload Relay is energized as shown in Bit 2 in Integer_Files[0].

Reading Device Status using the Control Supervisor Object Class (0x29)
In this example, a Periodic T ask has been configured within the L32E to execute every 1000 ms in which a message instruction will be used to read the Device Status of the E3 Plus Overload Relay using the Control Supervisor Object Class.

The supporting ladder logic was added to execute a MSG instruction every time this Periodic T ask executes.

The Device Status is located in Parameter 21 within the E3 Plus Overload Relay.

Set up the MSG instruction in the Configuration tab to read Parameter 21 using the Control Supervisor Object Class by configuring the following fields:
+ E)!plicit_MSG_DeviceStatus_CIA
+ E)!plicit_MSG_DeviceStatus_Param
+ E)!plicit_MSG_TripClass_CIA
- lrneger_Files
- lnteger_Files[O]
lnteger_Files[O].O
lnteger_Files[0].1
lnteger_Files[0].2
lnteger_Files[0].3
lnteger_Files[0].4
lnteger_Files[0].5
lnteger_Files[0].6
lnteger_Files[0].7
lnteger_Files[0].8
lnteger_Files[0].9
, ...
--!:l::
i = ~-,"'--
----
t... Value +- Force Mask +- Style Data Type
{ ... } { ... } MESSAGE
{ ... } MESSAGE
{ ••• }.-----.,: MESSAGE
{ ... }
{ .. . }
{ ... } ( ... } Decimal DINT[20]
Decimal DINT
Decimal BOOL
Decimal BOOL
Decimal BOOL
Decimal BOOL
Decimal BOOL
Decimal BOOL
Decimal BOOL
Decimal BOOL
Decimal BOOL
Decimal BOOL
-_ ....
.:_J
198 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 10 Logic Controller Communication Examples Message Type: CIP Generic
Service Type: Get Attribute Single
Service Code: 0x0E (hex)
Class: 0x29 (hex)
Instance: 0x01 (hex)
Attribute: 0x79 (hex)
Destination: Integer_Files[1]
Next, set up the communications path in the Communication tab to read data from the E3 Plus Overload Relay located at Node 6 by configuring the communication Path as “DNET, 2, 6”
DNET - the name of the 1769-SDN DeviceNet Scanner
2 – The port number of the 1769-SDN DeviceNet Scanner
6 – The node address of the E3 Plus Overload Relay
When finished, the MSG instruction will read the Device Status from the E3 Plus Overload Relay and place the results in Integer_Files[1] as shown:

Message Configuration - Explicit_MSG_DeviceStatus_CIA rg) Configuration J Communication J Tag I
Message Type n ■11,;;;;;11
i;~~ce j Get Attribute Single ..:.l
~~~v~~e r;-- (He)!) Class: ~ (He)!j
Instance: r Attribute:~ (He)!)
0 Enable O Enable Waiting O Starl
0 Erro1Code
Error Path
Error Te)!I:

E)!tended Error Code:
..:.l
Source Element:

Source Length
Destination
fl Done
~ (Bytes)
l lnteger_Files[l] .:J
New Tag ... I
Done Length: 2
r TimedOut +-
Message Conf1gurahon Exphc1t_MSG_DeVJceStatusYaram [RI
Configuration Corrmunication I Tag J
Path: DNET, 2,6
DNET,2,6
r. IP r DH• - anne I
~ , " M h d
r If' h_
r Connected r "
,a Enable O Enable Waiting O Start
O Err01Coo
EnorPath
Error Te~t
E~tended Error Code
)e 1r1a 'Jt"INode
~ 7
~~
• Done Donelength: 2
r Timed Out +
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 199 Logic Controller Communication Examples Chapter 10 Currently OUT A of the E3 Plus Overload Relay is energized as shown in Bit 2 in Integer_Files[1].

Reading the Trip Class using the Overload Object Class (0x2C) In this example a Periodic T ask has been configured within the L32E to execute every 1000 ms in which a message instruction will be used to read the T rip Class of the E3 Plus Overload Relay using the Overload Object Class. The supporting ladder logic was added to execute a MSG instruction every time this Periodic T ask executes.

Set up the MSG instruction in the Configuration tab to read the T rip Class by using the Overload Object Class by configuring the following fields:
Message Type: CIP Generic
Service T ype: Get Attribute Single
Service Code: 0x0E (hex)
Class: 0x2C (hex)
Instance: 0x01 (hex)
Attribute: 0x81 (hex)
Destination: Integer_Files[2]
,.

ScoQe: l mioeviceNet i] ~ ShowAII
Name 6 I Value
~ + Explicit_MSG_DeviceSti!!tus_CIA
~ + Explicit_MSG_DeviceStatu.s_Param
_ + Explicit_MSG_TripClas.s_CIA
~ - lnteger_Files
,-
,-
,-
,-
,-
+ Integer FilesjO]
- Integer Files{1]
lnleger_Frles[1).0
lnteger_Files(1).1
lnteger_Files[1].2
lnteger_Frles[1].3
lnteger_F~es[1).4
lnteger_Files[1).5
lnteger_F~es[1).6
I nteger_F~es(1 ). 7
lnteger_Frles(1].8
lnteger_F~es(1).9
•J"'11>J 1111 I l•I I ·Ii"•~ .......
► • c-...o,;
i ~=at
-::_.
-, .. -...:::
i = Ill-I(,_/,,,._
.... -.....
--
+- ]ForceMask +- [ Style
{ .. . ) { ... )
{ . .. ) { . )
{ . .. ) I- -. )
{ . .. ) { .. . ) Decimal
Decimal
Decimal
Decimal
Decimal
Decimal
Decimal
Decimal
Decimal
Decimal
Decimal
Decimal
Decimal
·I -.-------- _,__J
I Data Type

MESSAGE

MESSAGE
DINT[20]
DINT
DINT
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
200 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 10 Logic Controller Communication Examples Next, set up the communications path in the Communication tab to read data from the E3 Plus Overload Relay located at Node 6 by configuring the communication Path as “DNET, 2, 6”
DNET - the name of the 1769-SDN DeviceNet Scanner
2 – The port number of the 1769-SDN DeviceNet Scanner
6 – The node address of the E3 Plus Overload Relay
When finished, the MSG instruction will read the T rip Class from the E3 Plus Overload Relay and place the results in Integer_Files[2] as shown below:

Currently the T rip Class of the E3 Plus Overload Relay is configured as Class 10 as shown in Integer_Files[2].

Message Conflgurahon - Exphcit_MSG_TripClass_CIA ~
Configural:ion J Communication J Tag I
Mess~ Type: !l ■ lii • i4,Mi
~;~::::e I Get Attribute Single ...iJ SourceElement:
~~~e r;-- (HeM) Class: ~ (HeM)
Instance: r,-- Attribute:~ (HeM)
O Enable O EnableWaiting O Start
0 Error Code
EnorPath
EnorTeKt:

EMtendedErrorCode
Source Length
Destination
• Done
~ [Bytes)
ji ntegerF iles[2] •I
NewTag ... j
Done Length: 1
r Timed0ut +-
Message Conf1gurahon - Exphc1t_MSG_DeV1ceStatus_Param ~ Conlig1Xation Communication I Tag )
Path: DNET.2,6
DNET.2,6
M '
(. IP ( H+
r CIP 1th
m ID
r Connected r r
.. Enable O EnableWaiting O Start
O EnorCo,
Error Path
ErrorText:
; Controller Tags
EMtendedErr01Code
DeviceNet(controller)
(t) Done
f;""::l n,1
Donelength: 2
r Timed Out +
Scoge: I n\J D=eN• ::J Shew I SrowAI
Name D. Valle +I Force Mask • Style
_ + Expij:_MSG_DMeStatus_DA { .. , ) { ... }
_ + EMpol_MSG_Det'K:eStatus_Pa"am { ... } [ ... }
~ + Expkil_MSG_TripClass_CIA { ... ) { ... }
~ - lnleger_F~es { .. ,) {, .} Decimal
-
+ lrtege1_Fies[O] 4 Decimal
+ lrtege1_Fles[1 [ 4 Decimal
+ lrtege,_Fies[2] 10 Decinal
-
+ lrteger_Fies[3] 0 Decimal
-
+ lrteger_Fies[4] 0 Decimal
... + lrtege,_Fies[5] 0 Decimal
-
+ lrtege,_Fles[6] 0 Decimal
Datalwe

MESSAGE

MESSAGE
DINT[20]
DINT
DINT
DINT
DINT
DINT
DINT
DINT
-
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 201 Logic Controller Communication Examples Chapter 10 Reading a Group of Parameters using the E3 Status Object Class (0x0375)
In this example, a Periodic T ask has been configured within the L32E to execute every 1000 ms. In this task, one message instruction will be used to read 25 parameters that include data from the voltage, current, real power, reactive power, apparent power, and power factor groups using the E3 Status Object Class (included in firmware revision number 5.01 and higher). The supporting ladder logic was added to execute a MSG instruction every time this Periodic T ask executes.

The E3 Status Object allows a user to define which groups of parameters to read from a single message instruction. Set up an array of integers to define the list of attributes (parameter groups) to read back from E3 Overload relay with firmware revision 5.01 and higher. The list of attributes for the E3 Status object is show in Appendix B. For this example, the message instruction will read back the following attributes (parameter groups):
Attribute 1 – Current
Attribute 15 – V oltage
Attribute 17 – Real Power (k W)
Attribute 18 – Reactive Power (kVAR)
Attribute 19 – Apparent Power (kVA)
Attribute 20 – Power Factor
In the integer array named MSG_Read_Request, define the number of attributes to read and list the specific attribute numbers:

The data will return in an integer array with the first integer representing the following information:
Number of Attributes
First Attribute Number Being Returned
First Attribute Number Data Status
First Attribute Data
* Controller Tags - Compactlogix_LJ2E(controller)
Sco_Qe: I mi Compactlogix_L 3 ~ Show All
Name l:, Value +- J Force Mask ~ Style Data Type
-
+ Local:1:I { ... ) { ... ) AB:1769_SDN_ 496Bytes:l:0
-
+ Local:1:0 { ... ) { ... ) AB: 1769_SDN_ 3648 ytes:O: 0 ,_ + MSG_Read_Data { ... ) { ... ) STA TUS_OBJECT _READ_DATA + MSG_Read_Message { ... ) { , .. ) _ MESSAGE
- MSG Read Request { ... ) { .. . } ~ INT[20]
+ MSG_Read_Request[O] 6 Decimal INT
t- 1--
.._ + MSG_Read_Request(l] 15 Decimal INT
1--
.._ + MSG_Read_Request(2] l ~ tNT
,_ + MSG_Read_Request(3] 17 ~ INT
-
,+ MSG_Read_Request(4] 18 Decimal INT
-
+ MSG_Read_Request(5] 19 Decimal INT
1--
+ MSG Read_Request(6] 20 Decimal INT
202 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 10 Logic Controller Communication Examples Last Attribute Number Being Returned
Last Attribute Number Data Status
Last Attribute Data
Shown below is the user defined structure that list the integers being returned for this example:

Number_ of_Attributes INT Decimal --
Voltage_Attribute_N um INT Decimal
Voltage_Attirbute_ Status INT Decimal
Voltage_L1 INT Decimal
Voltage_L2 INT Decimal
Voltage_L3 INT Decimal
Voltage_Average INT Decimal
Current_Attribute_N um INT Decimal
Current_Attribute_ Status INT Decimal
Current_L1 INT Decimal
Current_L2 INT Decimal
Current_L3 INT Decimal
Current_Average INT Decimal
Current_G round_F ault INT Decimal
k\1,/ _Attribute_Num INT Decimal
k\1,/ _Attribute_Status INT Decimal
kW_L1 INT Decimal
kW_L2 INT Decimal
kW_L3 INT Decimal
kW_Total INT Decimal
kVAR_Attribute_N um INT Decimal
kVAR_Attribute_Status INT Decimal
kVAR_L1 INT Decimal
kVAR_L2 INT Decimal
kVAR_L3 INT Decimal
kVAR_Total INT Decimal
kVA_Attribute_Num INT Decimal
kVA_Attribute_ Status INT Decimal
kVA_L 1 INT Decimal
kVA_L2 INT Decimal
kVA_L3 INT Decimal
kVA_Total INT Decimal
PF _Attribute_Num INT Decimal
PF _Attribute_Status INT Decimal
PF_L1 INT Decimal
PF_L2 INT Decimal -
PF_L3 INT Decimal
PF_Total INT Decimal
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 203 Logic Controller Communication Examples Chapter 10 Set up the MSG instruction in the Configuration tab to read the list of attributes (Parameter Groups) by configuring the following fields:
Message Type: CIP Generic
Service T ype: Custom
Service Code: 0x03 (hex)
Class: 0x375 (hex)
Instance: 1 (dec)
Attribute: 0x00 (hex)
Source Element: MSG_Read_Request[0]
Source Length: 14 (Bytes)
Destination: MSG_Read_Data
Next, set up the communications path in the Communication tab to read data from the E3 Plus Overload Relay located at Node 6 by configuring the communication Path as “DNET, 2, 6” .

DNET - the name of the 1769-SDN DeviceNet Scanner
2 – The port number of the 1769-SDN DeviceNet Scanner
6 – The node address of the E3 Plus Overload Relay
Configuration ] Communication I Tag I
Message Type: ~
Service :I Custom __:] Source Element:

Type:

Source Length:

Service ~ (Hex) Class: -~ (Hex) Code: IJ IJ'~ Destination MSG_Read_Request ,.
j14 :±I (Bytes)
MSG Read_Data
lnstance: r Attribute:r (Hex) New Tag ...
@ Enable 0 EnableWaiting 0 Start @ Done Done Length: 76 0 Error Code: Extended Error Code: r Timed Out +-
Error Path:

Error Text:

OK Cancel I /1.pply Help
204 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 10 Logic Controller Communication Examples When finished, the MSG instruction will read the 25 parameters from the E3 Overload Relay and place the results into MSG_Read_Data as shown below:

Message Configuration - MSG_Read_Message C8J
Configuration C ommunication I Tag I
Path IDNET, 2, ~
DNET, 2, 6
Browse ..

Communication Method---- -:-,_- _- _- _- _- _- _-_-_-_,----- ..:.l lo ::iJ r. CIP r DH+ Channel
r CIPWith
Source ID Source Link: ]o :fl
Destmat1on Lmk.

Destination Node· jo ±l (Octal]
r Connected W Cache Connectiont +-
@ Enable 0 EnableWaiting 0 Start
0 Error Code: Extended Error Code:

Error Path:

Error Text:

Sco.Qe: J!n:Jcompactlogi:-<_L__:J ~ ShowAII
Name
+ Local:1:I
+ Local:1:0
- MSG_Read_Data
+ MSG_Read_Oala.Number_of_Altribules
+ MSG_Read_DalaVoltage_Attiibute_Num
+ MSG_Read_Data.Voltage_Attirbute_Status
+ MSG_Read_Data.Voltage_L 1
+ MSG_Read_Data.Voltage_L2
+ MSG_Read_DataVoltage_L3
+ MSG_Read_Data.Voltage_Average
+ MSG_Read_Data.Current_Attribute_Num
+ MSG_Read_Data.Current_Attribute_ Status
+ MSG_Read_Data.Current_L 1
+ MSG_Read_Data.Current_L2
+ MSG_Read_Data.Currenl_l3
+ MSG_Read_Dala.Current_Ave,age
+ MSG_Read_Oala.Current_Ground_Fault
+ MSG_Read_Oala.kW _Attribute_Num
+ MSG_Read_Oala.kW _Attribute_Status
+ MSG_Read_Oala.kW _L 1
+ MSG_Read_Oala.kW _L2
+ MSG_Read_Oala.kW _L3
+ MSG_Read_Oala.kW _Total
+ MSG_Read_Oala.kVAR_Attribute_Num
+ MSG_Read_Oata.kVAR_Attribute_Status
+ MSG_Read_Oata.kVAR_L 1
+ MSG_Read_Oata.kVAR_L2
+ MSG_Read_Oata.kVAR_L3
+ MSG_Read_Oata.kVAR_ Total
+ MSG_Read_Oala.kVA_Attribute_Num
+ MSG_Read_Oala.kVA_Attribute_Status
+ MSG_Read_Oala.kVA_L 1
+ MSG_Read_Oata.kVA_L2
+ MSG_Read_Oata.kVA_L3
+ MSG_Read_Oata.kVA_ Total
+ MSG_Read_Oata.PF _Att1ibute_Num
+ MSG_Read_Oata.PF _Att1ibute_Status
+ MSG_Read_Oata.PF _L 1
+ MSG_Read_Oata.PF _L2
+ MSG_Read_Oata.PF _L3
+ MSG_Read_Oata.PF _Total
t:J. Value
OK
@ Done Done Length: 76
r Timed Out +-
Cancel Apply Help
+. Force Mask +. Style Data Type
{ .. . ) { . .. )
{ .. . ) { . .. )
{ .. . ) { . .. )
15 120
60 46
23 17
51 51
18 -5
-5
19 51
51 20
99 100
100
AB 1769_SDN_ 496BylesJO
AB: 1 769_ SON_3648_yles:O:O
STATUS_OBJECT _REAO_DATA
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 205 Chapter 11
Using DeviceLogix™
Introduction DeviceLogix is a stand-alone Boolean program which resides within the E3 Plus Overload Relay. RS NetW orx for DeviceNet is required to program the device; however, since the program is embedded in the E3 Plus software, no additional module is required to use this technology. It is important to note that the DeviceLogix program will only run if the logic has been enabled, which can be done within the Logic Editor of RSNetW orx for DeviceNet or the DeviceNet Configuration T erminal (Cat. No. 193-DNCT).

In addition to executing specific Boolean logic, DeviceLogix can also be used to provide specific output performance under specific communication or network conditions. This can be accomplished by properly configuring Comm Override and Network Override parameters.

Comm Override. The configuration of the Comm Override parameter defines whether or not DeviceLogix controls the E3 Plus outputs when either a Comm Fault (lack of I/O connection) or Comm Idle (Master not in Run mode) condition exists. If DeviceLogix is enabled but Comm Override is disabled (default), the operation of the E3 Plus outputs will be controlled by the DeviceNet Fault State, Fault V alue, Idle State, and Idle V alue parameters if a Comm Fault or Comm Idle condition occurs. If DeviceLogix and Comm Override are both enabled, the E3 Plus outputs are controlled by the DeviceLogix program, regardless of the Comm Fault or Comm Idle state. If DeviceLogix is not enabled, the outputs will be controlled by the DeviceNet Fault/Idle State/V alue parameters if a Comm Fault or Comm Idle condition occurs – regardless of the Comm Override configuration. If DeviceLogix is transitioned from enable to disable, the outputs will immediately go to the programmed DeviceNet Idle State/V alue.

Network Override. The configuration of the Network Override parameter defines whether or not DeviceLogix controls the E3 Plus outputs when a network fault, such as a duplicate Mac ID or bus off condition, exists. If DeviceLogix is enabled but Network Override is disabled (default), the operation of the E3 Plus outputs will be controlled by the DeviceNet Fault State and Fault V alue parameters if a network fault occurs. If DeviceLogix and Network Override are both enabled, the E3 Plus outputs are controlled by the DeviceLogix program, regardless of the network status. If DeviceLogix is not enabled, the outputs will be controlled by the DeviceNet Fault/Idle State/V alue parameters if a Comm Fault condition occurs – regardless of the Network Override configuration.

If DeviceLogix is transitioned from enable to disable, the outputs will immediately go to the programmed DeviceNet Idle State/V alue. 206 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 11 Using DeviceLogix™
DeviceLogix Programming DeviceLogix has many applications and the implementation is typically only limited to the imagination of the programmer. Keep in mind that the application of DeviceLogix is only designed to handle simple logic routines.

DeviceLogix is programmed using simple Boolean math operators, such as AND, OR, NOT, timers, counters, and latches. Decision making is made by combining these Boolean operations with any of the available I/O. The inputs and outputs used to interface with the logic can come from the network or from the device hardware. Hardware I/O is the physical Inputs and Outputs located on the device such as push buttons and pilot lights that are connected to the E3 Plus Overload Relay. There are many reasons to use the DeviceLogix functionality, but some of the most common are listed below:
Increased system reliability
Improved diagnostics and reduced troubleshooting
Operation independent of PLC or Network status
Continue to run process in the event of network interruptions Critical operations can be safely shutdown through local logic DeviceLogix can be programmed using function blocks or ladder logic through RS NetW orx for DeviceNet. After a successful download to the E3 Plus overload relay, DeviceLogix can be enabled using RS NetW orx for DeviceNet or the DeviceNet configuration terminal (Cat. No. 193-DNCT).

DeviceLogix Programming Example
The following example shows how to program a simple logic routine to control the E3 Plus Overload Relay’s outputs based on the condition of input signals.

OUT A control is defined by the states of IN1 and IN2 processed through a Boolean OR gate. OUT B control is defined by the states of IN3 and IN4 processed through a separate Boolean OR gate. This example is using RS NetW orx for DeviceNet version 8.00.01 and an E3 Plus Series C overload relay.

IMPORTANT Before programming logic it is important to decide on the conditions under which the logic run. As defined earlier, the conditions can be defined by setting parameter 79 (Comm Override) and parameter 80 (Network Override) to the value that you want.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 207 Using DeviceLogix™ Chapter 11

1. While in RS NetW orx for DeviceNet, double-click on the E3 Plus and select the DeviceLogix T ab. If you are prompted with a dialog box while online with the E3 Plus, then select Upload. Next, select Start Logic Editor, select the Function Block Editor, and press OK.

2. If programming offline, then continue to Step 3. If programming online, place the E3 Plus into Edit mode by selecting Edit from the T ools pull down menu or by selecting the button. Select Ye s to enter Edit mode.

3. Using the left mouse button, select the Boolean OR (BOR) function block from the Move/Logical tab and drag it onto the display.

Gener-,11 P.,.-ameler$ ! IIO Data I EDS Fie Devicelogix I Author: IE3Pkls
Revision: r-
Last Saved 13/31/ 2008 10:47:26AM
Devicelogix Editor Style Selec . .. IBJ
Description:

Select the editor style for this node:
r. Function Block Editor
Start Logic Ed~oL . j c Ladder Edi tor
OK
~
~ I :ii, ~el ~ l®-Et Logic Verify
Ft=="'==~= B==*==== =i _c_o_m_p_a,_e ____ Move ,Logical ., Edit Ctrl+E A
!iP-1 function Block Editor
Resource
Enter Edit Mode rEJ
You are about to enter Edit mode. Selecting Yes will enable logic edilirrg and disable communications with the device. Continue?
File Edit View Communications Tools Help
Cancel
~ I db ~ ft I~ I@_ 0. l[ii J D I O I BAND! BOR l •xoRIBNorl lnWlDIBNOR!mro,I sm l RSTD l_j t -' ~ flii "f \ Timer/Counter )., Move,Logical /
A
<: to1
c; r,2
BOR -
Boolean Or
I I j
208 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 11 Using DeviceLogix™

4. Using the left mouse button, select the Bit Input block and drag it to the left of the BOR function block. Double-click on the Bit Input block to select Input 1 of the E3 Plus under the Hardware Boolean Input set.

5. Place the cursor on the right of the Bit Input block and press the left mouse button. Draw a line from the Bit Input block to the In1 of the BOR function block and double-click the left mouse button to establish a connection.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 to add Input 2 of the E3 Plus to In2 of the BOR function block.
iJ.E unction Block Editor
e_p
~ I ll, ~ e ~ I ~ Et jfffi J DI O I rnl •o• l"o•l•Norl'™"l•NORl""''I s=I ,sml_:J t .f iJli 6 4 \ Tim8'/Counter ),. Moverl ogical /

A I I I
1,,,,11 ..::.]0
Name H oata Type
BOR ~
El Hardware Boolean Input Boolean Or
Mi •Nl#MM (! ln1 ; Outj::)
Input 2 BOOLEAN
Input 3 BOOLEAN
(!1 1"121
Input 4 BOOLEAN
(!I Status Input
~I Network Boolean Input
I
~ I Yo ~ e I ~ I ©. El. I~ J D I CJ I m l BOR IBxoRIBNorl= IBNORl mroRI sm l RSTD I ~ t .f • D 4 \ Timer/Counter }.. Move,Log ical /
A
BOR ..:::J
Boolean Or
'-------------- -,-1 1n1 : Out •
1n2:

Tools Help
~ I x ~ e I~ I i±t e. 1~ J o I a I BANDI BOR i "'oR I BNOTI BlWllll BNORl ™' I SErD I RSTI) I ~ t ,i iJil lie 4 \ Timer/Counter ),. Move,Logical /
A
~ I
I
L_ • 1n1 :
~---,---------- (oJ• 1n2:

BOR ..:.::J
Boolean Or
Out ·
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 209 Using DeviceLogix™ Chapter 11

7. Using the left mouse button, select the Bit Output block and drag it to the right of the BOR function block. Double-click on the Bit Input block to select Output A of the E3 Plus under the Hardware Boolean Output set.

8. Place the cursor on the left of the Bit Output block and press the left mouse button. Draw a line from the Bit Output block to the Out of the BOR function block and double-click the left mouse button to establish a connection.

L9J
ii! unchon Block Editor
~ )t ~ e I[}' I@. El. l[jl _j D [ 0 [ rn[ BOR IBXORIBNOTl"""l•m•l-•l •=I P.STDI.J t .f iH Ii :f: \ Timer Kounter ~ Move,logica~/
~ I
I
I I
' ' L - - :- - - - - - ~ ln1 :

I
BOR ..:.::J
~
I
r-:------ - '"'l Name l! omaType
................. I ..................... •·. --+-.. -.. -.. -.. -.. -.. ~ ................. .

B · Hardware Boolean Oulp
WEE Hllii
OutpulB BOOLEAN
00 Networ k Boolean o..tput
~•NM@!NMi
ile Edit View Communications Tools Help
~ I db ~ e I[}' I®. 0. I~ j D ! 0 ! BAND! ,o, j,xo,jBNor!= !•NOR!rn•! srro! RSro! •J t -' iti'. 6 4 \ Timer!Counter 1- Move,Logi cal /

A I I I
~ I
I
BOR
Booleiln Or
.:::J
L - - !- - - - - - ---<:: 1n1l □ utk• ----..,.+' ~,o;;;,;;;,,-;;,,,.A71 r-! ______ ____,, ,,.,: .

I- •••••••••••••••••••••••••• 1.. .. : ·······························:·······························:·············· ~ -J ! !
•
210 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 11 Using DeviceLogix™

9. Repeat steps 3 through 8 to add a second BOR function block that monitors Input 3 and 4 to control Output B of the E3 Plus.

10. Disable Edit mode by de-selecting the Edit mode button or through the T ools menu.

11. If programming the function block offline, exit the Function Block editor and go online with the DeviceNetwork. Download the parameters, including the DeviceLogix Function Blocks, to the E3 Plus and proceed to step 12. If programming the function block online, download the Function Blocks to the E3 Plus by selecting the Download button or
through the Communications menu.
ii fitnclionBlodchllla1
· l"ttCdl..,...~ T~-
~ .., ~ - ., .. "' I l .... 1u.c.
-------- ., o.. -- ~
1------- . .
. . I . . . . . . . .
~ -J
ED-> 1 a· .. I ... , .. ~o
[ _ __ : __ ____ . .. , . o..i= ~--
····· . .!. ........... i ........... ....... .. "2: .. . . . ~ l ! I
& I di,~ @l [}' I@. 6_ LogicVerify mm J
l=t- =laa='=~=· £- ®- ,fJ,----= C _c_o_mp_a_re ____ li=M=o=ve=IL=o=gi=c•=l~/=,=a __________ =,==s A Edit Ctrl+E C
Resource ...
& I di,~ BAlIDJ BoR JBxoR JBNor J..,.NDJBNOR JIM!oRJ sETD J RSm l ~ t J ~-] ~~~~!!!l!!l!!l!!l!!l!~ l~\~ T~im~e~rK~o~u~m~e~r:::::;:-A:M;.o:v:e:IL~o=g:ic:a;I~/ ;:::::::::::::::;::::::::::;:::::=::;:::::=::;:::::=:::;::::::'...::~ ,1 Log,c Enable Off
Log,c Enable On
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 211 Using DeviceLogix™ Chapter 11
A dialog box will appear when the Function Blocks are successfully downloaded to the E3 Plus. Press OK to continue.

12. Next, the DeviceLogix Function Blocks need to be enabled. This can be done through a DeviceNet Configuration T erminal (Catalog Number 193-DNCT) or through RSNetW orx. When using RSNetW orx to enable the DeviceLogix function blocks, select the Logic Enable On button or through the Communications menu.

13. Verify the functionality of the DeviceLogix Function Blocks by enabling Input 1 on the E3 Plus. When Input 1 is enabled, Output A will energize.

Devicelogix [8J
_L Download successfully completed,
OK
~ I J{, ~ TONRI TOFR IPULRI
t l ~ m ------- \ Timer JCounter Moveilogical

I I I '
212 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 11 Using DeviceLogix™
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 213 Chapter 12
Troubleshooting
Introduction The purpose of this chapter is to assist in troubleshooting the E3 Overload Relay using its advisory LEDs and diagnostic parameters.

Advisory LEDs The E3 Overload Relay provides the following advisory LED indicators:

Trip/Warn LED
The T rip/W arn LED will indicate device status by flashing a red trip code or an amber warning code. The flash pattern followed by a pause identifies the specific trip or warning. Refer to the product’s side label or the chart below for trip and warning codes. Refer to the Tr ip / Wa r n LED Troubleshooting Procedures section ATTENTION: Servicing energized industrial control
equipment can be hazardous. Electrical shock, burns, or unintentional actuation of controlled industrial
equipment may cause death or serious injury. For safety of maintenance personnel as well as others who may be
exposed to electrical hazards associated with the
maintenance activities, follow the local safety-related work practices (for example, the NFPA 70E, Part II,
Electrical Safety for Employee Workplaces, in the United States) when working on or near energized equipment.

Maintenance personnel must be trained in the safety
practices, procedures, and requirements that pertain to their respective job assignments. Do not work alone on
energized equipment.

ATTENTION: Do not attempt to defeat or override fault
circuits. The cause of a fault indication must be
determined and corrected before attempting operation.

Failure to correct a control system or mechanical
malfunction may result in personal injury and/or
equipment damage due to uncontrolled machine
system operation.

OUT A OUT B
IN 1 IN 3
IN 2 IN 4

NETWORK
STATUS
TRIP / WARN□ □
□ □
□ □
□ □
214 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting
of this chapter for tips associated with troubleshooting trip and warning conditions.

Table 9: Trip/Warn Codes
➊ Series C and later
/twosansinv E3 Plus Model EC5 Only
Trip / Warning Description Trip Table
(Long Red)
Trip Code
(Short Red)
Warning Table
(Long Amber)
Warning Code
(Short Amber)
Protection
Fault
Non-Volatile
Fault
Test Trip — 1 — — No No
Overload — 2 — 2 Yes Yes
Phase Loss — 3 — — Yes Yes
Ground Fault — 4 — 4 Yes Yes
Stall — 5 — — Yes Yes
Jam — 6 — 6 Yes Yes
Underload — 7 — 7 Yes Yes
PTC — 8 — 8 Yes Yes
Current Imbalance — 9 — 9 Yes Yes
Comm Fault — 10 — 10 Yes No
Comm Idle — 11 — 11 Yes No
NonVol Memory Fault — 12 — — No No
Hardware Fault — 13 — — No No
ConfigurationFault — — — 13 No No
PM - # Starts
➊ — — — 14 No No
Remote Trip — 15 — — No No
PM Oper. Hours ➊ — — — 15 No No
Blocked Start/Start Inhibit ➊ — 16 — — No No
Voltage Input Module Hardware Fault /twosansinv1 1 1 1 No No Under Voltage L-L /twosansinv1 2 1 2 Yes Yes
Over Voltage L-L /twosansinv1 3 1 3 Yes Yes
Voltage Unbalance /twosansinv1 4 1 4 Yes Yes
Phase Rotation /twosansinv1 5 1 5 Yes Yes
Under Frequency /twosansinv1 6 1 6 Yes Yes
Over Frequency /twosansinv1 7 1 7 Yes Yes
Under Real Power (kW) /twosansinv2 1 2 1 Yes Yes
Over Real Power (kW) /twosansinv2 2 2 2 Yes Yes
Under Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) /twosansinv2 3 2 3 Yes Yes Over Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) /twosansinv2 4 2 4 Yes Yes Under Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) /twosansinv2 5 2 5 Yes Yes Over Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) /twosansinv2 6 2 6 Yes Yes Under Apparent Power (kVA) /twosansinv2 7 2 7 Yes Yes Over Apparent Power (kVA) /twosansinv2 8 2 8 Yes Yes Under Power Factor Lagging (-PF) /twosansinv2 9 2 9 Yes Yes Over Power Factor Lagging (-PF) /twosansinv2 10 2 10 Yes Yes Under Power Factor Leading (+PF) /twosansinv2 11 2 11 Yes Yes Over Power Factor Leading (+PF) /twosansinv2 12 2 12 Yes Yes Power Value Overflow (kW, kVAR or KVA) /twosansinv21 3 2 1 3 Y es Y es IMPORTANT The Trip conditions identified as “Protection Faults” are the basis for the OUTA Pr FltState, OUTA Pr FltValue, OUTB Pr FltState, and OUTB Pr FltValue parameters.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 215 Troubleshooting Chapter 12
Network Status LED
This LED provides information on the state of the E3 Overload Relay’s DeviceNet network connection. Refer to the DeviceNet T roubleshooting Procedure section for descriptions of the various states this LED can take and the associated recommended corrective action.

OUT A & OUT B LEDs
The amber OUT A or OUT B LED illuminates when the output is commanded on. However, an illuminated LED does not guarantee that the output is actually on.

IN 1,2,3 & 4 LEDs
The amber IN1, IN2, IN3, or IN4 LED illuminates when a user-connected contact is closed.

Power-Up Sequence After the E3 Overload Relay is installed according to the guidelines specified in Chapter 2, apply power to the overload relay’s DeviceNet connector. After applying power, the following sequence should occur:

1. The T rip relay should close 2.35 seconds later and the TRIP/W ARN LED will not flash (unless a “Non-V olatile Fault” previously existed or a fault condition is present).

2. At the same time, the NETWORK ST A TUS LED should flash green for approximately 2 seconds, then red for 1/4 second. If autobaud is enabled and the E3 Overload Relay is connected to an active network, the green LED will continue to flash once the baud rate has been determined. If the E3 Overload Relay is not connected to an active network, this LED will not continue to flash.

3. Once the E3 Overload Relay has been allocated by a Master, the NETWORK ST A TUS LED will turn solid green.

IMPORTANT Cycling power to the E3 Overload Relay will not clear a “Non-Volatile Fault” . A “Non-Volatile Fault” must be manually reset. An Overload or PTC Fault can also be automatically reset.
216 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting
DeviceNet Modes of
Operation
The E3 Overload Relay has four DeviceNet modes of operation: Power-up Reset Mode, Run Mode, Recoverable Error Mode, and Unrecoverable Error Mode.

Power-Up Reset Mode
During Power-Up Reset Mode, the following occurs:

1. The NETWORK ST A TUS LED should flash green for approximately 2 seconds, then red for 1/4 second. If autobaud is enabled and the E3 Overload Relay is connected to an active network, the green LED will continue to flash once the baud rate has been determined. If the E3 Overload Relay is not connected to an active network, this LED will not continue to flash.

2. Once the baud rate is determined, the E3 Overload Relay performs a duplicate node address check to verify another node is not assigned to the same DeviceNet node address (MAC ID). If a duplicate node is detected on the network, the NETWORK ST ATUS LED turns solid red, and the E3 Overload Relay enters the Recoverable Error Mode.

If the power-up or reset is successful, the overload relay will enter Run Mode.

Run Mode
In Run Mode, the E3 Overload Relay will operate as a slave device to a master device. The NETWORK ST ATUS LED will blink green if there are no network connections established with a network master. When one or more connections are in the “established” state, the NETWORK ST ATUS LED will turn solid green. When one or more connections are in the “timed-out” state, the NETWORK STATUS LED will blink red. In the Run Mode, the E3 Overload Relay will:

1. Accept messages from a master on the DeviceNet network

2. Send response messages, COS messages, or CYCLIC messages to a master.

If a communication error is detected, the E3 Overload Relay will either enter the Recoverable Error or Unrecoverable Error Mode.

IMPORTANT The E3 Overload Relay protection functions are still operational even without an established network
connection.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 217 Troubleshooting Chapter 12
Recoverable Error Mode
In Recoverable Error Mode, the E3 Overload Relay’s NETWORK ST ATUS LED turns solid red. The overload relays will respond to messages that are specified in offline node recovery message protocol.

Unrecoverable Error Mode
In Unrecoverable Error Mode, the E3 Overload Relay’s NETWORK ST ATUS LED turns solid red. The overload relay continues in this state as long as the device is powered.

Resetting a Trip
An E3 Overload Relay trip condition can be reset by taking one of the following actions:

1. Actuating the TRIP/RESET button on the E3 Overload Relay.

2. Setting the Fault Reset bit in the E3 Overload Relay’s Output Assembly via the DeviceNet network.

3. Actuating a reset signal

4. Actuating a reset signal to IN1 when Parameter 77, IN1=T rip Reset, in enabled (Series A, FRN 2.xxx).

5. Actuating a reset signal to one of the inputs when programmed to “T rip Reset” via one of the corresponding assignment parameters (83…86) (FRN

3.xx and later)
Error Type Description LED State
Recoverable Duplicate node address
detected
Solid Red
Error Type Description LED State
Unrecoverable Power-up initialization failure Solid Red Incorrect baud rate
Fatal communication error (bus-off)
ATTENTION: Resetting a trip will not correct the cause
for the trip. Corrective action should be taken before
resetting the trip.
'W
218 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting

6. Setting Parameter 30, OL/PTC ResetMode, to the “ Automatic” selection to allow the unit to automatically reset after overload and thermistor (PTC) trips.

7. Cycling supply power to the E3 Overload Relay to clear Non-V olatile Faults.

8. Setting Parameter 26, Tr ip R e s et, to a value of 1 = trip reset.

Trip/Warn LED
Troubleshooting
Procedures
The following table lists the possible causes for each trip type and the recommended action to take.

Table 10: Trip/Warn LED Troubleshooting Procedures
IMPORTANT An overload trip cannot be reset until the value of Parameter 9,% Therm Utilized, is below the value set in Parameter 31, OL Reset Level.

IMPORTANT A PTC trip cannot be reset until the motor has cooled sufficiently for the resistance of the PTC detector to drop below the E3 Plus Overload Relay’s PTC Reset Resistance level.

Trip Description Possible Cause Corrective Action
Test Trip 1. Operation of the Test/Reset button 1. O perate the Test/Reset button to clear the trip.

Overload 1. Motor overloaded

2. Improper parameter settings

1. Check and correct source of overload (load, mechanical transmission components, motor bearings).

2. Set parameter values to match the motor and application requirements.

Phase Loss 1. Missing supply phase

2. Poor electrical connection

3. Contactor operation

4. Improper parameter setting

1. Check for open line (i.e. blown fuse).

2. Check all power terminations from the branch circuit-protecting device down to the motor for proper tightness. Ensure that the overload connection to the contactor is secure.

3. Inspect contactor for proper operation.

4. Single-phase applications require that Parameter 27, Single/Three Ph, is set to “single phase” .

Ground Fault 1. Power conductor or motor winding is shorting to ground

2. Motor winding insulation is decayed

3. Foreign Object short

4. External ground fault sensor (core balance current
transformer) has improper connection

1. Check power conductors and motor windings for low resistance to ground.

2. Check motor winding insulation for low resistance to ground.

3. Check for foreign objects.

4. Check cable connections.

Stall 1. Motor has not reached full speed by the end of the Stall Enabld Time (Parameter 39)

2. Improper parameter settings

1. Check for source of stall (i.e . excessive load, or mechanical transmission component failure).

2. Parameter 39, Stall Enabld Time, is set too low for the application.

Check to ensure that Parameter 28, FLA Setting, is set correctly.

Jam 1. Motor current has exceeded the programmed jam level

2. Improper parameter settings

1. Check for the source of the jam (i.e., excessive load or mechanical transmission component failure).

2. Parameter 43, Jam Trip Level, is set too low for the application. Check to ensure that Parameter 28, FLA Setting, is set correctly.

PTC 1. Motor stator windings overheated

2. Thermistor leads short-circuited or broken

1. Check for source of motor overtemperature (i.e. overload, obstructed cooling, high ambient temperature, excessive starts/hour).

2. Inspect thermistor leads for short-circuit or open
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 219 Troubleshooting Chapter 12
Table 11: Trip/Warn LED Troubleshooting Procedures, Continued ➊ Series C and later
/twosansinv E3 Plus Model EC5 Only
Trip Description Possible Cause Corrective Action
Current
Imbalance

1. Imbalance in incoming power

2. Motor winding imbalance

3. Motor idling

4. Contactor or circuit breaker operation

1. Check power system (i.e. blown fuse).

2. Repair motor, or if acceptable, raise value of Parameter 51, CI Trip Level.

3. Raise value of Parameter 51, CI Trip Level, to an acceptable level.

4. Inspect contactor and circuit breaker for proper operation.

Comm Fault 1. Communication disruption 1. Check the DeviceNet cabling for a wiring disconnection.

Comm Idle 1. Programmable controller processor set to the “program” mode.

1. Reset trip after the programmable controller process is returned to the “run” mode.

NonVol Memory
Fault

1. Internal product failure 1. Consult the factory.

Hardware Fault
(trip)

1. Hardware configuration failure 1. Verify that the input terminals (1,2,3,4,5 or 6) are not shorted at the PTC terminals (IT1, IT2).

2. Consult the factory.

Configuration
Fault (warning)

1. Parameter 27, Single/Three Ph, is set to single phase and current is being sensed in phase L3 during motor operation.

2. FLA setting is outside the “legal” range, as determined by the corresponding CT Ratio setting.

1. For three-phase applications, Parameter 27, Single/Three Ph, should be set to “three-phase”; for single-phase applications, verify that current iflowing through L1 and L2 only.

2. See Table 41 - and program the FLA setting within the range specified.

Remote Trip 1. Contact closure of remote sensor (e.g., vibration switch). 1. Take corrective action to address the issue that caused the senso r to actuate.

2. Check sensor for proper operation.

3. Check wiring.

PM - # Starts ➊
(warning)

1. Parameter 96, Starts Counter, is equal to or greater than the value set in parameter 101, PM -# Starts.

1. Set parameter 104, Clear Queue, to reset parameter 96, Starts Counter.

PM – Oper.

Hours
➊
(warning)

1. Parameter 95, Elapsed Time, is equal to or greater than the value set in parameter 102, PM – Oper. Hours.

1. Set parameter 104, Clear Queue, to reset parameter 95, Elapsed Time.

Blocked
Start/Start Inhibit
➊

1. The number of starts count within the past hour period equals the value set in the parameter 99, Starts/Hour. 2. The time expired since the most recent start is less than the value set in the parameter 100, Starts Interval.

1. Check parameter 98, Time to Start, and wait that amount of time, or change the configuration to allow more starts/hour. 2. Check parameter 98, Time to Start, and wait that amount of time, or change the configuration to shorten the interval between starts.

Voltage Input
Module
Hardware Fault /twosansinv

1. The Voltage Input Module is not properly communicating to the E3 Plus relay

1. Check the ribbon cable that connects Voltage Input Module to the E3 Plus relay. If the cable is damaged, please order 193-NCEC5CNT for a replacement cable.

2. Check the Voltage Input Module for damage. If damaged, please order 193-NVEC5VIM for a replacement Voltage Input Module.

Under Voltage L-L
/twosansinv

1. L-L Voltage has exceeded the programmed under voltage level

2. Improper parameter settings

1. Check power system

2. Inspect contactor and circuit breaker for proper operation.

3. Verify that Parameter 217, UV Trip Level, is set properly for the application.

4. Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290, PT Primary and PT Secondary , are set properly if applicable.

Over Voltage L-L
/twosansinv

1. L-L Voltage has exceeded the programmed over voltage level

2. Improper parameter settings

1. Check power system

2. Inspect contactor and circuit breaker for proper operation.

3. Verify that Parameter 221, OV Trip Level, is set properly for the application.

4. Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290, PT Primary and PT Secondary , are set properly if applicable.

Voltage
Unbalance /twosansinv

1. Unbalance in incoming voltage

2. Contactor or circuit breaker operation

1. Check power system

2. Inspect contactor and circuit breaker for proper operation.

3. Verify that Parameter 231, V UnbalTripLevel, is set properly for the application.

Phase Rotation /twosansinv1. The 3-phase voltage rotation changed (e .g., ABC to ACB) 1. Check power system

2. Inspect contactor and circuit breaker for proper wiring.

3. Verify that Parameter 224, Ph Rot Trip, is set properly for the application.

Under Frequency
/twosansinv

1. Voltage frequency has exceeded the programmed under frequency level

2. Improper parameter settings

3. Relay is applied to a variable frequency drive that is running outside its measurement range

1. Check power system

2. Inspect contactor, circuit breaker, or variable frequency drive for proper operation.

3. Verify that Parameter 235, UF Trip Level, is set properly for the application.

Over Frequency
/twosansinv

1. Voltage frequency has exceeded the programmed over
frequency level

2. Improper parameter settings

3. Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive.

1. Check power system

2. Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation.

3. Verify that Parameter 239, OF Trip Level, is set properly for the application.

4. The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive.
220 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting
Table 12: Trip/Warn LED Troubleshooting Procedures, Continued /twosansinv E3 Plus Model EC5 Only
Trip Description Possible Cause Corrective Action
Under Real Power
(kW) /twosansinv

1. Real power has exceeded the programmed under real power level.

2. Improper parameter settings.

3. Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive.

1. Check power system

2. Verify that current is flowing from the line side (L Terminals) to the load side (L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs) of the relay.

3. Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation.

4. Verify that Parameter 243, UW Trip Level, is set properly for the application.

5. The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intend ed to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive.

6. Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290, PT Primary and PT Secondary , are set properly if applicable.

Over Real Power
(kW) /twosansinv

1. Real power has exceeded the programmed over real power level.

2. Improper parameter settings.

3. Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive.

1. Check power system

2. Verify that current is flowing fr om the line side (L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs) to the load side (T terminals) of the relay.

3. Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation.

4. Verify that Parameter 247, OW Trip Level , is set properly for the application.

5. The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intend ed to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive.

6. Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290, PT Primary and PT Secondary , are set properly if applicable.

Under Reactive
Power Consumed
(+kVAR) /twosansinv

1. Reactive power has exceeded the programmed under reactive power consumed level.

2. Improper parameter settings.

3. Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive.

1. Check power system

2. Verify that current is flowing fr om the line side (L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs) to the load side (T terminals) of the relay.

3. Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation.

4. Verify that Parameter 251, UVARC Trip Level , is set properly for the application.

5. The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive.

6. Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290, PT Primary and PT Secondary , are set properly if applicable.

Over Reactive
Power Consumed
(+kVAR) /twosansinv

1. Reactive power has exceeded the programmed over reactive power consumed level.

2. Improper parameter settings.

3. Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive.

1. Check power system

2. Verify that current is flowing fr om the line side (L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs) to the load side (T terminals) of the relay.

3. Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation.

4. Verify that Parameter 255, OVARC Trip Level, is set properly for the application.

5. The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intend ed to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive.

6. Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290, PT Primary and PT Secondary , are set properly if applicable.

Under Reactive
Power Generated
(-kVAR) /twosansinv

1. Reactive power has exceeded the programmed under
reactive power generated level.

2. Improper parameter settings.

3. Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive.

1. Check power system

2. Verify that current is flowing from the line side (L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs) to the load side (T terminals) of the relay.

3. Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation.

4. Verify that Parameter 259, UVARG Trip Level , is set properly for the application.

5. The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intend ed to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive.

6. Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290, PT Primary and PT Secondary , are set properly if applicable.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 221 Troubleshooting Chapter 12
Table 13: Trip/Warn LED Troubleshooting Procedures, Continued /twosansinv E3 Plus Model EC5 Only
Trip Description Possible Cause Corrective Action
Over Reactive
Power Generated
(-kVAR) /twosansinv

1. Reactive power has exceeded the programmed over reactive power generated level.

2. Improper parameter settings.

3. Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive.

1. Check power system

2. Verify that current is flowing from the line side (L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs) to the load side (T terminals) of the relay.

3. Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation.

4. Verify that Parameter 263, OVARG Trip Level, is set properly for the application.

5. The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive.

6. Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290, PT Primary and PT Secondary , are set properly if applicable.

Under Apparent
Power (kVA) /twosansinv

1. Apparent power has exceeded the programmed under
apparent power level.

2. Improper parameter settings.

3. Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive.

1. Check power system

2. Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation.

3. Verify that Parameter 267, UVA Trip Level, is set properly for the application.

4. The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive.

5. Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290, PT Primary and PT Secondary , are set properly if applicable.

Over Apparent
Power (kVA) /twosansinv

1. Apparent power has exceeded the programmed over
apparent power level.

2. Improper parameter settings.

3. Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive.

1. Check power system

2. Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation.

3. Verify that Parameter 271, OVA Trip Level, is set properly for the application.

4. The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive.

5. Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290, PT Primary and PT Secondary , are set properly if applicable.

Under Power
Factor Lagging
(-PF) /twosansinv

1. Power factor has exceeded the programmed under power factor lagging level.

2. Improper parameter settings.

3. Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive.

1. Check power system

2. Verify that current is flowing from the line side (L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs) to the load side (T terminals) of the relay.

3. Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation.

4. Verify that Parameter 275, UPFLG Trip Level, is set properly for the application.

5. The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive.

6. Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290, PT Primary and PT Secondary , are set properly if applicable.

Under Power
Factor Leading
(+PF) /twosansinv

1. Power factor has exceeded the programmed under power factor leading level.

2. Improper parameter settings.

3. Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive.

1. Check power system

2. Verify that current is flowing from the line side (L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs) to the load side (T terminals) of the relay.

3. Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation.

4. Verify that Parameter 283, UPFLD Trip Level, is set properly for the application.

5. The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive.

6. Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290, PT Primary and PT Secondary , are set properly if applicable.

Over Power
Factor Leading
(+PF) /twosansinv

1. Power factor has exceeded the programmed over power
factor leading level.

2. Improper parameter settings.

3. Relay is applied to the output of a variable frequency drive.

1. Check power system

2. Verify that current is flowing from the line side (L Terminals or contactor mounting stabs) to the load side (T terminals) of the relay.

3. Inspect contactor or circuit breaker for proper operation.

4. Verify that Parameter 287, OPFLD Trip Level, is set properly for the application.

5. The E3 Plus model EC5 is not intended to be used on the output of a variable frequency drive.

6. Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290, PT Primary and PT Secondary , are set properly if applicable.

Power Value
Overflow (kW,
kVAR or KVA) /twosansinv

1. Power calculations have exceeded the limits of the E3 Plus model EC5.

2. Improper parameter settings.

3. Relay is applied on a power system that is a too large to properly calculate

1. Check power system

2. Verify FLA setting, Parameter 28, is within the range specified for the appropriate CT Ratio, Parameter 78.

3. Check to ensure that Parameters 289 and 290, PT Primary and PT Secondary , are set properly if applicable.
222 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting
DeviceNet
Troubleshooting
Procedures
The following table identifies possible causes and corrective actions when troubleshooting DeviceNet related failures using the NETWORK ST ATUS LED.

Loss of Node Address
Refer to DeviceNet™ Node Commissioning on page 95 for further information regarding node commissioning.

Input and Output
Troubleshooting
Procedures
Table 14: DeviceNet Troubleshooting Procedures
Color State Possible Cause Corrective Action
None 1. The E3 Overload Relay is not receiving power at the DeviceNet connector.

1. Check DeviceNet power and cable connections
and the power connection on the DeviceNet
connector.

Green
Red
Off
Flashing 1. The E3 or E3 Plus Overload Relay is trying to determine the network baud rate

1. The overload relay can not determine the network
baud rate if no network traffic exists. Network
traffic can be induced by invoking a Network Who
using DeviceNet Manager.

Green Flashing 1. Overload Relay is on-line but not allocated to a master. 1. Check DeviceNet master and its scan list for correct scanner configuration.

Green Solid 1. Normal operating state, and the E3 Overload Relay is allocated to a master.

1. No action required.

Red Flashing 1. I/O connection timed-out 1. Reset DeviceNet master device.

Red Solid 1. Diagnostics test failed on power-up/reset. Internal fault exists.

2. Duplicate DeviceNet node address exists (two
DeviceNet nodes cannot have the same address).

3. Invalid baud rate (if autobaud is disabled).

1. Cycle power to the unit and network. If the fault
still exists, replace unit.

2. Change the value of Parameter 57, NonVol MAC ID,
to a valid address and reset the device.

3. This will only occur if Parameter 55,
AutoBaudEnable, is set to “disabled” . Set Parameter
55 to “enabled” and reset the E3 Overload Relay
(or) set Parameter 56, NonVol Baud Rate, to the
correct setting and reset the E3 Overload Relay.

ATTENTION: If the outputs are to be commanded via an
explicit message, ensure that there can never be an
established I/O connection that can actively control
them, and that the explicit message connection has a
non-zero expected packet rate (EPR) setting.

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 223 Troubleshooting Chapter 12
Table 15: Input and Output Troubleshooting Procedures
➊ FRN 2.000 and later.
/twosansinv E3 Plus Model EC5 Only
➌The E3 Trip Relay contacts will not close until 2.35 seconds after power is applied to the E3 Overload Relay DeviceNet connector. If a “Non-Volatile Fault” previously existed or a fault condition is present during power-up, the trip relay contacts will not close until the fault condition is removed and the trip is reset.

Failure Type Failure Description Corrective Action
Input 1...4 Input 1,2,3 or 4 does not
appear to recognize a contact
closure

1. Check the supply voltage on the DeviceNet connector.

2. If the applicable contact closes but the E3 Overlo ad Relay Input does not recognize the closure, check the continuity and wiring to the connected contact.

3. Check the IN 1,2,3 and 4 status LEDs. If the appropriate LED does not illuminate, measure the voltage across and current through the applicable input. Verify they are within the ratings of the E3 Overload Relay (See Appendix A).

4. If the appropriate Input LED does illuminate, but th e input status is not reported properly over the DeviceNet network, check the programmable controller ladder logic and I/O mapping.

Input 1 Trip reset operation 1. Check the programming of Parameter 77, IN1=Trip Reset ➊ Input 5…6 /twosansinvInput 5 or 6 does not appear
to recognize a contact closure

1. Check the supply voltage on the DeviceNet connector.

2. If the applicable contact closes but the E3 Overlo ad Relay Input does not recognize the closure, check the continuity and wiring to the connected contact.

3. Check the state of the inputs by monitoring bits 10 and 11 of Parameter 21, Device Status, using RSNetWorx for DeviceNet or a 193-DNCT (DeviceNet Configuration Terminal). If the appropriate bit is not set, measure the voltage across and current through the applicable input. Verify that they are within the ratings of the E3 Overload Relay (See Appendix A).

4. If the appropriate input status is not reported properly over the DeviceNet network, check the programmable controller ladder logic and I/O mapping.

Trip Relay➌ The trip relay does not appear
to be functioning properly

1. Check the TRIP/WARN and NETWORK STATUS LEDs, or the DEVICE STATUS and TRIP STATUS parameters. If a Protection Fault exists, refer to the Trip and Warning troubleshooting procedure. If a DeviceNet-related fault exists, refer to the DeviceNet troubleshooting procedure.

2. Press the Test/Reset button on the E3 Overload Re lay. The trip relay should open and the TRIP/WARN LED should exhibit a single red flash code. Remove the control circuit power and measure the impedance across terminals 95 and 96 to verify the trip relay contacts are open. Press the Test/ Reset button again. The unit should reset and the trip relay contacts should close. Measure across terminals 95 and 96 to ensure the trip relay contacts closed.

3. Remove control circuit supply power and check the control wiring to the E3 Overload Relay Trip Relay (95/96).

OUT A or OUT B Output A or Output B does
not appear to turn on (close)
when commanded to do so

1. Check the supply voltage on the DeviceNet connector.

2. Check the OUTA and OUTB status LEDs. If the appropriate LED does not illuminate, check the programmable controller ladder logic and I/O mapping.

3. If the appropriate Output LED is illuminated, remove the control circuit power and check for continuity across the appropriate output terminals (13/14 for OUTA, 23/24 for OUTB). If the continuity test indicates the output is open, replace the E3 Overload Relay. Check the supply voltage against the ratings of the contactor and the relay output before installing a new unit.

4. Remove control circuit power and check the control circuit fuse and the control wiring to the E3 Overload Relay output terminals.

5. Check the control circuit power su pply. Verify the voltage is within the contactor and overload relay ratings.

6. Check the TRIP/WARN and NETWORK STATUS LEDs, or the DEVICE STATUS and TRIP STATUS parameters.

If a Protection Fault exists, refer to the Trip and Warning troubleshooting procedure. If a DeviceNet-related fault exists, refer to the DeviceNet troubleshooting procedure.

7. Check the OUTA and OUTB Pr FltState, Pr FltValue, Dn FltState, Dn FltValue, Dn IdlState, and Dn IdlValue programmable parameters. The Pr FltState and Pr Flt Value parameters supersede the Dn Flt or Dn Idle parameters.

OUT A or OUT B Output A or Output B does
not appear to turn off (open)
when commanded to do so.

1. Check the OUTA and OUTB status LED’s. If the appropriate LED remains illuminated, check the programmable controller ladder logic and I/O mapping.

2. If the appropriate Output LED is not illuminated, remove the control circuit power and check for continuity across the appropriate output terminals (13/14 for OUTA, 23/24 for OUTB). If the continuity test indicates the output is closed, replace the E3 Overload Relay. Check the supply voltage against the ratings of the contactor and the relay output before installing a new unit.

3. Remove control circuit power and check the control circuit fuse and the control wiring to the E3 Overload Relay output terminals.

4. Check the OUTA and OUTB Pr FltState, Pr FltValue, Dn FltState, Dn FltValue, Dn IdlState, and Dn IdlValue programmable parameters. Then check the TRIP/WARN and NETWORK STATUS LEDs, or the DEVICE STATUS and TRIP STATUS parameters. If a Protection Fault exists, refer to the Trip and Warning troubleshooting procedure. If a DeviceNet-related fault exists, refer to the DeviceNet troubleshooting procedure.

OUT A or OUT B The contactor connected to
Output A or Output B appears
to “chatter”

1. Verify the OUT A or OUT B LED remains in the approp riate On or Off state. If the LED is flickering, check the programmable controller’s ladder logic program.

2. Check the control circuit supply voltage. Verify it is within the ratings of the contactor coil and the overload relay’s outputs.

3. Remove the control circuit power. Verify all control wiring is properly secured. 224 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Chapter 12 Troubleshooting
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 225 Appendix A
Specifications
Electrical Specifications
➊ Exception: Any E3 Overload Relay that uses an external ground fault sensor is limited to 50/60 Hz detection.

Figure 13: E3 & E3 Plus Power Supply Current
Figure 3: Motor/Load Ratings
Terminals 1/L1, 3/L2, 5/L3, 2/T1, 4/T2, 6/T3
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)6 90V AC
Rated Operating Voltage (Ue)
IEC:

UL:
690V AC
600V AC
Rated Impulse Voltage (Uimp)6 kV
Rated Operating Current (Ie) See Catalog Number Explanation Rated Frequency 20...250 Hz ➊
Short Circuit Ratings See Chapter 2
Number of Poles 3
Application Single-phase or Three-phase
Table 16: Power Supply Ratings
Terminals DeviceNet Connector: V+ (Red), V- (Black)
Rated Supply Voltage (Us)2 4V DC
Operating Range 11...25V DC
Rated Supply Current See Chart Below
Maximum Surge Current at Power-Up 3 A
Maximum Power Consumption
E3:

E3 Plus:

3.2 W

4.2 W
Maximum Power Interruption Time
@ 11V DC:
@ 25V DC:
1 ms
10 ms
E 3 & E 3 Plus Supply Current
0 50
100
150
200
250
300
350
10 15 20 25 30
Input Voltage (V)
Input Current (mA)
E3 Plus
E3
..

I
I
I
226 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix A Specifications
Table 17: Output and Trip Relay Ratings
Terminals
OUT A:

OUT B (E3 Plus):

Trip Relay:
13/14
23/24
95/96
Type of Contacts Form A

SPST - NO
Rated Thermal Current (Ithe)5 A
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)3 00V AC
Rated Operating Voltage (Ue)2 40V AC
Rated Operating Current (Ie) 3 A (@120V AC), 1.5 A (@240V AC)

0.25 A (@110V DC), 0.1 A (@220V DC)
Minimum Operating Current 10 mA @ 5V DC
Rating Designation B300
Utilization Category AC-15
Resistive Load Rating (p.f. = 1.0) 5 A, 250V AC 5 A, 30V DC
Inductive Load Rating (p.f. = 0.4) (L/R = 7 ms)
2 A, 250V AC
2 A, 30V DC
Short Circuit Current Rating 1,000 A
Recommended Control Circuit Fuse KTK-R-6
(6 A, 600 V)
Rated Number of Operations
Trip Relay:

OUT A and B:

W/100-C09…100-C43
W/100-C60…100-C85
W/NEMA Size 0…2
W/NEMA Size 3
100,000
5,000,000
2,500,000
1,000,000
300,000
Table 18: Input Ratings
Terminals
IN 1:

IN 2:

IN 3 (E3 Plus):

IN 4 (E3 Plus):

Supply Voltage (24V DC):

IN 5 (E3 Plus model EC5):

IN 6 (E3 Plus model EC5):
1 2
3 4
5,6
7 8
Supply Voltage (provided by E3) 24V DC ± 10%
Type of Inputs Current Sinking
On-State Voltage 15V DC
On-State Current (turn-on) 2 mA
Steady State Current 8 mA
Off-State Voltage 5V DC
Off-State Current 0.5 mA
Transition Voltage 5...15V DC
Transition Current 0.5...2.0 mA
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 227 Specifications Appendix A
Environmental
Specifications
➊ Current ratings must be derated at altitudes greater than 2000 m Electromagnetic
Compatibility
Specifications
Table 19: Thermistor/PTC Input Ratings (E3 Plus models EC2 and EC3) Terminals 1T1, 1T2
Type of Control Unit Mark A
Maximum Number of Sensors 6
Maximum Cold Resistance of PTC Sensor Chain 1500 Ω
Trip Resistance 3400 Ω ± 150 Ω
Reset Resistance 1600 Ω ± 100 Ω
Short-circuit Trip Resistance 25 Ω ± 10 Ω
Maximum Voltage @ PTC Terminals (RPTC = 4 kΩ)7 . 5 V D C Maximum Voltage @ PTC Terminals (RPTC =open) 30V DC
Response Time 800 ms
Table 20: Environmental Specifications
Ambient Temperature
Storage
Operating
(Open)
(Enclosed)
–40°…+85°C (–40…+185°F)
–20°…+55°C (–4°…+131°F)
–20°…+40°C (–4°…+104°F)
Humidity
Operating
Damp Heat – Steady State (per IEC 68-2-3)
Damp Heat – Cyclic (per IEC 68-2-30)
5…95% Non-condensing
92% r.h., 40°C (104°F), 56 days
93% r.h., 25°C/40°C (77°F/104°F), 21 Cycles
Cooling Method Natural Convection
Vibration (per IEC 68-2-6) 3 G
Shock (per IEC 68-2-27) 30 G
Maximum Altitude 2000 m ➊
Pollution Environment Pollution Degree 3
Terminal Marking EN 50012
Degree of Protection
193-ECxxx
592-ECxxx
IP20
Table A.1 Electromagnetic Compatibility Specifications
Electrostatic Discharge Immunity
Test Level:

Performance Criteria:
8kV Air Discharge
6kV Contact Discharge
1 ➊➋
RF Immunity
Test Level:

Performance Criteria:
10V/m
1 ➊➋
Electrical Fast Transient/Burst Immunity
Test Level:

Performance Criteria:
4kV (Power)
2kV (Control & Comm)
1 ➊➋
228 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix A Specifications
➊Performance Criteria 1 requires the DUT to experience no degradation or loss of performance. ➋Environment 2.

Functionality
Specifications
Surge Immunity
Test Level:

Performance Criteria:
2kV (L-E)
1kV (L-L)
1 ➊➋
Radiated Emissions Class A
Conducted Emissions Class A
Table A.1 Electromagnetic Compatibility Specifications
Table 21: DeviceNet Communications
Baud Rate 125 k, 250 k, 500 k
Auto-Baud Rate Identification Yes
“Group 2 – Slave Only” device type Yes
Polled I/O Messaging Yes
Change of State Messaging Yes
Cyclic Messaging Yes
Explicit Messaging Yes
Full Parameter Object Support Yes
Group 4 – Off-Line Node Recovery Messaging Yes
Configuring Consistency Value Yes
Unconnected Messaging Manager (UCMM) Yes
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 229 Specifications Appendix A
Protection Table 22: Protection
➊ E3 Plus Models EC2, EC3, and EC5
/twosansinv Series C or Later
➌ E3 Plus Model EC5 Only
Trip Warning
Overload Yes Yes
Phase Loss Yes No
Ground Fault ➊ Yes Yes
Stall Yes No
Jam Yes Yes
Underload Yes Yes
Thermistor (PTC) ➊ Yes Yes
Current Imbalance Yes Yes
Communication Fault Yes Yes
Communication Idle Yes Yes
Remote Trip Yes No
Blocked Start/Start Inhibit /twosansinvYes No
Under Voltage L-L ➊ Yes Yes
Over Voltage L-L ➊ Yes Yes
Voltage Unbalance ➊ Yes Yes
Phase Rotation ➌ Yes Yes
Under Frequency ➌ Yes Yes
Over Frequency ➌ Yes Yes
Under Real Power (kW) ➌ Yes Yes
Over Real Power (kW) ➌ Yes Yes
Under Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) ➌ Yes Yes
Over Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) ➌ Yes Yes
Under Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) ➌ Yes Yes
Over Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) ➌ Yes Yes
Under Apparent Power (kVA) ➌ Yes Yes
Over Apparent Power (kVA) ➌ Yes Yes
Under Power Factor Lagging (-PF) ➌ Yes Yes
Over Power Factor Lagging (-PF) ➌ Yes Yes
Under Power Factor Leading (+PF) ➌ Yes Yes
Over Power Factor Leading (+PF) ➌ Yes Yes
Power Value Overflow (kW, kVAR or KVA) ➌ Yes Yes
Table 23: Overload Protection
Type of Relay Ambient Compensated Time-Delay
Phase Loss Sensitive
Nature of Relay Solid-State
FLA Setting See Chapter 5
Trip Rating 120% FLA
Trip Class 5…30
Reset Mode Automatic or Manual
Overload Reset Level 1…100% TCU
230 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix A Specifications
Table 24: Ground Fault Protection
Type Core Balanced
Intended Use Equipment Protection
Classification (Per UL 1053) Class I
Protection Range 20…100 mA
100…500 mA
200 mA…1.0 A

1.0…5.0 A
Trip & Warning Time Delay 0.1…25.0 s
Protection Inhibit Time 0…250 s
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 231 Appendix B
DeviceNet™ Information
Electronic Data Sheets
(EDS)
EDS files are specially formatted ASCII files that provide all of the information necessary for a configuration tool (e.g., RSNetW orx™ for DeviceNet) to access and alter the parameters of a device. The EDS file contains all the parameter information of a device to include:
number of parameters
groupings
parameter name
minimum, maximum, and default values,
minimum, maximum, and default units,
data format, and
scaling.

EDS files for all E3 Overload Relay units are available at www.rockwellautomation.com/resources/eds. The EDS files may also be built automatically by some configuration tools since all of the information necessary for an EDS file may be extracted from the E3 Overload Relay.

Product Codes Since the E3 Overload Relay is available in a variety of current ranges, each model supports a parameter set that is slightly different in terms of min, max, and default values for parameters that are related to motor current. Therefore, each model uses an EDS file specific to that model. Configuration tools use “product codes” to identify which EDS file to use for a given device. The following table summarizes the various product codes.

IMPORTANT DeviceLogix capability is not available when uploading the EDS from an E3 Plus Overload Relay. The EDS file must be obtained from the internet. 232 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
Table 72 - EDS File Product Codes
DeviceNet Objects The E3 Overload Relay supports the following DeviceNet object classes.

Product
Code Name String
Ground
Fault
Current
Monitoring
Voltage &
Power
# of Inputs/
Outputs DeviceLogix
3 E3 (1…5 A) None No No 2/1 No
4 E3 Plus (1…5 A) Internal 4/2 Yes
5 E3 (3…15 A) None 2/1 No
6 E3 Plus (3…15 A) Internal 4/2 Yes
7 E3 (5…25 A) None 2/1 No
8 E3 Plus (5…25 A) Internal 4/2 Yes
9 E3 (9…45 A) None 2/1 No
10 E3 Plus (9…45 A) Internal 4/2 Yes
11 E3 (18…90 A) None 2/1 No
12 E3 Plus (18…90 A) Internal 4/2 Yes
29 E3 (0.4…2 A) None 2/1 No
30 E3 Plus (0.4…2 A)
External
4/2
Yes
31 E3 (9…5000 A) 2/1
36 E3 EC3 (1…5 A) 4/2
38 E3 EC3 (3…15 A)
40 E3 EC3 (5…25 A)
42 E3 EC3 (9…45 A)
44 E3 EC3 (18…90 A)
46 E3 EC3 (0.4…2 A)
48 E3 EC3 (9…5000 A)
50 E3 EC4 (1…5 A) Yes
52 E3 EC4 (3…15 A)
54 E3 EC4 (5…25 A)
56 E3 EC4 (9…45 A)
58 E3 EC4 (18…90 A)
60 E3 EC4 (0.4…2 A)
62 E3 EC4 (9…5000 A)
64 E3 EC5 (1…5 A) No Yes 6/2
66 E3 EC5 (3…15 A)
68 E3 EC5 (5…25 A)
70 E3 EC5 (9…45 A)
72 E3 EC5 (18…90 A)
74 E3 EC5 (0.4…2 A)
76 E3 EC5 (9…5000 A)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 233 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
Table 73 - DeviceNet Object Classes
Identity Object – Class
Code 0x01
The following class attributes are supported for the Identity Object.

Table 74 - Identity Object Class Attributes
T wo instances of the Identity Object will be supported. The following table shows what each instance will represent and what the revision attribute will report.

Table 75 - Revision Attribute Display
Instance 1 of the Identity Object will contain the following attributes.

Class Object
0x0001 Identity
0x0002 Message Router
0x0003 DeviceNet
0x0004 Assembly
0x0005 Connection
0x0008 Discrete Input Point
0x0009 Discrete Output Point
0x000F Parameter Object
0x0010 Parameter Group Object
0x001E Discrete Output Group
0x0029 Control Supervisor
0x002B Acknowledge Handler
0x002C Overload Object
0x0097 DPI Fault Object
0x0098 DPI Warning Object
0x00B4 DN Interface Object
0x00C2 MCC Object
0x030E Logic Supervisor
0x0375 E3 Status Object
Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value
1 Get Revision UINT 1
Instance Description Revision Attribute
1 Operating System Flash The firmware revision of the OS stored in flash memory 2 Boot Code Flash The firmware revision of the boot code stored in flash memory 234 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
Table 76 - Identity Attribute Instance Attributes
The following common services are implemented for the Identity Object.

Table 77 - Identity Object Common Services
Message Router – Class
Code 0x02
No class or instance attributes are supported. The message router object exists only to route explicit messages to other objects.

DeviceNet Object – Class
Code 0x03
The following class attributes are supported for the DeviceNet Object:

Attribute
ID
Access
Rule Name Data Type Value
1 Get Vendor ID UINT Program mable via test object
2 Get Device Type UINT 3
3 Get Product Code UINT See Product Code table
4 Get Revision:

Major
Minor
Structure
of:

USINT
USINT
4 1
5 Get Status WORD Bit 0 0 = Not owned, 1 = Owned by
master
Bit 2 0 = Factory Defaulted, 1 =
Configured
Bit 8 Minor recoverable fault
Bit 9 Minor unrecoverable fault
Bit 10 Major recoverable fault
Bit 11 Major unrecoverable fault
6 Get Serial Number UDINT Uni que number for each device 7 Get Product Name:

String Length
ASCII String
Structure
of:

USINT
STRING
Product code-specific
8 Get State USINT Returns the value “3 = Operational”
9 Get Configuration
Consistency
Value
UINT Unique value depending upon output of the
parameter checksum algorithm
10 Get/Set Heartbeat
Interval
USINT In seconds. Default = 0
Service Code
Implemented for:

Service NameClass Instance
0x0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single
0x05 No Yes Reset (DeviceNet only)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 235 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
Table 78 - DeviceNet Object Class Attributes
A single instance (instance 1) of the DeviceNet Object is supported. The following instance attributes are supported.

Table 79 - DeviceNet Object Instance Attributes
The following services are implemented for the DeviceNet Object.

Table 80 - DeviceNet Object Common Services
Assembly Object – Class
Code 0x04
The following class attributes will be supported for the Assembly Object.

Table 81 - Assembly Object Class Attributes
The following static assembly instance attributes will be supported for each assembly instance.

Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value
1 Get Revision UINT 2
Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value
1 Get/Set MAC ID USINT 0...63
2 Get/Set Baud Rate USINT 0 = 125 kbaud
1 = 250 kbaud
2 = 500 kbaud
5 Get Allocation Information:

Allocation’s Choice Byte
Master’s MAC ID
Structure of:

BYTE
USINT
Allocation byte ➊

0...63 = address
255 = unallocated
➊ Allocation byte: Bit 0 — Explicit Messaging
Bit 1 — Polled I/O
Bit 4 — Change of State I/O
Bit 5 — Cyclic I/O
Bit 6 — Acknowledge Suppress I/O
Service
Code
Implemented for:

Service NameClass Instance
0x0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single
0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single
0x4B No Yes Allocate_Master/Slave_Connection_Set
0x4C No Yes Release_Master/Slave_Connection_SetAttribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value 2 Get Max Instance UINT
236 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
Table 82 - Static Assembly Instance Attributes
The following services will be implemented for the Assembly Object.

Table 83 - Assembly Object Services
Output Assemblies The following assembly object instances are implemented. Note that most of these assembly object instances are part of the “motor control hierarchy” of the DeviceNet specification. Other vendor specific assembly object instances have been added to allow the monitoring of the auxiliary inputs, etc.

Table 84 - Assembly Object Instance 2 Data Format TRIP RESET COMMAND The following assemblies are similar to those found in the Motor Starter Profile.

The only difference is that OutA and OutB map to Discrete Output Points instead of the Control Supervisor. The instance numbers are 100 plus the number assigned in corresponding assemblies in the Motor Starter Profile.

Table 85 - Assembly Object Instance 101 Data Format OUT A CMD Table 86 - Assembly Object Instance 103 Data Format BASIC CMD Attribute
ID
Access
Rule Name Data Type Value
1 Get Number of Members in
Member List
UINT
2 Get Member List Array of STRUCT Array of CIP paths
Member Data
Description
UINT Size of Member Data in bits
Member Path Size UINT Size of Member Path in bytes
Member Path Packed EPATH See Appendix A for Member
EPATHs for each assembly instance
3 Conditional Data Array of BYTE
4 Get Size UINT Number of bytes in attribute 3
100 Get Name String STRING
Service
Code
Implemented for: Service Name
Class Instance
0x0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single
0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single
B y t eB i t 7B i t 6B i t 5B i t 4B i t 3B i t 2 B i t 1B i t 0 0 Fault Reset
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0 OutA
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0 Remote Trip Fault Reset OutA

I I I I I I
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 237 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
Table 87 - Assembly Object Instance 104 Data Format OUTPUT COMMAND Table 88 - Assembly Object Instance 105 Data Format COMMAND Table 89 - Instance 110 Status Parameter Data Link Output Assembly Table 90 - Assembly Object Instance 140 Data Format DEVICELOGIX CMD Input Assemblies Table 91 - Assembly Object Instance 50 Data Format TRIP STATUS Table 92 - Assembly Object Instance 51 Data Format TRIP WARN STATUS Table 93 - Assembly Object Instance 106 Data Format BASIC STATUS Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0 Fault Reset OutB OutA
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0 Remote Trip Fault Reset OutB OutA
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0 Remote
Trip
Fault Reset Output B Output A
1 Reserved
2 Network
Input 7
Network
Input 6
Network
Input 5
Network
Input 4
Network
Input 3
Network
Input 2
Network
Input 1
Network
Input 0
3 Network
Input 15
Network
Input 14
Network
Input 13
NetworI
nput 12
Network
Input 11
Network
Input 10
Network
Input 9
Network
Input 8
4 Status Parameter A (low)
5 Status Parameter A (high)
6 Status Parameter B (low)
7 Status Parameter B (high)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0 Remote
Trip
Fault Reset Output B Output A
1N e t w o r k
Input 7
Network
Input 6
Network
Input 5
Network
Input 4
Network
Input 3
Network
Input 2
Network
Input 1
Network
Input 0
2N e t w o r k
Input 15
Network
Input 14
Network
Input 13
Network
Input 12
Network
Input 11
Network
Input 10
Network
Input 9
Network
Input 8
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0 Faulted
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0 Warning Faulted
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0 Input2 Input1 OutA_Stat Warning Faulted

I I I I I I

I I I I I

I I I I I
238 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
Table 94 - Assembly Object Instance 107 Data Format STATUS Table 95 - Assembly Object Instance 108 EC5 Motor Starter Input Assembly Table 96 - Assembly Object Instance 100 Attributes PARAMETER BASED Table 97 - Assembly Object Instance 111 Status Parameter Data Link Input Assy Table 98 - Assembly Object Instance 141 Data Format DEVICELOGIX STAT Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0 Input4 Input3 Input 2 Input1 OutB_Stat OutA _Stat Warning Faulted Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0 Input4 Input3 Input2 I nput1 OutB_Stat OutA_Stat Warning Tripped 1 Input 6 Input 5
Byte Word Value
0 0 Value of parameter pointed to by param #61 (Low Byte) 1 Value of parameter pointed to by param #61 (High Byte) 2 1 Value of parameter pointed to by param #62 (Low Byte) 3 Value of parameter pointed to by param #62 (High Byte) 4 2 Value of parameter pointed to by param #63 (Low Byte) 5 Value of parameter pointed to by param #63 (High Byte) 6 3 Value of parameter pointed to by param #64 (Low Byte) 7 Value of parameter pointed to by param #64 (High Byte) Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0 Param A Number (low)
1 Param A Number(high)
2 Param A Data (low)
3 Param A Data (high)
4 Param B Number (low)
5 Param B Number(high)
6 Param B Data (low)
7 Param B Data (high)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0 Input4 Input3 Input2 Input1 OutB_Stat OutA_Stat Warning Faulted 1N e t w o r k
Output 7
Network
Output 6
Network
Output 5
Network
Output 4
Network
Output 3
Network
Output 2
Network
Output 1
Network
Output 0
2D L o g i x
Enabled
Network
Output 14
Network
Output 13
Network
Output 12
Network
Output 11
Network
Output 10
Network
Output 9
Network
Output 8

I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 239 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
Table 99 - Assembly Object Instance 142 EC5 DeviceLogix Input Assembly Table 100 - Assembly Object Instance 184 Data Format PNB STATUS Connection Object – Class
Code 0x05
Multiple instances of the Connection Object are supported. Instance 1 is the explicit message connection, instance 2 is the polled I/O connection, instance 4 is the Change of State/Cyclic I/O connection, and instances 5-7 are available for explicit UCMM connections.

The following Instance 1 (explicit message connection) attributes are supported.

Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0 Input 4 Input 3 Input 2 Input 1 Out B Stat Out A Stat Warning Tripped 0 Input 6 Input 5
1N e t w o r k
Output 7
Network
Output 6
Network
Output 5
Network
Output 4
Network
Output 3
Network
Output 2
Network
Output 1
Network
Output 0
2 DLogix
Enabled
Network
Output 14
Network
Output 13
Network
Output 12
Network
Output 11
Network
Output 10
Network
Output 9
Network
Output 8
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0N e t w o r k
Output 7
Network
Output 6
Network
Output 5
Network
Output 4
Network
Output 3
Network
Output 2
Network
Output 1
Network
Output 0
1 DLogix
Enabled
Network
Output 14
Network
Output 13
Network
Output 12
Network
Output 11
Network
Output 10
Network
Output 9
Network
Output 8
240 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
Table 101 - Connection Object Instance 1 Attributes
The following Instance 2 (polled I/O connection) attributes are supported.

Table 102 - Connection Object Instance 2 Attributes
Attribute
ID
Access
Rule Name
Data
Type Value
1 Get State USINT 0 = Nonexistent
1 = Configuring
3 = Established
4 = Timed out
2 Get Instance Type USINT 0 = Explicit message
3 Get Transport Class Trigger BYTE 0x83 (Class 3 Server) 4 Get Produced
Connection ID
UINT 10xxxxxx011
xxxxxx = Node address
5 Get Consumed
Connection ID
UINT 10xxxxxx100
xxxxxx = Node address
6 Get Initial Comm Char acteristics BYTE 0x22
7 Get Produced Connection Size UINT 0x61
8 Get Consumed Connection Size UINT 0x61
9 Get/Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in ms
12 Get/Set Watchdog Action USINT 1 = Auto delete
3 = Deferred delete
13 Get Produced Connection
Path Length
UINT 0
14 Get Produced Connection Path Null (no data)
15 Get Consumed Connection
Path Length
UINT 0
16 Get Consumed Connection Path Null (no data)
Attribute
ID
Access
Rule Name
Data
Type Value
1 Get State USINT 0 = Nonexistent
1 = Configuring
3 = Established
4 = Timed out
2 Get Instance Type USINT 1 = I/O Message
3 Get Transport Class
Trigger
BYTE If alloc choice = polled
OR
If alloc choice = !polled && !ack suppressed:
0x82 (Server Class 2)
If alloc choice = !polled && ack
suppressed:
0x80 (Server Class 0)
4 Get Produced
Connection ID
UINT 01111xxxxxx
xxxxxx = Node address
5 Get Consumed
Connection ID
UINT 10xxxxxx101
xxxxxx = Node address
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 241 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
The following Instance 4 (Change of State/Cyclic I/O connection) attributes are supported.

Table 103 - Connection Object Instance 4 Attributes
6 Get Initial Comm
Characteristics
BYTE 0x21
7 Get Produced
Connection Size
UINT 0…8
8 Get Consumed
Connection Size
UINT 0…8
9 Get/Set Expected Packet
Rate
UINT in ms
12 Get/Set Watchdog Action USINT 0 = Transition to timed out 1 = Auto delete
2 = Auto reset
13 Get Produced Connection
Path Length
UINT 8
14 Get/Set Produced Connection
Path
EPATH 21 04 00 25 (assy. inst.) 00 30 03
15 Get Consumed Connection
Path Length
UINT 8
16 Get/Set Consumed Connection
Path
EPATH 21 04 00 25 (assy. inst.) 00 30 03
Attribute
ID
Access
Rule Name
Data
Type Value
Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value
1 Get State USINT 0 = Nonexistent
1 = Configuring
3 = Established
4 = Timed out
2 Get Instance Type USINT 1 = I/O Message
3 Get Transport Class
Trigger
BYTE Cyclic: 0x03
Cyclic Ack Suppressed: 0x00
COS: 0x13
COS Ack Suppressed: 0x10
4 Get Produced
Connection ID
UINT 01101xxxxxx
xxxxxx = Node address
5 Get Consumed
Connection ID
UINT 10xxxxxx010
xxxxxx = Node address
6 Get Initial Comm
Characteristics
BYTE 0x02 (acknowledged)
0x0F (unacknowledged)
7 Get Produced
Connection Size
UINT 0…8
8 Get Consumed
Connection Size
UINT 0…8
9 Get/Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in ms
242 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
The following Instances 5…7 (Group 3 Explicit Message Connections Allocated through UCMM) are supported.

Table 104 - Connection Object Instances 5…7 Attributes
12 Get/Set Watchdog Action USINT 0 = Transition to timed out 1 = Auto delete
2 = Auto reset
13 Get Produced Connection
Path Length
UINT 8
14 Get/Set Produced Connection
Path
EPATH 21 04 00 25 (assy. inst.)
00 30 03
15 Get Consumed Connection
Path Length
UINT 8
16 Get/Set Consumed Connection
Path
EPATH 21 04 00 25 (assy. inst.)
00 30 03
Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value
1 Get State USINT 0 = Nonexistent
1 = Configuring
3 = Established
4 = Timed out
2 Get Instance Type USINT 0 = Explicit Message
3 Get Transport Class Trigger BYTE 0x83 — Server, Transport Class 3
4 Get Produced Connection ID UINT Depends on message group and message ID
5 Get Consumed Connection ID UINT Depends on message group and message ID
6 Get Initial Comm
Characteristics
BYTE 0x33 (Group 3)
7 Get Produced Connection
Size
UINT 0
8 Get Consumed Connection
Size
UINT
9 Get/Set Expected Packet Rate UINT in ms
12 Get Watchdog Action USINT 01 = Auto delete
03 = Deferred delete
13 Get Produced Connection
Path Length
UINT 0
14 Get Produced Connection
Path
Empty
15 Get Consumed Connection
Path Length
UINT 0
16 Get Consumed Connection
Path
Empty
Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 243 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
Discrete Input Point Object
– Class Code 0x08
The following class attributes are supported for the Discrete Input Object:

Multiple instances of the Discrete Input Object are supported, one instance for each general purpose discrete input on the E3 Overload Relay. All instances will contain the following attributes:

The following common services will be implemented for the Discrete Input Point Object:Discrete Output Point
Object – Class Code 0x09
The following class attributes are supported for the Discrete Output Point Object:

Multiple instances of the Discrete Output Point Object are supported, one instance for each general purpose discrete output on the E3 Overload Relay. All instances will contain the following attributes:

Table 105 - Discrete Input Point Object Class Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value
1G et R evision U INT 2
2G et M ax Instances UINT 2 or 4
Table 106 - Discrete Input Point Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value
3 Get Value BOOL 0=OFF, 1=ON
115 Get/Set Force
Enable BOOL 0=Disable, 1=Enable
116 Get/Set Force
Value BOOL 0=OFF, 1=ON
Table 107 - Discrete Input Point Object Common Services Service
Code
Implemented for: Service
Name
Class Instance
0x0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single
0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single
Table 108 - Discrete Output Point Object Class Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value
1G et R evision U INT 1
2G et M ax Instances UINT 1 or 2
Table 109 - Discrete Output Point Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value
3 Get/Set Value BOOL 0=OFF, 1=ON
5 Get/Set Fault Action BOOL 0=Fault Value attribute,
1=Hold Last State
6 Get/Set Fault Value BOOL 0=OFF, 1=ON
244 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
The following common services are implemented for the Discrete Output Point Object:

Parameter Object – Class
Code 0x0F
The following class attributes are supported for the Parameter Object:

Multiple instances of the Parameter Object are supported. All instances will contain the following attributes:
7 Get/Set Idle Action BOOL 0=Fault Value attribute,
1=Hold Last State
8 Get/Set Idle Value BOOL 0=OFF, 1=ON
113 Get/Set Pr Fault Action BOOL 0=Pr Fault Value
attribute, 1=Ignore
114 Get/Set Pr Fault Value BOOL 0=OFF, 1=ON
115 Get/Set Force Enable BOOL 0=Disable, 1=Enable
116 Get/Set Force Value BOOL 0=OFF, 1=ON
117 Get/Set Input Binding
STRUCT:

USINT
Array of
USINT
Size of appendix I
encoded path
Appendix I encoded
path
NULL path means
attribute 3 drives the
output.

Otherwise, this is a path
to a bit in the Bit Table.

Table 110 - Discrete Output Point Object Common Services Service
Code
Implemented for: Service
Name
Class Instance
0x0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single
0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single
Table 109 - Discrete Output Point Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value
Table 111 - Parameter Object Class Attributes
Attribute
ID
Access Rule Name Data Type Value
1G e t R e v i s i o n U I N T 1
2G e t M a x I n s t a n c e s U I N T Product Code
Dependent
8 Get Parameter Class Descriptor WORD 0x03
10 Get Native Language USINT 1 = English
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 245 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
The following common services will be implemented for the Parameter Object:

Parameter Group Object –
Class Code 0x10
The following class attributes are supported for the Parameter Group Object:

Table 112 - Parameter Object Instance Attributes
Attribute
ID
Access Rule Name Data Type Value
1 Get/Set
(Only Get is
supported for
monitoring
parameters)
Parameter Value
See Data Type &
Data Size
Attributes
2G e t L i n k P a t h S i z e U S I N T 0 8
3G e t
Link Path
Segment Type/
Port
Segment Address
BYTE
Path Data
Dependent
Path to specific device
object attribute if
applicable
4G e t D e s c r i p t o r W O R D
Parameter Dependent:
0000000000ab0cd0
a - Monitoring
Parameter
b - Read Only Parameter
c - Scaled Parameter
d - Enumerated String
5 Get Data Type USINT Parameter Dependent
6 Get Data Size USINT Parameter Dependent
7 Get Parameter Name SHORT_STRING Parameter Dependent
8 Get Units String SHORT_STRING Parameter Dependent
10 Get Minimum Value Data Type Parameter Dependent
11 Get Maximum Value Data Type Parameter Dependent
12 Get Default Value Data Type Parameter Dependent
13 Get Scaling Multiplier UINT 01
14 Get Scaling Divisor UINT 01
15 Get Scaling Base UINT 01
16 Get Scaling Offset INT 00
17 Get Multiplier Link UINT 0
18 Get Divisor Link UINT 0
19 Get Base Link UINT 0
20 Get Offset Link UINT 0
21 Get Decimal Precision USINT Parameter Dependent
Table 113 - Parameter Object Common Services
Service
Code
Implemented for: Service
Name
Class Instance
0x0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single
0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single
246 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
Parameter Group Instance names and member parameter instances for each group are product specific. The following instance attributes will be supported for all parameter group instances:

The following common services will be implemented for the Parameter Group Object.

Discrete Output Group
Object - CLASS CODE
0x001E
A single instance of the Discrete Output Group Object will be supported. All instances will contain the following attributes.

The following common services will be implemented for the Discrete Input Group Object.

Table 114 - Parameter Group Object Class Attributes
Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value
1G et R evision U INT 1
2 Get Max Instances UINT 7
8G et Native
Language USINT 1 = English
Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value
1 Get Group Name String SHORT_STRING
2 Get Number of Members UINT
3G et 1st Parameter UINT
4G e t 2nd Parameter UINT
nG e t N t h P a r a m e t e r U I N T
Service
Code
Implemented for: Service
Name
Class Instance
0x0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single
Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value
1 Get Group Name String SHORT_STRING
3 Get Number of Instances USINT 1 for E3, 2 for E3 Plus 4G et B inding A rray of UINT L ist of DOP instances
6 Get/Set Command BOOL 0=idle; 1=run
104 Get/Set Network Status Override BOOL
0=No Override (go to
safe state)
1=Override (run local
logic)
105 Get/Set Comm Status Override BOOL
0=No override (go to
safe state)
1=Override (run local
logic)
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 247 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
Control Supervisor Object
– Class Code 0x29
The following instance attributes are supported for the Control Supervisor Object.

Service
Code
Implemented for: Service
Name
Class Instance
0x0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single
0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single
Table 115 - Control Supervisor Object Instance Attributes Attribute
ID
Access
Rule
Name Data
Type
Value
10 Get Tripped BOOL 0 = No Fault present
1 = Fault Latched
11 Get Warning BOOL 0 = No Warning present
1 = Warning present (not latched)
12 Get/Set Fault Reset BOOL 0->1 = Trip Reset
otherwise no action
13 Get Trip Code UINT
ODVA Trip Code – In trip state
indicates cause of trip; If not tripped,
indicates cause of last trip.
14 Get Warning Code UINT
ODVA Warning Code - In warning
state indicates cause of warning; If no
warning, indicates cause of last
warning.
17 Get/Set Force Trip BOOL
0->1 = Trip. Test trip generated. This
attribute returns object state conflict
when “Test Enable” bitr is set in Trip
Enable.
100 Get Elapsed Time UINT Logs motor-on (Current Present) hours.
101 Get Starts Counter UINT Logs the number of motor starts. 102 Get Starts Available USINT Starts left for the programmed start interval
103 Get Time To Start UINT Time before the next start can be preformed (in seconds)
104 Get/Set Starts per Hour USINT Number of starts allowed per hour. 105 Get/Set Starts Interval UINT Minimum time between starts, 106 Get/Set PM – Start Count UINT
The Preventative Maintenance Start
Count flag is set after this number of
starts
107 Get/Set PM – Oper Hours UINT
The Preventative Maintenance
Operating Hours flag is set after this
number of hours
108 Get/Set Test Enable BOOL Enables/Disables the Test Button. 109 Get Warning Log 0 WORD Enumera ted same as attribute 115 110 Get Warning Log 1 WORD Enumera ted same as attribute 115 111 Get Warning Log 2 WORD Enumera ted same as attribute 115 112 Get Warning Log 3 WORD Enumera ted same as attribute 115 113 Get Warning Log 4 WORD Enumera ted same as attribute 115 248 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
114 Get Trip Status WORD
Bit 0 = Test Trip
Bit 1 = Overload
Bit 2 = Phase Loss
Bit 3 = Ground Fault ➊/twosansinv
Bit 4 = Stall
Bit 5 = Jam
Bit 6 = Underload
Bit 7 = PTC ➊
Bit 8 = Current Imbal
Bit 9 = Comm Fault
Bit 10 = Comm Idle
Bit 11 = NonVol Mem
Bit 12 = Hardware Fault
Bit 13 = Reserved
Bit 14 = Remote Trip
Bit 15 = Blocked Start
115 Get Warning Status WORD
Bit 0 = Reserved
Bit 1 = Overload
Bit 2 = Phase Loss
Bit 3 = Ground Fault ➊/twosansinv
Bit 4 = Reserved
Bit 5 = Jam
Bit 6 = Underload
Bit 7 = PTC **
Bit 8 = Current Imbal
Bit 9 = Comm Fault
Bit 10 = Comm Idle
Bit 11 = Reserved
Bit 12 = Config Fault
Bit 13 = PM Starts
Bit 14 = PM Oper Hours
116 Get Trip Log 0 WORD
Last trip condition. Bit definitions of
the value are the same as attribute
114
117 Get Trip Log 1 WORD
Last trip condition. Bit definitions of
the value are the same as attribute
114
118 Get Trip Log 2 WORD
Last trip condition. Bit definitions of
the value are the same as attribute
114
119 Get Trip Log 3 WORD
Last trip condition. Bit definitions of
the value are the same as attribute
114
120 Get Trip Log 4 WORD
Last trip condition. Bit definitions of
the value are the same as attribute
114
121 Get Device Status WORD
Bit 0 = Trip
Bit 1 = Warning
Bit 2 = OutputA
Bit 3 = OutputB ➊/twosansinv
Bit 4 = Input 1
Bit 5 = Input 2
Bit 6 = Input 3 ➊/twosansinv
Bit 7 = Input 4 ➊/twosansinv
Bit 8 = Motor Current
Bit 9 = GF Current ➊
Bit 10 = Input 5 /twosansinv
Bit 11 = Input 6 /twosansinv
Bit 12 = Motor Voltage /twosansinv
Table 115 - Control Supervisor Object Instance Attributes Attribute
ID
Access
Rule
Name Data
Type
Value
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 249 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
➊ E3 Plus Models EC2 and EC3
/twosansinv E3 Plus Model EC5
The following common services are implemented for the Control Supervisor Object:
124 Get/Set Trip Enable WORD
Bit 0 = Reserved
Bit 1 = Overload
Bit 2 = Phase Loss
Bit 3 = Ground Fault ➊/twosansinv
Bit 4 = Stall
Bit 5 = Jam
Bit 6 = Underload
Bit 7 = PTC ➊
Bit 8 = Current Imbal
Bit 9 = Comm Fault
Bit 10 = Comm Idle
Bit 11 = Reserved
Bit 12 = Reserved
Bit 13 = Reserved
Bit 14 = Remote Trip
Bit 15 = Start Inhibit
125 Get/Set Warning Enable WORD
Bit 0 = Reserved
Bit 1 = Overload
Bit 2 = Phase Loss
Bit 3 = Ground Fault ➊
Bit 4 = Stall
Bit 5 = Jam
Bit 6 = Underload
Bit 7 = PTC ➊
Bit 8 = Current Imbal
Bit 9 = Comm Fault
Bit 10 = Comm Idle
Bit 11 = Reserved
Bit 12 = Device Config
Bit 13 = PM Starts
Bit 14 = PM Oper Hours
126 Get/Set Trip Reset BOOL 0->1 = Trip Reset
otherwise no action
130 Get/Set Reset Mode BOOL 0 = Manual
1 = Automatic
131 Get/Set OL Reset Level USINT %FLA
132 Get/Set Clear Queues BOOL
0->1 = Clear fault and warning
queues, start counters and operating
hour accumulators
otherwise no action
177 Get/Set IN1 Assignment USINT
0 = Normal
1 = Trip Reset
2 = Remote Trip
3 = 2 Speed
178 Get/Set IN2 Assignment USINT
0 = Normal
1 = Trip Reset
2 = Remote Trip
3 = 2 Speed
179 Get/Set IN3 Assignment USINT
0 = Normal
1 = Trip Reset
2 = Remote Trip
3 = 2 Speed
180 Get/Set IN4 Assignment USINT
0 = Normal
1 = Trip Reset
2 = Remote Trip
3 = 2 Speed
Table 115 - Control Supervisor Object Instance Attributes Attribute
ID
Access
Rule
Name Data
Type
Value
250 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
Control Supervisor ODVA Fault and Warning Codes
Table 116 - Control Supervisor Object Common Services
Service
Code
Implemented for: Service
Name
Class Instance
0x0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single
0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single
Table 117 - Control Supervisor ODVA Fault and Warning Codes Warning/Trip Name Code EC1, EC2, EC3 EC5
Test Trip 10 x x
Remote Trip 11 x x
Thermal Overload 21 x x
Phase Loss 22 x x
L1 Loss 23
L2 Loss 24
L3 Loss 25
Phase Imbalance 26 x x
Ground Fault 27 x x
Jam 28 x x
Underload 29 x x
Under Voltage L-L 51 x
Over Voltage L-L 52 x
Voltage Unbalance 53 x
Phase Rotation 54 x
Hardware / Config Flt 60 x x
Non-Volatile Memory 62 x x
Starts/Hour Exceeded 73 x x
Stall 101 x x
Comm Fault 102 x x
Comm Idle Fault 103 x x
PTC Fault 104 x
PM Starts 105 x x
PM Oper Hours 106 x x
L1 Undercurrent 107
L2 Undercurrent 108
L3 Undercurrent 109
L1Overcurrent 110
L2Overcurrent 111
L3Overcurrent 112
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 251 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
Acknowledge Handler
Object – 0x2B
A single instance (instance 1) of the Acknowledge Handler Object is supported.

The following instance attributes are supported:

The following common services are implemented for the Acknowledge Handler Object:

Overload Object – Class
Code 0x2C
A single instance (instance 1) of the Overload Object is supported. The following instance attributes are supported:

Voltage Hardware 113 x
Over Frequency 114 x
Under Frequency 115 x
Under Real Power kW 116 x
Over Real Power kW 117 x
Under Condumed kVAR 118 x
Over Consumed kVAR 119 x
Under Generated kVAR 120 x
Over Generated kVAR 121 x
Under Power kVA 122 x
Over Power kVA 123 x
Under PF Lagging 124 x
Over PF Lagging 125 x
Under PF Leading 126 x
Over PF Leading 127 x
Power Overflow 128 x
Table 117 - Control Supervisor ODVA Fault and Warning Codes Warning/Trip Name Code EC1, EC2, EC3 EC5
Table 118 - Acknowledge Handler Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access Rule Name Data Type Value
1 Get/Set Acknowledge Timer UINT in milliseconds
2 Get/Set Retry Limit USINT 0 or 1
3G et COS Producing Connection
Instance UINT 4
Table 119 - Acknowledge Handler Object Common Services
Service
Code
Implemented for: Service
Name
Class Instance
0x0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single
0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single
252 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
Table 120 - Overload Object Instance Attributes
Attribute
ID
Access
Rule
Name Data
Type
Value Default
3 Get/Set TripFLCSet INT See Table 32: 1.0
4 Get/Set TripClass USINT 5…30 10
5 Get AvgCurrent INT See Table 34: 0.0
6G e t % P h I m b a l U S I N T 0 … 2 0 0 % 0
7G e t % T h e r m a l U S I N T 0 … 1 0 0 % 0
8G e t C u r r e n t L 1 I N T S e e T a b l e 3 4 : 0 . 0 9G e t C u r r e n t L 2 I N T S e e T a b l e 3 4 : 0 . 0 10 Get CurrentL3 INT See Table 34: 0.0
11 Get Ground Current INT 0.0…12.7 A 0.0
The following attributes are all vendor specific.
101 Get L1 Current INT
These attributes exist
only for current ranges
that report 1 or 2
decimal places current
resolution
102 Get L2 Current INT
103 Get L3 Current INT
104 Get Average Current INT
105 Get L1%FLA UINT 0…1000 %FLA 0
106 Get L2%FLA UINT 0…1000 %FLA 0
107 Get L3%FLA UINT 0…1000 %FLA 0
108 Get Average %FLA UINT 0…1000 %FLA 0
109 Get %Therm Utilized USINT 0…100% 0
110 Get GF Current INT 0.00...12.75 A 0.0
111 Get Current Imbal USINT 0…200% 0
112 Get Time to Trip UINT 0…9999 s 0
113 Get Time to Reset UINT 0…9999 s 0
127 Get/Set Single/Three Ph BOOL 0 = Single
1 = Three Phase 1
128 Get/Set FLA Setting UINT
This attribute exists
only for current ranges
that report 1 or 2
decimal places current
resolution
Current range
dependent
129 Get/Set Trip Class USINT 5…30 10
132 Get/Set OL Warn Level USINT 0…100 %TCU 85
133 Get/Set PL Inhibit Time USINT 0…250 seconds 0
134 Get/Set PL Trip Delay USINT 0.1…25.0 seconds 1.0
135 Get/Set GF Inhibit Time USINT 0…250 seconds 0
136 Get/Set GF Trip Delay USINT 0.1…25.0 seconds 0.5
137 Get/Set GF Trip Level USINT 1.0…5.0 A 2.5
138 Get/Set GF Warn Level USINT 1.0…5.0 A 2.0
139 Get/Set Stall Enabld Time USINT 0…250 seconds 0
140 Get/Set Stall Trip Level UINT 100…600 600
141 Get/Set Jam Inhibit Time USINT 0…250 seconds 0
142 Get/Set Jam Trip Delay USINT 0.1…25.0 seconds 5.0
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 253 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
143 Get/Set Jam Trip Level UINT 0…600 %FLA 250
144 Get/Set Jam Warn Level UINT 0…600 %FLA 150
145 Get/Set UL Inhibit Time USINT 0…250 seconds 10
146 Get/Set UL Trip Delay USINT 0.1…25.0 seconds 5.0
147 Get/Set UL Trip Level USINT 10…100 %FLA ➊ 50
148 Get/Set UL Warn Level USINT 10…100 %FLA ➊ 70
149 Get/Set CI Inhibit Time USINT 0…250 seconds 10
150 Get/Set CI Trip Delay USINT 0.1…25.0 seconds 5.0
151 Get/Set CI Trip Level USINT 10…100 %FLA 35
152 Get/Set CI Warn Level USINT 10…100 %FLA 20
153 ➍ Get/Set GF Trip Inhibit USINT 0 = Enabled
1 = Disabled 0
154 ➍ Get/Set 2-Spd Net Enable USINT 0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled 0
155 ➍ Get/Set 2-Spd FLA Set UINT
This attribute exists
only for current ranetgs
that report 1 or 2
decimal places
resolution
Current
Range
Dependent
156 ➍ Get/Set 2-Spd FLA Set
Times 10 UINT
This attribute exists
only for current ranetgs
that report 2 decimal
places resolution
Current
Range
Dependent
157 ➍ Get/Set 2-Spd FLA Set
Div 10 UINT
This attribute exists
only for current ranetgs
that report 0 decimal
place resolution
Current
Range
Dependent
178 Get/Set CT Ratio USINT 50:5…5000:5 50:5
180 Get/Set GF Warning Delay USINT 0.1 s
181 Get/Set GF Ssensing
Range UINT
0 = 20…100 mA
1 = 100…500 mA
2 = 0.2…1.0 mA
3 = 1.0…5.0 mA
The following attributes are used to support multiple current ranges. 190➋
224➌ Get/Set FLC Set Times 10 UINT
This attribute exists
only for current ranges
that report 2 decimal
place resolution
Current
Range
Dependent
191➋
225➌ Get/Set FLC Set Div 10 UINT
This attribute exists
only for current ranges
that report 0 decimal
place resolution
Current
Range
Dependent
192➋
226➌ Get Avg Current
Times 10 UINT
This attribute exists
only for current ranges
that report 2 decimal
place resolution
Current
Range
Dependent
193➋
227➌ Get L1 Current T
imes
10 UINT
This attribute exists
only for current ranges
that report 2 decimal
place resolution
Current
Range
Dependent
194➋
228➌ Get L2 Current Times
10 UINT
This attribute exists
only for current ranges
that report 2 decimal
place resolution
Current
Range
Dependent
Table 120 - Overload Object Instance Attributes
Attribute
ID
Access
Rule
Name Data
Type
Value Default
254 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
➊ 50…100% for devices with FRN 1.003 and earlier.
➋ FRN 2.000 and later.
➌ FRN 1.003 and earlier.
➍ FRN 3.001 and later.

The following common services are implemented for the Overload Object:

DPI Fault Object - CLASS
CODE 0x0097
This object provides access to fault information within the device. The following class attributes will be supported:

Five instances of the DPI Fault Object will be supported. 195➋
229➌ Get L3 Current Times
10 UINT
This attribute exists
only for current ranges
that report 2 decimal
place resolution
Current
Range
Dependent
196➋
230➌ Get Avg Current Div
10 UINT
This attribute exists
only for current ranges
that report 0 decimal
place resolution
Current
Range
Dependent
197➋
231➌ Get L1 Current Div 10 UINT
This attribute exists
only for current ranges
that report 0 decimal
place resolution
Current
Range
Dependent
198➋
232➌ Get L2 Current Div 10 UINT
This attribute exists
only for current ranges
that report 0 decimal
place resolution
Current
Range
Dependent
199➋
233➌ Get L3 Current Div 10 UINT
This attribute exists
only for current ranges
that report 0 decimal
place resolution
Current
Range
Dependent
Table 121 - Overload Object Common Services
Service
Code
Implemented for: Service
Name
Class Instance
0x0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single
0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single
Table 120 - Overload Object Instance Attributes
Attribute
ID
Access
Rule
Name Data
Type
Value Default
Table 122 - Fault Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID Access
Rule
Name Data Type Value
1G et C lass Revision U INT 1
2G et N umber of Instances U INT 5
3G et/Set F ault Cmd Write U SINT 0=NOP; 1=Clear Fault; 2=Clear Flt Queue
4G et F ault Instance Read U INT
The instance of the Fault
Queue Entry containing
information about the Fault
that tripped the Device
6G et Number of Recorded
Faults UINT The number of Faults
recorded in the Fault Queue
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 255 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
The following common services will be implemented for the DPI Fault Object.

The table below lists EC1, EC2, EC3 and EC5 Fault Codes, Fault T ext, and Fault Help Strings.

Table 123 -
Attribute ID Access
Rule
Name Data Type Value
0G et
Full/All Info Struct of:

Fault Code UINT
See Table 124 -
Fault Source Struct of:

DPI Port Number USINT 0
Device Object
Instance
USINT 0x2c
Fault Text BYTE[16]
See Table 124 -
Fault Time Stamp Struct of:

Timer Value ULDINT
Timer Descriptor WORD
Help Object Instance USINT
Fault Data
1G et
Basic Info Struct of:

Fault Code UINT See Table 124 -
Fault Source Struct of:

DPI Port Number USINT 0
Device Object
Instance
USINT 0x2C
Fault Time Stamp Struct of:

Timer Value ULINT
Timer Descriptor WORD
3 Get Help Text STRING See Table 124 - below
Service
Code
Implemented for: Service
Name
Class Instance
0x0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single
0x10 Yes No Set_Attribute_Single
Table 124 - EC1, EC2, EC3 and EC5 Fault Codes, Fault Text, and Fault Help Strings Fault
Code
Fault Tex t Help Tex t
0 No Fault No Fault Conditions Detected
1 Test Trip Test trip caused by holding the Test/Rest button for 2 seconds 2 Overload Motor current overload condition
3 Phase Loss Phase current Loss detected in one of the motor phases 4 Ground Fault Power conductor or motor winding is shorting to ground 5 Stall Motor has not reached full speed by the end of Stall Enable Time 256 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
6 Jam Motor current has exceed the programmed jam trip level 7 Underload Motor current has fallen below normal operating levels 8 PTC PTC input indicates that the motor stator windings overheated 9 Current Imbal Phase to phase current imbalance detected 10 Comm Fault DeviceNet communication loss detected
11 Comm Idle DeviceNet idle condition detected
12 NonVol Mem Internal memory failure. Contact the factory. 13 Hardware Fault Hardware configuration fault. Check for shorts on input terminal 14 Fault 14
15 Remote Trip Remote trip command detected
16 Blocked Start Maximum starts per hour exceeded
17 Voltage Hdw
Flt A problem with the external voltage hardware has been detected 18 Under Volt L-L Line to Line Under-Voltage condition detected 19 Over Volt L-L Line to Line Over-Voltage condition detected 20 Voltage Unbal Phase to phase voltage imbalance detected 21 Phase Rotation The unit detects the supply voltage phases are rotated 22 Under
Frequency Line voltage frequency is below trip level
23 Over
Frequency Line voltage frequency has exceeded trip level 24 Fault 24
25 Fault 25
26 Fault 26
27 Fault 27
28 Fault 28
29 Fault 29
30 Fault 30
31 Fault 31
32 Fault 32
33 Under Real Pwr Total Real Power(kW)is below trip level 34 Over Real Pwr Total Real Power(kW)has exceeded trip level 35 Under Con
kVAR Under Total Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected 36 Over Con kVAR Over Total Reactive Power Consumed (+kVAR) condition detected 37 Under Gen
kVAR Under Total Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected 38 Over Gen kVAR Over Total Reactive Power Generated (-kVAR) condition detected 39 Under Power
kVA Total Apparent Power (VA or kVA or MVA) is below trip level 40 Over Power
kVA Total Apparent Power (VA or kVA or MVA) exceeded trip level 41 Under PF
Lagging Under Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected Table 124 - EC1, EC2, EC3 and EC5 Fault Codes, Fault Text, and Fault Help Strings Fault
Code
Fault Tex t Help Tex t
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 257 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
DPI Warning Object -
CLASS CODE 0x0098
This object provides access to warning information within the device. The following class attributes will be supported:

Four instances of the DPI W arning Object will be supported. 42 Over PF
Lagging Over Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected 43 Under PF
Leading Under Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected 44 Over PF
Leading Over Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected 45 Power
Overflow kW, kVAR or kVA has exceeded its maximum display value 46 Fault 46
47 Fault 47
48 Fault 48
Table 124 - EC1, EC2, EC3 and EC5 Fault Codes, Fault Text, and Fault Help Strings Fault
Code
Fault Tex t Help Tex t
Table 125 -
Attribute ID Access
Rule
Name Data Type Value
1G et C lass Revision U INT 1
2G et N umber of Instances U INT 4
3 Get/Set Fault Cmd Write USINT 0=NOP; 1=Clear Fault;
2=Clear Flt Queue
4G et F ault Instance Read U INT
The instance of the Fault
Queue Entry containing
information about the Fault
that tripped the Device
6G et Number of Recorded
Faults UINT The number of Faults
recorded in the Fault Queue
Table 126 - DPI Warning Object Instances
Attribute ID Access
Rule
Name Data Type Value
0G et
Full/All Info Struct of:

Fault Code UINT See Table 127 -
Fault Source Struct of:

DPI Port Number USINT 0
Device Object
Instance
USINT 0x2c
Fault Text BYTE[16] See Table 127 -
Fault Time Stamp Struct of:

Timer Value ULDINT
Timer Descriptor WORD
Help Object Instance USINT
Fault Data
258 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
The following common services will be implemented for the DPI Fault Object.

The table below lists EC1, EC2, EC3, E C 5 Wa r n i n g C o d e s , Wa r n i n g Te x t , a n d Wa r n i n g H e l p S t r i n g s .
1G et
Basic Info Struct of:

Fault Code UINT See Table 127 -
Fault Source Struct of:

DPI Port Number USINT 0
Device Object
Instance
USINT 0x2C
Fault Time Stamp Struct of:

Timer Value ULINT
Timer Descriptor WORD
3 Get Help Text STRING See Table 127 -
Service
Code
Implemented for: Service
Name
Class Instance
0x0E Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single
0x10 Yes No Set_Attribute_Single
Table 127 - EC1, EC2, EC3, EC5 Warning Codes, Warning Text, and Warning Help Strings
Fault
Code
Fault Text Help T ext
0 No Warning No Warning Conditions Detected
1 Warning 1
2 Overload Approaching a motor current overload condition 3 Warning 3
4 Ground Fault Power conductor or motor winding is shorting to ground 5 Warning 5
6 Jam Motor current has exceed the programmed jam warning level 7 Underload Motor current has fallen below normal operating levels 8P T C PTC input indicates that the motor stator windings overheated
9 Current Imbal Phase to phase current imbalance detected 10 Comm Fault DeviceNet communication loss detected
11 Comm Idle DeviceNet idle condition detected
12 Warning 12
13 Config Fault Device parameter configuration problem
14 PM Starts Number of Starts Warning Level Exceeded
15 PM Oper Hours Operating Hours Warning Level Exceeded 16 Warning 16
Table 126 - DPI Warning Object Instances
Attribute ID Access
Rule
Name Data Type Value
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 259 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
17 Voltage Hdw Flt A problem with the external voltage hardware has been detected
18 Under Volt L-L Line to Line Under-Voltage condition detected 19 Over Volt L-L Line to Line Over-Voltage condition detected 20 Voltage Unbal Phase to phase voltage imbalance detected 21 Phase Rotation The unit detects the supply voltage phases are rotated 22 Under Frequency Line voltage frequency is below the warning level 23 Over Frequency Line voltage frequency has exceeded warning level 24 Warning 24
25 Warning 25
26 Warning 26
27 Warning 27
28 Warning 28
29 Warning 29
30 Warning 30
31 Warning 31
32 Warning 32
33 Under Real Pwr Total Real Power (kW)is below warning level 34 Over Real Pwr Total Real Power (kW)has exceeded warning level 35 Under Fwd kVAR Under Total Reactive Power Forward (+kVAR) condition detected
36 Over Fwd kVAR Over Total Reactive Power Forward (+kVAR) condition detected
37 Under Rev kVAR Under Total Reactive Power Reverse (-kVAR) condition detected
38 Over Rev kVAR Over Total Reactive Power Reverse (-kVAR) condition detected 39 Under Power kVA Total Apparent Power (VA or kVA or MVA) is below warning level
40 Over Power kVA Total Apparent Power (VA OR Kva or MVA) exceeded warning level
41 Under PF Lagging Under Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected 42 Over PF Lagging Over Total Power Factor Lagging (-PF) condition detected 43 Under PF Leading Under Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected 44 Over PF Leading Over Total Power Factor Leading (+PF) condition detected 45 Power Overflow kW, kVAR or kVA has exceeded its maximum display value 46 Warning 46
47 Warning 47
48 Warning 48
Table 127 - EC1, EC2, EC3, EC5 Warning Codes, Warning Text, and Warning Help Strings
Fault
Code
Fault Text Help T ext
260 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
DeviceNet Interface Object
– Class Code 0xB4
This “vendor specific”object includes no class attributes. A single instance (instance 1) of the DeviceNet Interface Object is supported. The following instance attributes are supported.

Table 128 - DeviceNet Interface Object Instance Attributes Attribute
ID
Access
Rule
Name Data
Type
Min/Max Default Desc.
1 Get Zero Byte USINT 0 0 Always returns zero
2 Get Zero Word UINT 0 0 Always returns zero
5 Get/Set Nonvolatile MAC
ID USINT 0 .. 63 63
6 Get/Set Nonvolatile Baud USINT 0 .. 2 0
7 Get/Set Prod Assy Word 0 USINT
Min = 0
Max =
maximum
param inst
#
21 Defines Word 0 of
Assy 100
8 Get/Set Prod Assy Word 1 USINT 1 Defines Word 1 of
Assy 100
9 Get/Set Prod Assy Word 2 USINT 2 Defines Word 2 of
Assy 100
10 Get/Set Prod Assy Word 3 USINT 3 Defines Word 3 of
Assy 100
12 Get Firmware Rev UINT 0 .. 65.535 3.001 Firmware rev in EDS parameter format
13 Get/Set COS Mask WORD 0 – 0xFFFF 0xFFFF Change of state mask 15 Get/Set Autobaud Enable BOOL 0 – 1 1 1= enabled; 0 = disabled
16 Get/Set Consumed Assy USINT Output Assembly
Instance
17 Get/Set Produced Assy USINT Input Assembly
Instance
18 Get/Set Param Lock BOOL 0 .. 1 0 0=Unlocked;
1=Locked
19 Get/Set Set To Defaults BOOL 0 to 1 0 0=No action; 1=Reset 20 Get Device
Configuration WORD 0 to 0x3F 0
Bit 0 = 4 In/2 out
hardware present
Bit 1 = PTC hardware
present
Bit 2 = GF hardware
present
Bit 3 = External GF
present
Bit 4 = Heat Trace unit
Bit 5 = Voltage
hardware present
50 Get/Set PNB COS Mask WORD 0 to
0x00FF 0 Change of state mask
for PNBs
Table 129 - DeviceNet Interface Object Common Services
Service
Code
Implemented for: Service
Name
Class Instance
0x0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single
0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 261 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
MCC Object - CLASS CODE
0x00C2
A single instance (instance 1) of the MCC Object will be supported:

The following common services will be implemented for the MCC Object:

Logic Supervisor Object -
CLASS CODE 0x030E
A single instance (instance 1) will be supported. The following instance attributes will be supported.

Table 130 - MCC Object Instance Attributes
Attribute ID Access
Rule
Name Data
Type
Range Value
1 Get/Set Mcc Number USINT 0…255 0
2 Get/Set Vertical Section
Number USINT 0…255 0
5 Get/Set Strarting Section Letter USINT 0…255 65
6 Get/Set Space Factors USINT 0…255 0x3F
7 Get/Set Cabinet Width USINT 0…255 0
8 Get/Set Mcc Number USINT 0…255 0
9G e t Number of Device
Inputs USINT
EC1=2
EC2=EC3=EC4=4
EC5=6
10 Get/Set Devices Connected at
Inputs
Array of
USINT 00000000000000
Table 131 - MCC Object Common Services
Service
Code
Implemented for: Service
Name
Class Instance
0x0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single
0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single
0x18 No Yes Get_Member
0x19 No Yes Set_Member
Table 132 - Logic Supervisor Object Instance Attributes Attribute ID Access
Rule
Name Data Type Range Value
1 Get/Set Logic Enable BOOL
0=Logic
Disabled
1=Logic
Enabled
0 2G e t D a t a T a b l e Array of
BYTE
The Standard
Bit Table 0
5G e t L a s t E r r o r U D I N T Last error
code 65
6G e t FB Classes
Implemented
STRUCT of:

USINT
Array of
UINT
4 775, 776,
777, 778
0x3F
262 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
The following common services will be implemented for the Logic Supervisor Object.

E3 Status Object - CLASS
CODE 0x0375
The following instance attributes are for EC1, EC2, EC3, and EC5:

Table 133 - Logic Supervisor Object Common Services
Service
Code
Implemented for: Service
Name
Class Instance
0x08 No Yes Reset
0x0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single
0x10 No Yes Set_Attribute_Single
Table 134 - E3 Status Object Instance Attributes
Attribute Name Byte Data
1P hase / Gnd Currents
0 L1 Current1
2 L2 Current3
4 L3 Current5
6 Average Current7
8 Ground Current
(Reserved in EC1 and C1. Returns 0)9
2 Motor Load
0 L1 %FLA1
2 L2 %FLA3
4 L3 %FLA5
6 Average %FLA7
8 Current Imbal9
3O verload Data
0 OL Time to Trip1
2 OL Time to Reset3
4 %Therm Utilized5
4 Current Trip / Warning
0 Current Trip Status1
2 Current Trip Warning3
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 263 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
5C urrent Trip Log
0 Current Trip Log 01
2 Current Trip Log 13
4 Current Trip Log 25
6 Current Trip Log 37
8 Current Trip Log 49
6 Device Data
0 Device Status1
2 Firmware3
4 Device Configuration5
7 Current Warning Log
0 Current Warn Log 01
2 Current Warn Log 13
4 Current Warn Log 25
6 Current Warn Log 37
8 Current Warn Log 49
8 Motor Statistics
0 Elapsed Time1
2 Starts Counter3
4 Starts Available5
6 Time to Start7
9N etwork Outputs 0 Network Outputs1
10 Trip History
0 Trip History 01
2 Trip History 13
4 Trip History 25
6 Trip History 37
8 Trip History 49
Table 134 - E3 Status Object Instance Attributes
Attribute Name Byte Data
264 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
11 Warning History
0 Warn History 01
2 Warn History 13
4 Warn History 25
6 Warn History 37
8 Warn History 49
12 Trip Snapshot
Note that the EC1, EC2
and EC3 return a
snapshot of 10
bytes only.

EC5 returns 24 bytes
0 SS L1 Current1
2 SS L2 Current3
4 SS L3 Current5
6 SS % TCU7
8 SS GF Current9
10 SS L1-L2 Voltage
(EC5 Only)11
12 SS L2-L3 Voltage
(EC5 Only)13
14 SS L3-L1 Voltage
(EC5 Only)15
16 SS Total Real Power
(EC5 Only)17
18 SS Total kVAR
(EC5 Only)19
20 SS Total kVA
(EC5 Only)21
22 SS Total PF
(EC5 Only)23
13 Voltage Trip/Warn (EC5
only)
0 Voltage Trip Status1
2 Voltage Warning Status3
14 Line Voltages (EC5 only)
0 L1-L2 Voltage1
2 L2-L3 Voltage3
4 L3-L1 Voltage5
6 Ave Voltage L-L7
Table 134 - E3 Status Object Instance Attributes
Attribute Name Byte Data
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 265 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
15 Line - Neutral Voltages
(EC5 only)
0 L1-N Voltage1
2 L2-N Voltage3
4 L3-N Voltage5
6 Ave Voltage N7
16 Voltage Phase Data (EC5
only)
0 Voltage Unbalance1
2 Voltage Frequency3
4 Voltage Phase Rotation5
17 Real Power (EC5 only)
0 L1 Real Power1
2 L2 Real Power3
4 L3 Real Power5
6 Total Real Power7
18 Reactive Power (EC5
only)
0 L1 Reactive Power1
2 L2 Reactive Power3
4 L3 Reactive Power5
6 Total Reactive Power7
19 Apparent Power (EC5
only)
0 L1 Apparent Power1
2 L2 Apparent Power3
4 L3 Apparent Power5
6 Total Apparent Power7
20 Power Factor (EC5 only)
0 L1 Power Factor1
2 L2 Power Factor3
4 L3 Power Factor5
6 Total Power Factor7
Table 134 - E3 Status Object Instance Attributes
Attribute Name Byte Data
266 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
21 Real Energy (EC5 only)
0 Total Real Energy
kWh x 10E61
2 kWh x 10E33
4 kWh x 10E05
6 kWh x 10E-37
22 Reactive Energy (EC5
only)
0 Total Reactive Energy
Consumed
kVARh x 10E61
2 kVARh x 10E33
4 kVARh x 10E05
6 kVARh x 10E-37
8 Total Reactive Energy
Generated
kVARh x 10E69
10 kVARh x 10E311
12 kVARh x 10E013
14 kVARh x 10E-315
16 Total Reactive Energy
Net
kVARh x 10E617
18 kVARh x 10E319
20 kVARh x 10E021
22 kVARh x 10E-323
23 Total Apparent Energy
(EC5 only)
0 Total Apparent
Energy
kVAh X 10E61
2 kVAh X 10E33
4 kVAh x 10E05
6 kVAh X 10E-37
Table 134 - E3 Status Object Instance Attributes
Attribute Name Byte Data
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 267 DeviceNet™ Information Appendix B
The following common services will be implemented.
24 Energy (EC5 only)
0 Total Real Energy (MWh)
32-bit Floating Point
1 2
3 4
Total Reactive Energy Consumed (VARh) 32-
bit Floating Point
5 6
7 8
Total Reactive Energy Generated (VARh) 32-
bit Floating Point
9 10
11 12
Total Reactive Energy Net (VARh) 32-
bit Floating Point
13 14
15 16
Total Apparent Energy (VAh) 32-
bit Floating Point
17 18
19 25 Demand (EC5 only)
0 kW Demand1
2 VAR Demand3
4 VA Demand5
26 Peak Demand
0 Max kW Demand1
2 Max VAR Demand3
4 Max VA Demand5
27 Power Trip/Warn
0 Power Trip Status1
2 Power Warning Status3
Table 135 - E3 Status Object Common Services
Service
Code
Implemented for: Service
NameClass Instance
0x03 No Yes Get_Attribute_List
0x0E No Yes Get_Attribute_Single
Table 134 - E3 Status Object Instance Attributes
Attribute Name Byte Data
268 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix B DeviceNet™ Information
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 269 Appendix C
CE Compliance
The E3 Overload Relay is intended for use in a heavy industrial environment. It is CE marked for conformity to the Low V oltage Directive 73/23/EEC (as amended by 93/68/EEC) and the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC (as amended by 92/31/EEC and 93/68/EEC) when installed as described in this manual.EC Directive Compliance T o obtain a copy of the E3 Overload Relay’s Declaration of Conformity (DoC), contact your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor or go to http://www.ab.com/certification/#CEmark.

EMC Directive This product is tested to meet Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive 89/336/EC, as amended by 92/31/EEC and 93/68/EEC, by applying the following standards (in whole or in part), and as documented in a technical construction file:
EN 60947-4-1 – Low V oltage Switchgear and Control Gear; Part 4 – Contactors and Motor Starters, Section 1 – Electromechanical Contactors and Motor Starters
EN 60947-5-1 – Low V oltage Switchgear and Control Gear; Part 5 – Control Circuit Devices and Switching Devices, Section 1 – Electromechanical Control Circuit Devices
IMPORTANT The conformity of the E3 Overload Relay to these standards does not guarantee that an entire installation will conform. Many other factors can influence the entire installation and only direct measurements can verify total system conformity. It is therefore the responsibility if the installer to ensure system conformity.

IMPORTANT The grounding requirements specified in this manual must be followed by the installer in order for the product to comply with the EMC directive.

ATTENTION: This is a Class A (heavy industrial) product. In a Class B (light industrial or domestic) environment, this product may cause radio interference in which case the installer may be required to take additional measures to mitigate it.
270 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix C CE Compliance
Low Voltage Directive This product is tested to meet Low V oltage Directive 73/23/EEC, as amended by 93/68/EEC, by applying the following standards (in whole or in part), and as documented in a technical construction file:
EN 60947-4-1 – Low V oltage Switchgear and Control Gear; Part 4 – Contactors and Motor Starters, Section 1 – Electromechanical Contactors and Motor Starters
EN 60947-5-1 – Low V oltage Switchgear and Control Gear; Part 5 – Control Circuit Devices and Switching Devices, Section 1 – Electromechanical Control Circuit Devices
EN 60947-8 – Low V oltage Switchgear and Control Gear Standard; Part 8 – Control Units for Built-in Thermal Protection (PTC) for rotating electrical machines
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 271 Appendix D
Two-Speed Applications
Introduction The E3 Plus Overload Relay Series B and later provides 2-Speed FLA Set, Parameter 88, for use in two-speed motor applications. This appendix provides overview and guidance on various methods that can be employed to protect two- speed motors.

External Control
Applications
For applications in which the two-speed starter control is accomplished externally from the E3 Plus outputs, an auxiliary contact associated with the high speed contactor is wired to one of the E3 Plus inputs. The corresponding input assignment Parameter 83…86 is set to “2-Speed” . The overload function’s thermal capacity utilized (TCU) calculation is based on the Parameter 88 setting when the two-speed assigned input is asserted.

Output Control Applications For applications that use the integral outputs of the E3 Plus, Out A is used to control the low speed contactor and Out B is used to control the high speed contactor. Control can be accomplished through commands transmitted by the network master or internal DeviceLogix function blocks. When 2-Spd Net Enable, Parameter 87, is set to “1” or “Enable” , the overload function’s TCU calculation is based on the 2-Speed FLA Set, Parameter 88, setting when Out B is commanded closed.
272 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix D Two-Speed Applications
Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 273 Appendix E
Accessories
Accessories Table 136 - Accessories
Accessory Description
Used With Accessory
Catalog NumberBulletin Type Adjustment Range
Panel Mount Adapter 193-EC_ B 193-ECPM1
D, Z 193-ECPM2
E 193-ECPM3
AC Input Interface Module 193-EC_ All Ranges 193-EIMD
592-EC_ All Ranges
AC Input Interface Module for Electrically Noisy Environments 193-EC_ All Ranges 193-EIMD60 592-EC_ All Ranges
Programming & Control Terminal 193-EC_ All Ranges 193-DNCT 592-EC_ All Ranges
Panel Mount Bezel for Programming & Control Terminal 193_DNCT — 193-DNCTBZ1 DeviceNet to EtherNet/IP
Communications Bridge
Single Port 193-EC_, 592-EC_ All Ranges 193-DNENCAT
Dual Port 193-EC_, 592-EC_ All Ranges 193-DNENCATR
Ground Fault Sensors (Core Balance Current Transformer) E3 Plus Series A & B 193-EC2_ F, G, H, Z 825-CBCT
592-EC2_ E, F, G
E3 Plus Series C & Later 193-EC3_ All Ranges 193-CBCT1
193-CBCT2
193-CBCT3
193-CBCT4
592-EC3_
193-EC5_
592-EC5_
Replacement Parts
Relay 193-EC1_ F, G, H
193-NREC1ZZ
592-EC1_ E, F, G
193-EC3_ F, G, H 193-NREC3ZZ
592-EC3_ E, F, G
193-EC5_ F, G, H 193-NREC5ZZ
592-EC5_ E, F, G
Voltage Input Module 193-EC All Models 193-NVEC5VIM
592-EC
Connectors & Ribbon Cable 193-EC All Models 193-NCEC5CNT 592-EC
274 Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 Appendix E Accessories

Rockwell Automation Publication 193-UM002I-EN-P - December 2011 276 Supersedes Publication 193-UM002H-EN-P - June 2011 Copyright © 2011 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A.

Rockwell Automation Support
Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the W eb to assist you in using its products. At http://www.rockwellautomation.com/support/, you can find technical manuals, a knowledge base of FAQs, technical and application notes, sample code and links to software service packs, and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools.

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation, configuration, and troubleshooting, we offer T echConnect support programs. For more information, contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative, or visit http://www.rockwellautomation.com/support/.

Installation Assistance
If you experience an anomoly within the first 24 hours of installation, review the information that is contained in this manual.

Y ou can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running.

New Product Satisfaction Return
Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility.

However, if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned, follow these procedures.

Documentation Feedback
Y our comments will help us serve your documentation needs better. If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document, complete this form, publication RA-DU002
, available at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/literature/.

United States or Canada 1.440.646.3434
Outside United States or
Canada
Use the Worldwide Locator at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/support/americas/phone_en.html, or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative.

United States Contact your distributor. You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor to complete the return process.

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwe ll Automation representative for the return procedure. www.rockwellautomation.com
Power, Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Americas: Rockwell Automation, 1201 South Second Street, Milwaukee, WI 53204 USA, Tel: (1) 414.382.2000, Fax: (1) 414.382 .4444 Europe/Middle East/ Africa: Rockwell Automation, Vorstlaan/Boulevard du Souverain 36, 1170 Brussels, Belgium, Tel: (32) 2 663 0600, Fax: (32) 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific: Rockwell Automation, Level 14, Core F, Cyberport 3, 100 Cyberport Road, Hong Kong, Tel: (852) 2887 4788, Fax: (852) 2508 1846 Power Supplies

SELECTION GUIDE

TRANSFORMERS
BULLETIN 1497, 1497A, 1497B, AND 1497D
Bul. 1497ABul. 1497
Bul. 1497B Bul. 1497D
LISTEN.

THINK.

SOLVE:M
Rockwell
ALL E N - s RADLE y • Ro c Kw E LL so Fr w ARE • Do D GE • RE LI AN c E E LE c r R I c Automation

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497
Global Control Circuit Transformers
3 Overview/Cat. No. Explanation
Cat. No. 1497-B-HXJX-3-N
Control Circuit Transformer, 3-pole
Fuse Block with Optional Cat. No.
1491-R150 Fuse Cover
Cat. No. 1497-C-BASX-0-N
Control Circuit Transformer,
Non-Fused
Bulletin 1497 — Global Control Circuit Transformers
Standards Compliance
Certifications
Cat. No. Explanation
Bulletin 1497 Multi-Tap Transformers
1497 – A – M1 – 3 – N
abcd
a
VA Rating
Code Description
A 63 VA
B 80 VA
C 130 VA
D 200 VA
E 250 VA
F 350 VA
G 500 VA
H 750 VA
J 800 VA
K 1000 VA
L 1600 VA
M 2000 VA
b
Primary and Secondary Voltage
Code Primary Secondary
M1 240V, 208V 120V (60 Hz)
M2 240V, 208V 24V (60 Hz)
M3 240V, 208V 24V, 120V (60 Hz)
M4 415V, 400V, 380V 115V, 230V (50 Hz)
M5 415V, 400V, 380V 24V (50 Hz)
c
Fuse Block Options
Code Block Options
0 0 Primary, 0 Secondary
1 0 Primary, 1 Secondary
2 2 Primary, 0 Secondary
3 2 Primary, 1 Secondary
d
Factory Installed Options
Code Description
N No Secondary Fuse, No Cover
Bulletin 1497 Transformers
1497 – A – BADX – 3 – N
abc d
a
VA Rating
Code Description
A 63 VA
B 80 VA
C 130 VA
D 200 VA
E 250 VA
F 350 VA
G 500 VA
H 750 VA
J 800 VA
K 1000 VA
L 1600 VA
M 2000 VA
b
Primary and Secondary Voltage
Code Primary Secondary
HX 208V (60 Hz) —
AX 240V (60 Hz),
220V (50 Hz) —
BA 240/480V (60 Hz),
220/440V (50 Hz) —
CX 600V (60 Hz),
550V (50 Hz) —
DX7 — 120V (60 Hz)
JX — 24V (60 Hz)
SX — 120V (60 Hz),
110V (50Hz)
JK — 24V (50 Hz),
26V (60 Hz)
c
Fuse Block Options
Code Block Options
0 0 Primary, 0 Secondary
1 0 Primary, 1 Secondary
2 2 Primary, 0 Secondary
3 2 Primary, 1 Secondary
d
Factory Installed Options
Code Description
N No Secondary Fuse, No Cover
When the primary code BA is selected and a 120V AC secondary is desired, the secondary code SX should be selected. 7 Not available for use with primary code BA.
y cULus
y CE-mark
Bulletin 1497 Global Control Circuit Transformers are designed to reduce supply voltages to control circuits. The complete line of transformers is available with optional factory-installed or panel- mount primary and secondary fuse block. A dual primary and secondary fuse block is pre-wired and mounted on top of the transformer up to 500 VA.
y 63…2000 VA
y Single phase
y EN 60-529 finger-safe protection
y Epoxy encapsulated
y Single, dual, and multi-tap primary voltages
y EN61558
y C22.2 No. 66
y UL 506
Table of Contents
Product Selection...... 4
Transformer Cross
Reference .................... 5
Accessories.................. 22
Approximate
Dimensions................... 23
~ Allen-Bradley
-
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497
Global Control Circuit Transformers
4 Product Selection
Selecting a Control Circuit Transformer
For proper transformer selection, three characteristics of the load circuit must be determined in addition to the minimum voltage required to operate the circuit. These are total steady-state (sealed) VA, total inrush VA, and inrush load power factor. y Total steady-state (sealed) VA is the volt-amperes that the transformer must deliver to the load circuit for an extended period of time — the amount of current required to hold the contact in the circuit. y Total inrush VA is the volt amperes that the transformer must deliver upon initial energization of the control circuit. Energization of electromagnetic devices takes 30…50 milliseconds. During this inrush period, the electromagnetic control devices draw many times normal current — 3…10 times normal is typical.
y Inrush load power factor is difficult to determine without detailed vector analysis of all the load components. Such an analysis is generally not feasible. Therefore, a safe assumption is 40% power factor.

Selection Process

1. Determine the total inrush VA of the control circuits from the table below. Do not neglect the current requirements of indicating lights and other devices that do not have an inrush VA but are re-energized at the same time as the other components in the circuit. Their total VA should be added to the total inrush VA.

2. Refer to the table below, Regulation Data — Inrush VA. If the supply circuit voltage (Step 1) is reasonably stable and fluctuates not more than ± 5%, refer to the 90% secondary voltage column. If it fluctuates as much as ± 10%, refer to the 95% secondary voltage column. Go down the column selected until at the inrush VA closest to, but not less than, the inrush VA of the control circuit.

3. Read to the far left side of the chart. The transformer’s continuous nominal VA rating is now selected. The secondary voltage that will be delivered under inrush conditions will be either 85%, 90%, or 95% of the rated secondary voltage, depending on the column selected from the table below, Regulation Data — Inrush VA. The total sealed VA of the control circuit must not exceed the nominal VA rating of the transformer selected from the table below, Typical Magnetic Motor Starter and Contactor Data 60 Hz, 120 Volt, 3-Pole .

4. Refer to the specification tables on the following pages to select a transformer according to the required continuous nomina l VA, and primary and secondary voltage combinations.

Regulation Data — Inrush VA
Inrush VA at 40% Power Factor Power Factor Adjustments
Nominal VA Rating 85% 90% 95% Power Factor Multiply By
63 347 289 216 100% 0.64
80 338 290 229 90% 0.67
130 907 745 541 80% 0.71
200 1267 1039 754 70% 0.78
250 1394 1116 781 60% 0.82
350 2870 2298 1584 50% 0.91
500 3786 3013 2065 40% 1.00
750 7360 5763 3786 30% 1.11
800 7360 5763 3786 20% 1.29
1000 8837 6785 4329 10% 1.50
1600 14921 11328 7070 — —
2000 20500 14850 9100 — —
Typical Magnetic Motor Starter and Contactor Data 60 Hz, 120 Volt, 3-Pole Contactor
NEMA Size
012345
Bulletin 500
192 192 240 660 1225 1490 VA Inrush
29 29 29 45 69 96 VA Sealed
~ Allen-Bradley
-
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497
Global Control Circuit Transformers
5 Product Selection — Cross Reference
Transformer Replacement — Top Mounted Fuse Block ♣ — Fuses Not Included VA
Cat. Nos.

Secondary 24V (60 Hz) Secondary 120V (60 Hz)
Previous Current Previous Current
Primary 208V (60 Hz)
63 1497-N45P 1497-A-HXJX-3-N 1497-N28P 1497-A-HXDX-3-N
80 1497-N48P 1497-B-HXJX-3-N 1497-N1P 1497-B-HXDX-3-N
130 1497-N51P 1497-C-HXJX-3-N 1497-N15P 1497-C-HXDX-3-N 200 1497-N54P 1497-D-HXJX-3-N 1497-N4P 1497-D-HXDX-3-N
250 1497-N57P 1497-E-HXJX-3-N 1497-N7P 1497-E-HXDX-3-N
350 1497-N60P 1497-F-HXJX-3-N 1497-N10P 1497-F-HXDX-3-N 500 1497-N63P 1497-G-HXJX-3-N 1497-N18P 1497-G-HXDX-3-N VA Primary 240/480V (60 Hz)
63 1497-N46P 1497-A-BAJK-3-N 1497-N27P 1497-A-BASX-3-N
80 1497-N49P 1497-B-BAJK-3-N 1497-N2P 1497-B-BASX-3-N
130 1497-N52P 1497-C-BAJK-3-N 1497-N16P 1497-C-BASX-3-N 200 1497-N55P 1497-D-BAJK-3-N 1497-N5P 1497-D-BASX-3-N
250 1497-N58P 1497-E-BAJK-3-N 1497-N8P 1497-E-BASX-3-N
350 1497-N61P 1497-F-BAJK-3-N 1497-N11P 1497-F-BASX-3-N 500 1497-N64P 1497-G-BAJK-3-N 1497-N19P 1497-G-BASX-3-N VA Primary 600V (60 Hz)7
63 1497-N47P 1497-A-CXJK-3-N 1497-N29P 1497-A-CXSX-3-N
80 1497-N50P 1497-B-CXJK-3-N 1497-N3P 1497-B-CXSX-3-N
130 1497-N53P 1497-C-CXJK-3-N 1497-N17P 1497-C-CXSX-3-N 200 1497-N56P 1497-D-CXJK-3-N 1497-N6P 1497-D-CXSX-3-N
250 1497-N59P 1497-E-CXJK-3-N 1497-N9P 1497-E-CXSX-3-N
350 1497-N62P 1497-F-CXJK-3-N 1497-N12P 1497-F-CXSX-3-N 500 1497-N65P 1497-G-CXJK-3-N 1497-N20P 1497-G-CXSX-3-N Also rated 220/440V Primary, 110V Secondary 50 Hz, and 220/440V Primary, 24V Secondary 50 Hz. 7 Also rated 550V Primary, 110V Secondary 50 Hz, and 550V Primary, 24V Secondary 50 Hz. ♣ Top-mounted fuse blocks are not available for transformers 750 V A and higher.

I
I I l
~ Allen-Bradley
-
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497
Global Control Circuit Transformers
6 Product Selection — Cross Reference, Continued
Transformer Replacement — No Fuse Block
VA
Cat. Nos.

Secondary 24V (60 Hz) Secondary 120V (60 Hz)
Previous Current Previous Current
Primary 208V (60 Hz)
63 1497-N45 1497-A-HXJX-0-N 1497-N28 1497-A-HXDX-0-N
80 1497-N48 1497-B-HXJX-0-N 1497-N1 1497-B-HXDX-0-N
130 1497-N51 1497-C-HXJX-0-N 1497-N15 1497-C-HXDX-0-N
200 1497-N54 1497-D-HXJX-0-N 1497-N4 1497-D-HXDX-0-N
250 1497-N57 1497-E-HXJX-0-N 1497-N7 1497-E-HXDX-0-N
350 1497-N60 1497-F-HXJX-0-N 1497-N10 1497-F-HXDX-0-N
500 1497-N63 1497-G-HXJX-0-N 1497-N18 1497-G-HXDX-0-N
750 ⎯ 1497-H-HXJX-0-N 1497-N33 1497-H-HXDX-0-N
1000 ⎯ 1497-K-HXJX-0-N 1497-N36 1497-K-HXDX-0-N
1600 ⎯ ⎯ 1497-N39 1497-L-HXDX-0-N
2000 ⎯ ⎯ 1497-N42 1497-M-HXDX-0-N
VA Primary 240/480V (60 Hz)‡
63 1497-N46 1497-A-BAJK-0-N 1497-N27 1497-A-BASX-0-N
80 1497-N49 1497-B-BAJK-0-N 1497-N2 1497-B-BASX-0-N
130 1497-N52 1497-C-BAJK-0-N 1497-N16 1497-C-BASX-0-N
200 1497-N55 1497-D-BAJK-0-N 1497-N5 1497-D-BASX-0-N
250 1497-N58 1497-E-BAJK-0-N 1497-N8 1497-E-BASX-0-N
350 1497-N61 1497-F-BAJK-0-N 1497-N11 1497-F-BASX-0-N
500 1497-N64 1497-G-BAJK-0-N 1497-N19 1497-G-BASX-0-N
750 ⎯ 1497-H-BAJK-0-N 1497-N34 1497-H-BASX-0-N
1000 ⎯ 1497-K-BAJK-0-N 1497-N37 1497-K-BASX-0-N
1600 ⎯ ⎯ 1497-N40 1497-L-BASX-0-N
2000 ⎯ ⎯ 1497-N43 1497-M-BASX-0-N
VA Primary 600V (60 Hz)§
63 1497-N47 1497-A-CXJK-0-N 1497-N29 1497-A-CXSX-0-N
80 1497-N50 1497-B-CXJK-0-N 1497-N3 1497-B-CXSX-0-N
130 1497-N53 1497-C-CXJK-0-N 1497-N17 1497-C-CXSX-0-N
200 1497-N56 1497-D-CXJK-0-N 1497-N6 1497-D-CXSX-0-N
250 1497-N59 1497-E-CXJK-0-N 1497-N9 1497-E-CXSX-0-N
350 1497-N62 1497-F-CXJK-0-N 1497-N12 1497-F-CXSX-0-N
500 1497-N65 1497-G-CXJK-0-N 1497-N20 1497-G-CXSX-0-N
750 ⎯ 1497-H-CXJK-0-N 1497-N35 1497-H-CXSX-0-N
1000 ⎯ 1497-K-CXJK-0-N 1497-N38 1497-K-CXSX-0-N
1600 ⎯ ⎯ 1497-N41 1497-L-CXSX-0-N
2000 ⎯ ⎯ 1497-N44 1497-M-CXSX-0-N
‡ Also rated 220/440V Primary, 110V Secondary 50 Hz, and 220/440V Primary, 24V Secondary 50 Hz. § Also rated 550V Primary, 110V Secondary 50 Hz, and 550V Primary, 24V Secondary 50 Hz.

I
I I I
~ Allen-Bradley
-
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497
Global Control Circuit Transformers
7 Product Selection
Continuous
VA
Cat. Nos.

Primary
208V (60 Hz)
Primary
240V (60 Hz)/220V (50 Hz)
Primary
240/480V (60 Hz) or 220/440V (50 Hz)
208V
240V/
220V
24V or
120V
24V or
120V/110V
Secondary
24V (60 Hz)
Secondary
120V (60 Hz)
Secondary
24V (60 Hz)/
24V (50 Hz)
Secondary
120V (60 Hz)/
110V (50 Hz)
Secondary
24V (60 Hz) or
24V (50 Hz)
Secondary
120V (60 Hz) or
110V (50 Hz)
63 1497-A-HXJX-0-N 1497-A-HXDX-0-N 1497-A-AXJK-0-N 1497-A-AXSX-0-N 1497-A-BAJK-0-N 1497-A-BASX-0-N 80 1497-B-HXJX-0-N 1497-B-HXDX-0-N 1497-B-AXJK-0-N 1497-B-AXSX-0-N 1497-B-BAJK-0-N 1497-B-BASX-0-N 130 1497-C-HXJX-0-N 1497-C-HXDX-0-N 1497-C-AXJK-0-N 1497-C-AXSX-0-N 1497-C-BAJK-0-N 1497-C-BASX-0-N 200 1497-D-HXJX-0-N 1497-D-HXDX-0-N 1497-D-AXJK-0-N 1497-D-AXSX-0-N 1497-D-BAJK-0-N 1497-D-BASX-0-N 250 1497-E-HXJX-0-N 1497-E-HXDX-0-N 1497-E-AXJK-0-N 1497-E-AXSX-0-N 1497-E-BAJK-0-N 1497-E-BASX-0-N 350 1497-F-HXJX-0-N 1497-F-HXDX-0-N 1497-F-AXJK-0-N 1497-F-AXSX-0-N 1497-F-BAJK-0-N 1497-F-BASX-0-N 500 1497-G-HXJX-0-N 1497-G-HXDX-0-N 1497-G-AXJK-0-N 1497-G-AXSX-0-N 1497-G-BAJK-0-N 1497-G-BASX-0-N 750 1497-H-HXJX-0-N 1497-H-HXDX-0-N 1497-H-AXJK-0-N 1497-H-AXSX-0-N 1497-H-BAJK-0-N 1497-H-BASX-0-N 800 1497-J-HXJX-0-N 1497-J-HXDX-0-N 1497-J-AXJK-0-N 1497-J-AXSX-0-N 1497-J-BAJK-0-N 1497-J-BASX-0-N 1000 1497-K-HXJX-0-N 1497-K-HXDX-0-N 1497-K-AXJK-0-N 1497-K-AXSX-0-N 1497-K-BAJK-0-N 1497-K-BASX-0-N 1600 ⎯ 1497-L-HXDX-0-N ⎯ 1497-L-AXSX-0-N ⎯ 1497-L-BASX-0-N 2000 ⎯ 1497-M-HXDX-0-N ⎯ 1497-M-AXSX-0-N ⎯ 1497-M-BASX-0-N With 2-Pole Primary and 1-Pole Secondary Top-Mounted Fuse Block ♣ — Fuses Not Included 63 1497-A-HXJX-3-N 1497-A-HXDX-3-N 1497-A-AXJK-3-N 1497-A-AXSX-3-N 1497-A-BAJK-3-N 1497-A-BASX-3-N 80 1497-B-HXJX-3-N 1497-B-HXDX-3-N 1497-B-AXJK-3-N 1497-B-AXSX-3-N 1497-B-BAJK-3-N 1497-B-BASX-3-N 130 1497-C-HXJX-3-N 1497-C-HXDX-3-N 1497-C-AXJK-3-N 1497-C-AXSX-3-N 1497-C-BAJK-3-N 1497-C-BASX-3-N 200 1497-D-HXJX-3-N 1497-D-HXDX-3-N 1497-D-AXJK-3-N 1497-D-AXSX-3-N 1497-D-BAJK-3-N 1497-D-BASX-3-N 250 1497-E-HXJX-3-N 1497-E-HXDX-3-N 1497-E-AXJK-3-N 1497-E-AXSX-3-N 1497-E-BAJK-3-N 1497-E-BASX-3-N 350 1497-F-HXJX-3-N 1497-F-HXDX-3-N 1497-F-AXJK-3-N 1497-F-AXSX-3-N 1497-F-BAJK-3-N 1497-F-BASX-3-N 500 1497-G-HXJX-3-N 1497-G-HXDX-3-N 1497-G-AXJK-3-N 1497-G-AXSX-3-N 1497-G-BAJK-3-N 1497-G-BASX-3-N ♣ Top-mounted fuse blocks are not available for transformers 750 VA and higher.

Note: Refer to page 4 for information on how to select a control circuit transformer.

H1 H3 H2 H4
- 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4

INPUT INPUT
~ r. ~,; H! ~ H2 H! ~ H2
240V
x2~ x1 x2 ~ x1

OUTPUT OUTPUT
-
◄ • ~ ~ 120V/110V
X2 X1
e Allen-Bradley
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497
Global Control Circuit Transformers
8 Product Selection, Continued
Continuous
VA
Cat. Nos.

Primary
600V (60 Hz)/550V (50 Hz)
Primary
380V, 400V, 415V (50 Hz)
550V
600V
24V or
120V/110V
Secondary
24V (60 Hz)/24V (50 Hz)
Secondary
120V (60 Hz)/110V (50 Hz)
Secondary
115V/230V (50 Hz)
63 1497-A-CXJK-0-N 1497-A-CXSX-0-N 1497-A-M4-0-N
80 1497-B-CXJK-0-N 1497-B-CXSX-0-N 1497-B-M4-0-N
130 1497-C-CXJK-0-N 1497-C-CXSX-0-N 1497-C-M4-0-N
200 1497-D-CXJK-0-N 1497-D-CXSX-0-N 1497-D-M4-0-N
250 1497-E-CXJK-0-N 1497-E-CXSX-0-N 1497-E-M4-0-N
350 1497-F-CXJK-0-N 1497-F-CXSX-0-N 1497-F-M4-0-N
500 1497-G-CXJK-0-N 1497-G-CXSX-0-N 1497-G-M4-0-N
750 1497-H-CXJK-0-N 1497-H-CXSX-0-N 1497-H-M4-0-N
800 1497-J-CXJK-0-N 1497-J-CXSX-0-N 1497-J-M4-0-N
1000 1497-K-CXJK-0-N 1497-K-CXSX-0-N 1497-K-M4-0-N
1600 ⎯ 1497-L-CXSX-0-N 1497-L-M4-0-N
2000 ⎯ 1497-M-CXSX-0-N 1497-M-M4-0-N
With 2-Pole Primary and 1-Pole Secondary Top-Mounted Fuse Block ♣ — Fuses Not Included 63 1497-A-CXJK-3-N 1497-A-CXSX-3-N 1497-A-M4-3-N
80 1497-B-CXJK-3-N 1497-B-CXSX-3-N 1497-B-M4-3-N
130 1497-C-CXJK-3-N 1497-C-CXSX-3-N 1497-C-M4-3-N
200 1497-D-CXJK-3-N 1497-D-CXSX-3-N 1497-D-M4-3-N
250 1497-E-CXJK-3-N 1497-E-CXSX-3-N 1497-E-M4-3-N
350 1497-F-CXJK-3-N 1497-F-CXSX-3-N 1497-F-M4-3-N
500 1497-G-CXJK-3-N 1497-G-CXSX-3-N 1497-G-M4-3-N
Transformers with 600V primary do not carry the CE mark. ♣ Top-mounted fuse blocks are not available for transformers 750 VA and higher.

Note: Refer to page 4 for information on how to select a control circuit transformer.

H1 H4
415V
H3
- 400V
INPUT H2
H! ~ H2 380V ---
xi~ X1
' ....._..,,'----./'---J'---''-----"-""--"....__,,..__,,...._,,..__,,..__,, OUTPUT vv
.
- V y y y
4 2 3 1 4 2 3 1
i 230V .r ~
X4 X2 X3 X1
~ Allen-Bradley
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497
Global Control Circuit Transformers
9 Product Selection, Continued
Fuse Sizing Charts
Important: Select the fuse to protect the control circuit conductors in accordance with the National Electrical Code.

Primary Fuse Sizing Chart (When Only Primary Protection is Used) Maximum Amp Rating for Current Limiting Class CC Fuses Based on Transformer Primary Voltage VA 208V 220V 240V 277V 347V 380V 400V 415V 440V 480V 500V 550V 600V 690V 63 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 80 1 1 1 0.75 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.25
130 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.25 1 1 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.5 0.5 0.5 200 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.25 1.25 1.25 1 1 1 0.75 250 3 3 3 2.5 2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.25 1.25 1
3 5 0 54433 2 . 5 2 . 5 2 . 5 222 1 . 5 1 . 5 1 . 5
5 0 0 43354333333 2 . 5 2 . 5 2
7 5 0 65543555544433
8 0 0 66543335554443
1000 87664444333554
1600 12 12 11 97766655443
2000 12 11 13 12 9888766654
Primary Fuse Sizing Chart (When Primary and Secondary Protection is Used) Maximum Amp Rating for Current Limiting Class CC Fuses Based on Transformer Primary Voltage VA 208V 220V 240V 277V 347V 380V 400V 415V 440V 480V 500V 550V 600V 690V 63 0.75 0.75 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 8 0 1 . 5 1 . 5 1 . 5 1111 0 . 7 5 0 . 7 5 0 . 7 5 0 . 7 5 0 . 5 0 . 5 0 . 5 130 3 2.5 2.5 2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.25 1.25 1.25 1 1 0.75 2 0 0 4443 2 . 5 2 . 5 2 . 5 2222 1 . 5 1 . 5 1
2 5 0 65543333 2 . 5 2 . 5 2 . 5 22 1 . 5
3 5 0 877654443333 2 . 5 2 . 5
5 0 0 65597666555443
7 5 0 98765999877665
8 0 0 99875558888765
1000 12 10 10 97666555887
1600 15 15 15 12 11 10 10 9988765
2000 20 20 20 18 14 12 12 12 10 10 10 9 8 7
Secondary Fuse Sizing Chart
Maximum Amp Rating for Current Limiting Midget Fuses
VA 24V 110V 115V 120V 230V
63 4 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.4
80 5111 0 .5
130 9 1.8 1.8 1.8 0.9
200 13 2.5 2.5 2.5 1.25
250 15 3.2 3.2 3.2 1.5
350 20 4.5 4.5 4.5 2.5
500 30 6.25 6.25 6.25 3
750 45 9 9 9 4.5
800 45 9 9 9 4.5
1000 60 12 12 12 6
1600 100 20 20 20 10
2000 — 25 25 25 12
~ Allen-Bradley
-
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497A
Machine Tool Transformers
10 Product Selection
Bulletin 1497A — Machine Tool Transformers
Standards Compliance
Certifications
y cULus
Selecting a Machine Tool Transformer
For proper transformer selection, three characteristics of the load circuit must be determined in addition to the minimum voltage required to operate the circuit. These are total steady-state (sealed) VA, total inrush VA, and inrush load power factor. y Total steady-state (sealed) VA is the volt-amperes that the transformer must deliver to the load circuit for an extended period of time — the amount of current required to hold the contact in the circuit. y Total inrush VA is the volt amperes that the transformer must deliver upon initial energization of the control circuit. Energization of electromagnetic devices takes 30…50 milliseconds. During this inrush period, the electromagnetic control devices draw many times normal current — 3…10 times normal is typical.
y Inrush load power factor is difficult to determine without detailed vector analysis of all the load components. Such an analysis is generally not feasible. Therefore, a safe assumption is 40% power factor.

Selection Process

4. Refer to the specification tables on the following pages to select a transformer according to the required continuous nomina l VA, and primary and secondary voltage combinations.

Primary
220x440V, 230x460V, 240x480V (50/60 Hz)
Primary
230/460/575V (50/60 Hz)
Primary
208/277/380V (50/60 Hz)
Secondary
110, 115, 120V
Secondary
115/95V
Secondary
115/95V
50 1497A-A1-M6-0-N 1497A-A1-M7-0-N 1497A-A1-M8-0-N
75 1497A-A2-M6-0-N 1497A-A2-M7-0-N 1497A-A2-M8-0-N
100 1497A-A3-M6-0-N 1497A-A3-M7-0-N 1497A-A3-M8-0-N
150 1497A-A4-M6-0-N 1497A-A4-M7-0-N 1497A-A4-M8-0-N
200 1497A-A5-M6-0-N 1497A-A5-M7-0-N 1497A-A5-M8-0-N
250 1497A-A6-M6-0-N 1497A-A6-M7-0-N 1497A-A6-M8-0-N
300 1497A-A7-M6-0-N 1497A-A7-M7-0-N 1497A-A7-M8-0-N
350 1497A-A8-M6-0-N 1497A-A8-M7-0-N 1497A-A8-M8-0-N
500 1497A-A9-M6-0-N 1497A-A9-M7-0-N 1497A-A9-M8-0-N
750 1497A-A10-M6-0-N 1497A-A10-M7-0-N 1497A-A10-M8-0-N
1000 1497A-A11-M6-0-N 1497A-A11-M7-0-N 1497A-A11-M8-0-N 1500 1497A-A12-M6-0-N 1497A-A12-M7-0-N 1497A-A12-M8-0-N 2000 1497A-A13-M6-0-N 1497A-A13-M7-0-N 1497A-A13-M8-0-N 3000 1497A-A14-M6-0-N — —
Transformer without Primary or Secondary Fuse Block/Clip‡ Transformer with 1 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip‡
Continuous
VA
Cat. Nos.

Primary
220x440V, 230x460V, 240x480V (50/60 Hz)
Primary
230/460/575V (50/60 Hz)
Primary
208/277/380V (50/60 Hz)
Secondary
110, 115, 120V
Secondary
115/95V
Secondary
115/95V
50 1497A-A1-M6-1-N 1497A-A1-M7-1-N 1497A-A1-M8-1-N
75 1497A-A2-M6-1-N 1497A-A2-M7-1-N 1497A-A2-M8-1-N
100 1497A-A3-M6-1-N 1497A-A3-M7-1-N 1497A-A3-M8-1-N
150 1497A-A4-M6-1-N 1497A-A4-M7-1-N 1497A-A4-M8-1-N
200 1497A-A5-M6-1-N 1497A-A5-M7-1-N 1497A-A5-M8-1-N
250 1497A-A6-M6-1-N 1497A-A6-M7-1-N 1497A-A6-M8-1-N
300 1497A-A7-M6-1-N 1497A-A7-M7-1-N 1497A-A7-M8-1-N
350 1497A-A8-M6-1-N 1497A-A8-M7-1-N 1497A-A8-M8-1-N
500 1497A-A9-M6-1-N 1497A-A9-M7-1-N 1497A-A9-M8-1-N
750 1497A-A10-M6-1-N 1497A-A10-M7-1-N 1497A-A10-M8-1-N
1000 1497A-A11-M6-1-N 1497A-A11-M7-1-N 1497A-A11-M8-1-N 1500 1497A-A12-M6-1-N 1497A-A12-M7-1-N 1497A-A12-M8-1-N 2000 1497A-A13-M6-1-N 1497A-A13-M7-1-N 1497A-A13-M8-1-N 3000 1497A-A14-M6-1-N — —
‡ Secondary Fuse Block/Clip: Transformers rated 350 VA and below use secondary fuse clips. Transformers rated 500 VA and above use secondary fuse blocks.

Note: Refer to page 10 for information on how to select a machine tool transformer. ~38~ ~8~
Q[~v]
H1 H2 H3 H4 H1 H2 H3 H4
H1 H3 H2 H4 Hl H3 H2 H4
CX:_:J
L m
X3 X2 X1
m
X3 X2 X1
m
X3 X2 X1
~ Allen-Bradley
-
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497A
Machine Tool Transformers
12 Product Selection, Continued
Fuse Sizing Charts
Important: Select the fuse to protect the control circuit conductors in accordance with the National Electrical Code.

Primary
220x440V, 230x460V, 240x480V (50/60 Hz)
Primary
230/460/575V (50/60 Hz)
Primary
208/277/380V (50/60 Hz)
Secondary
110, 115, 120V
Secondary
115/95V
Secondary
115/95V
50 1497A-A1-M6-3-N 1497A-A1-M7-3-N 1497A-A1-M8-3-N
75 1497A-A2-M6-3-N 1497A-A2-M7-3-N 1497A-A2-M8-3-N
100 1497A-A3-M6-3-N 1497A-A3-M7-3-N 1497A-A3-M8-3-N
150 1497A-A4-M6-3-N 1497A-A4-M7-3-N 1497A-A4-M8-3-N
200 1497A-A5-M6-3-N 1497A-A5-M7-3-N 1497A-A5-M8-3-N
250 1497A-A6-M6-3-N 1497A-A6-M7-3-N 1497A-A6-M8-3-N
300 1497A-A7-M6-3-N 1497A-A7-M7-3-N 1497A-A7-M8-3-N
350 1497A-A8-M6-3-N 1497A-A8-M7-3-N 1497A-A8-M8-3-N
500 1497A-A9-M6-3-N 1497A-A9-M7-3-N 1497A-A9-M8-3-N
750 1497A-A10-M6-3-N 1497A-A10-M7-3-N 1497A-A10-M8-3-N
1000 1497A-A11-M6-3-N 1497A-A11-M7-3-N 1497A-A11-M8-3-N 1500 1497A-A12-M6-3-N 1497A-A12-M7-3-N 1497A-A12-M8-3-N 2000 1497A-A13-M6-3-N 1497A-A13-M7-3-N 1497A-A13-M8-3-N 3000 1497A-A14-M6-3-N — —
‡ Secondary Fuse Block/Clip: Transformers rated 350 VA and below use secondary fuse clips. Transformers rated 500 VA and above use secondary fuse blocks.

Note: Refer to page 10 for information on how to select a machine tool transformer. ~ Allen-Bradley
-
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497A
Machine Tool Transformers
13 Product Selection, Continued
Primary Fuse Sizing Chart (When Primary and Secondary Protection is Used) Maximum Amp Rating for Current Limiting Class CC Fuses Based on Transformer Primary Voltage VA 115V 120V 200V 208V 220V 230V 240V 277V 380V 400V 415V 440V 460V 480V 500V 550V 575V 600V 50 1 1 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.2 0.2 0.2 75 1.6 1.5 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 100 2 2 1.25 1.125 1.125 1 1 0.75 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 150 3.2 3 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.25 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.6 0.6 0.6 200 4 4 2.5 2.25 2 2 2 1.8 1.25 1.25 1.125 1.125 1 1 1 0.75 0.75 0.75 2 5 0 5533 2 . 8 2 . 5 2 . 5 2 . 2 5 1 . 6 1 . 5 1 . 5 1 . 4 1 . 2 5 1 . 2 5 1 . 2 5 1.125 1 1 300 6.25 6.25 3.5 3.5 3.2 3.2 3 2.5 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.25 1.25 1.25 3 5 0 7744 3 . 5 3 . 5 3 . 5 3 2 . 2 5 22 1 . 8 1 . 8 1 . 8 1 . 6 1 . 5 1 . 5 1 . 4 500 10 10 6.25 6 5.6 5 5 4.5 3.2 3 3 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.25 2 2 7 5 0 1 5 1 5 99887 6 . 2 5 4 . 5 4 . 5 4 . 5 44 3 . 5 3 . 5 3 . 2 3 . 2 3 1000 20 20 12 12 10 10 10 9 6.25 6.25 6 5.6 5 5 5 4.5 4 4 1500 30 30 15 15 15 15 15 12 9998877 6 . 2 5 6 . 2 5 6 . 2 5 2000 40 40 25 20 20 20 20 15 12 12 12 10 10 10 10 9 8 8 3000 45 45 35 35 30 30 30 25 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 Secondary Fuse Sizing Chart
Maximum Amp Rating for Current Limiting Midget Fuses
VA 23V 24V 25V 85V 90V 95V 100V 110V 115V 120V 125V 130V 220V 230V 240V 50 3.5 3.2 3.2 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 75 5 5 5 1.4 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.125 1 1 1 0.75 0.5 0.5 0.5 100 7 6.25 6.25 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.25 1.25 1.25 0.75 0.6 0.6 150 10 10 10 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.25 2 2 2 1.8 1.125 1 1
200 12 12 12 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.2 3 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 1.5 1.4 1.25 250 15 15 15 4.5 4.5 4 4 3.5 3.5 3.2 3.2 3.2 1.8 1.8 1.6 300 20 20 20 5.6 5 5 5 4.5 4 4 4 3.5 2.25 2 2
350 20 20 20 6.25 6.25 6 5.6 5 5 4.5 4.5 4 2.5 2.5 2.25 5 0 0 — — — 998877 6 . 2 5 6 . 2 5 6 . 2 5 3 . 5 3 . 5 3 . 2 750 — — — 12 12 12 12 10 10 10 10 9 5.6 5 5
1000 — — — 15 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 12 7 7 6.25
1500 — — — 25 25 25 25 20 20 20 20 15 10 10 10
2000 — — — 35 35 35 30 30 25 25 25 25 15 12 12
3000 ———————4 54 04 04 03 52 02 02 0
~ Allen-Bradley
-
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497B
Control Power Transformers
14 Product Selection
Bulletin 1497B — Control Power Transformers
Standards Compliance
Certifications
y cULus
Selecting a Control Power Transformer
For proper transformer selection, three characteristics of the load circuit must be determined in addition to the minimum voltage required to operate the circuit. These are total steady-state (sealed) VA, total inrush VA, and inrush load power factor. y Total steady-state (sealed) VA is the volt-amperes that the transformer must deliver to the load circuit for an extended period of time — the amount of current required to hold the contact in the circuit. y Total inrush VA is the volt amperes that the transformer must deliver upon initial energization of the control circuit. Energization of electromagnetic devices takes 30…50 milliseconds. During this inrush period, the electromagnetic control devices draw many times normal current — 3…10 times normal is typical.
y Inrush load power factor is difficult to determine without detailed vector analysis of all the load components. Such an analysis is generally not feasible. Therefore, a safe assumption is 40% power factor.

Selection Process

1. Determine the total inrush VA of the control circuits from the table below, Typical Magnetic Motor Starter and Contactor Data 60 Hz, 120 Volt, 3-Pole. Do not neglect the current requirements of indicating lights and other devices that do not have an inrush VA but are re- energized at the same time as the other components in the circuit. Their total VA should be added to the total inrush VA.

4. Refer to the specification tables on the following pages to select a transformer according to the required continuous nomina l VA, and primary and secondary voltage combinations.

Regulation Data — Inrush VA
Inrush VA at 40% Power Factor Power Factor Adjustments
Nominal VA Rating 85% 90% 95% Power Factor Multiply By
50 158 139 116 100% 0.63
75 242 213 177 90% 0.65
100 346 302 249 80% 0.70
150 528 461 379 70% 0.75
200 869 743 585 60% 0.82
250 1057 904 719 50% 0.90
300 1418 1200 937 40% 1.00
350 1620 1361 1047 30% 1.12
500 2681 2221 1648 20% 1.27
750 4560 3718 2700 10% 1.45
1000 7568 6118 4185 — —
1500 15724 12423 8203 — —
2000 16941 13660 9484 — —
3000 25680 20180 13797 — —
Bulletin 1497B Control Power Transformers are designed to reduce supply voltages to control circuits. The complete line of transformers is available with optional factory-installed or panel-mount primary and secondary fuse block.
y 50…3000 VA (60 Hz)
y RoHS Compliant
y Single phase
y Epoxy encapsulated
y C22.2 No. 66
y UL 506
Table of Contents
Product Selection...... 15
Accessories.................. 22
Approximate
Dimensions................... 31
~ Allen-Bradley
-
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497B
Control Power Transformers
15 Product Selection, Continued
Transformers without Fusing Block/Clip
Continuous
VA
Primary — 120x240V (60 Hz) Primary — 240x480V (60 Hz) Primary — 208/240V (60 Hz) Secondary — 24V (60 Hz) Secondary — 24V (60 Hz) Secondary — 24V (60 Hz) Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
50 1497B-A1-M13-0-N 1497B-A1-M16-0-N 1497B-A1-M17-0-N
75 1497B-A2-M13-0-N — —
100 1497B-A3-M13-0-N 1497B-A3-M16-0-N 1497B-A3-M17-0-N
150 1497B-A4-M13-0-N 1497B-A4-M16-0-N 1497B-A4-M17-0-N
200 1497B-A5-M13-0-N — —
250 1497B-A6-M13-0-N 1497B-A6-M16-0-N 1497B-A6-M17-0-N
300 1497B-A7-M13-0-N — —
Continuous
VA
Primary — 600/575/550V (60 Hz) Primary — 120x240V (60 Hz) Secondary — 120/240V (60 Hz) Secondary — 120/240V (60 Hz) Cat. No. Cat. No.‡
100 1497B-A3-M11-0-N 1497B-A3-M12-0-N
200 1497B-A5-M11-0-N 1497B-A5-M12-0-N
300 1497B-A7-M11-0-N 1497B-A7-M12-0-N
500 1497B-A9-M11-0-N 1497B-A9-M12-0-N
750 — 1497B-A10-M12-0-N
1000 1497B-A11-M11-0-N 1497B-A11-M12-0-N
2000 1497B-A13-M11-0-N 1497B-A13-M12-0-N
3000 1497B-A14-M11-0-N 1497B-A14-M12-0-N
Continuous
VA
Primary — 240x480V (60 Hz) Primary — 380/400/416V (60 Hz) Secondary — 120/240V (60 Hz) Secondary — 115/230V (60 Hz) Cat. No. Cat. No.‡
500 1497B-A9-M14-0-N 1497B-A9-M15-0-N
750 1497B-A10-M14-0-N 1497B-A10-M15-0-N
1000 1497B-A11-M14-0-N 1497B-A11-M15-0-N
1500 1497B-A12-M14-0-N 1497B-A12-M15-0-N
2000 1497B-A13-M14-0-N 1497B-A13-M15-0-N
3000 1497B-A14-M14-0-N 1497B-A14-M15-0-N
‡ No secondary fusing available
Note: Refer to page 14 for information on how to select a control power transformer.

H1 H2 H3 H4 120V • 240V
11 ,~ ~, ~I
~3~1~1Hg 2J
~
C>C1 C,)CJ
~lf4 \~.Yxi ~:n~~lf• xw~ x~
I' "I"
h:-J [ ~v] w [ ~v]
Hl H2 H3
,~ Ii ~1 Hl H3 H2 H4 H1 H3 H2 H4 Hl H3 H2 H4 Hl H3 H2 H4 t..:x:.J t..:x:.J
J., ..I L
24V : I L
24V
x,I
24V
x,:
240V 480V H1 H2 H3 H4
b3 Hcil~, Hr;J2 ~~ ,~ ,~ ii ~I ~
C,)CJ C>C1
~•xt;:lxif ~ ~U
4 \J~1
'I' T
f) Allen-Bradley
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497B
Control Power Transformers
16 Product Selection, Continued
Continuous
VA
Primary — 600/575/550V (60 Hz) Primary — 120x240V (60 Hz) Secondary — 120/240V (60 Hz) Secondary — 120/240V (60 Hz) Cat. No. Cat. No.
100 1497B-A3-M11-2-N 1497B-A3-M12-2-N
200 1497B-A5-M11-2-N 1497B-A5-M12-2-N
300 1497B-A7-M11-2-N 1497B-A7-M12-2-N
Continuous
VA
Primary — 120x240V (60 Hz) Primary — 240x480V (60 Hz) Primary — 208/240V (60 Hz) Secondary — 24V (60 Hz) Secondary — 24V (60 Hz) Secondary — 24V (60 Hz) Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
50 1497B-A1-M13-3-N 1497B-A1-M16-3-N 1497B-A1-M17-3-N
75 1497B-A2-M13-3-N — —
100 1497B-A3-M13-3-N 1497B-A3-M16-3-N 1497B-A3-M17-3-N
150 1497B-A4-M13-3-N 1497B-A4-M16-3-N 1497B-A4-M17-3-N
200 1497B-A5-M13-3-N — —
250 1497B-A6-M13-3-N 1497B-A6-M16-3-N 1497B-A6-M17-3-N
300 1497B-A7-M13-3-N — —
Transformers with 2 Primary and 0 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip‡ Transformers with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip‡ Continuous
VA
Primary — 600/575/550V (60 Hz) Primary — 120x240V (60 Hz) Primary — 240x480V (60 Hz) Primary — 380/400/416V (60 Hz) Secondary — 120/240V (60 Hz) Secondary — 120/240V (60 Hz) Secondary — 120/240V (60 Hz) Secondary — 115/230V (60 Hz) Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
500 1497B-A9-M11-3-N 1497B-A9-M12-3-N 1497B-A9-M14-3-N 1497B-A9-M15-3-N 750 — 1497B-A10-M12-3-N 1497B-A10-M14-3-N 1497B-A10-M15-3-N 1000 1497B-A11-M11-3-N 1497B-A11-M12-3-N 1497B-A11-M14-3-N 1497B-A11-M15-3-N 2000 1497B-A13-M11-3-N 1497B-A13-M12-3-N 1497B-A12-M14-3-N 1497B-A12-M15-3-N 3000 1497B-A14-M11-3-N 1497B-A14-M12-3-N 1497B-A13-M14-3-N 1497B-A13-M15-3-N ‡ Secondary Fuse Block/Clip: Transformers rated 350 VA and below use secondary fuse clips. Transformers rated 500 VA and above use secondary fuse blocks.

Note: Refer to page 14 for information on how to select a control power transformer.

H1 H2 H3 H4
C [ ~v] w ln]
H1 H2 HJ
Ii Ii ~1 H1 H3 H2 H4 H1 H3 H2 H4 H1 H3 H2 H4 H1 H3 H2 H4 ex:_:] ex:_:]
J., J L J L
24V
x, I
24V
24V
H1 H2 H3 H4 480V H1 H2 H3 H4
n > > > 1 H3 H2 H ~ > >
§ "'
0 > 0 0
> :;; "' HI H H H4 H2 H4 ,. ~ .,
"'
0 .., 0
~ Allen-Bradley
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497B
Control Power Transformers
17 Product Selection, Continued
Fuse Sizing Charts
Important: Select the fuse to protect the control circuit conductors in accordance with the National Electrical Code.

Primary Fuse Sizing Chart (When Only Primary Protection is Used) Maximum Amp Rating for Current Limiting Class CC Fuses Based on Transformer Primary Voltage VA 115V 120V 200V 208V 220V 230V 240V 277V 380V 400V 415V 440V 460V 480V 500V 550V 575V 600V 50 1.25 1.25 0.75 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 75 1.8 1.8 1.125 1 1 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 100 2.5 2.5 1.5 1.4 1.25 1.25 1.25 1 0.75 0.75 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 150 3.5 3.5 2.25 2 2 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.125 1.125 1 1 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 200 5 5 3 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.125 1 1 1 250 3.5 3.2 3.5 3.5 3.2 3.2 3 2.5 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.25 1.25 1.25 300 4 4 4.5 4 4 3.5 3.5 3.2 2.25 2.25 2 2 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.5 350 5 4.5 5 5 4.5 4.5 4 3.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.25 2.25 2 2 1.8 1.8 1.6 500 7 6.25 4 4 3.5 3.5 3.2 5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.2 3.2 3 3 2.5 2.5 2.5 750 10 10 6.25 6 5.6 5 5 4.5 5.6 5.6 5 5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4 3.5 3.5 1000 12 12 8877 6 . 2 5 6444 3 . 5 3 . 5 3 . 2 3 . 2 555 1500 20 15 12 12 10 10 10 9 6.25 6.25 6 5.6 5 5 5 4.5 4 4 2000 20 20 12 12 10 12 12 12 88877 6 . 2 5 6 . 2 5 6 5 . 6 5 3000 30 30 15 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 12 10 10 10 10 9 8 8 Transformers with 0 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip‡ Continuous
VA
Primary — 120x240V (60 Hz) Primary — 240x480V (60 Hz) Primary — 208/240V (60 Hz) Secondary — 24V (60 Hz) Secondary — 24V (60 Hz) Secondary — 24V (60 Hz) Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
50 1497B-A1-M13-1-N 1497B-A1-M16-1-N 1497B-A1-M17-1-N
75 1497B-A2-M13-1-N — —
100 1497B-A3-M13-1-N 1497B-A3-M16-1-N 1497B-A3-M17-1-N
150 1497B-A4-M13-1-N 1497B-A4-M16-1-N 1497B-A4-M17-1-N
200 1497B-A5-M13-1-N — —
250 1497B-A6-M13-1-N 1497B-A6-M16-1-N 1497B-A6-M17-1-N
300 1497B-A7-M13-1-N — —
‡ Secondary Fuse Block/Clip: Transformers rated 350 VA and below use secondary fuse clips. Transformers rated 500 VA and above use secondary fuse blocks.

Note: Refer to page 14 for information on how to select a control power transformer. a w a w
H1 H2 H3
> > 0 CIO > ... 0 0
H1 H3 H2 H4 H1 H3 H2 H4 H1 H3 H2 H4 H1 H3 H2 H4 N N
t.:x:_:J t.:x:_:J
I;, J L : l l: 24V : l
24V
24V x,: : X2 x,:
f) Allen-Bradley
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497B
Control Power Transformers
18 Product Selection, Continued
Primary Fuse Sizing Chart (When Primary and Secondary Protection is Used) Maximum Amp Rating for Current Limiting Class CC Fuses Based on Transformer Primary Voltage VA 115V 120V 200V 208V 220V 230V 240V 277V 380V 400V 415V 440V 460V 480V 500V 550V 575V 600V 50 1 1 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.2 0.2 0.2 75 1.6 1.5 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 100 2 2 1.25 1.125 1.125 1 1 0.75 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 150 3.2 3 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.25 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.6 0.6 0.6 200 4 4 2.5 2.25 2 2 2 1.8 1.25 1.25 1.125 1.125 1 1 1 0.75 0.75 0.75 2 5 0 5533 2 . 8 2 . 5 2 . 5 2 . 2 5 1 . 6 1 . 5 1 . 5 1 . 4 1 . 2 5 1 . 2 5 1 . 2 5 1.125 1 1 300 6.25 6.25 3.5 3.5 3.2 3.2 3 2.5 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.25 1.25 1.25 3 5 0 7744 3 . 5 3 . 5 3 . 5 3 2 . 2 5 22 1 . 8 1 . 8 1 . 8 1 . 6 1 . 5 1 . 5 1 . 4 500 10 10 6.25 6 5.6 5 5 4.5 3.2 3 3 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.25 2 2 7 5 0 1 5 1 5 99887 6 . 2 5 4 . 5 4 . 5 4 . 5 44 3 . 5 3 . 5 3 . 2 3 . 2 3 1000 20 20 12 12 10 10 10 9 6.25 6.25 6 5.6 5 5 5 4.5 4 4 1500 30 30 15 15 15 15 15 12 9998877 6 . 2 5 6 . 2 5 6 . 2 5 2000 40 40 25 20 20 20 20 15 12 12 12 10 10 10 10 9 8 8 3000 45 45 35 35 30 30 30 25 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 Secondary Fuse Sizing Chart
Maximum Amp Rating for Current Limiting Midget Fuses
VA 23V 24V 25V 85V 90V 95V 100V 110V 115V 120V 125V 130V 220V 230V 240V 50 3.5 3.2 3.2 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.3 75 5 5 5 1.4 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.125 1 1 1 0.75 0.5 0.5 0.5 100 7 6.25 6.25 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.25 1.25 1.25 0.75 0.6 0.6 150 10 10 10 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.25 2 2 2 1.8 1.125 1 1
200 12 12 12 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.2 3 2.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 1.5 1.4 1.25 250 15 15 15 4.5 4.5 4 4 3.5 3.5 3.2 3.2 3.2 1.8 1.8 1.6 300 20 20 20 5.6 5 5 5 4.5 4 4 4 3.5 2.25 2 2
350 20 20 20 6.25 6.25 6 5.6 5 5 4.5 4.5 4 2.5 2.5 2.25 5 0 0 — — — 998877 6 . 2 5 6 . 2 5 6 . 2 5 3 . 5 3 . 5 3 . 2 750 — — — 12 12 12 12 10 10 10 10 9 5.6 5 5
1000 — — — 15 15 15 15 15 12 12 12 12 7 7 6.25
1500 — — — 25 25 25 25 20 20 20 20 15 10 10 10
2000 — — — 35 35 35 30 30 25 25 25 25 15 12 12
3000 ———————4 54 04 04 03 52 02 02 0
~ Allen-Bradley
-
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497D
General Purpose Transformers
19 Product Selection
Standards Compliance
Certifications
Bulletin 1497D — General Purpose Transformers
Continuous kVA Frequency Temperature Rise (°C/°F) Tap Quantity Primary — 240x480V (50/60 Hz)
Secondary — 120/240V
Cat. No.

0.050 60
115 (239) —
1497D-A1-M10-0-N
50/60 1497D-A1-M14-0-N

0.075 60 1497D-A2-M10-0-N
50/60 1497D-A2-M14-0-N

0.100 60 1497D-A3-M10-0-N
50/60 1497D-A3-M14-0-N

0.150 60 1497D-A4-M10-0-N
50/60 1497D-A4-M14-0-N

0.250 60 1497D-A6-M10-0-N
50/60 1497D-A6-M14-0-N

0.500 60 1497D-A9-M10-0-N
50/60 1497D-A9-M14-0-N

0.750 60 1497D-A10-M10-0-N
50/60 1497D-A10-M14-0-N

1.0 60 1497D-A11-M10-0-N
50/60 1497D-A11-M14-0-N

1.5 60 1497D-A12-M10-0-N
50/60 1497D-A12-M14-0-N

2.0 60 1497D-A13-M10-0-N
50/60 1497D-A13-M14-0-N

3.0 60 1497D-A14-M10-0-N
50/60 1497D-A14-M14-0-N

5.0 60 1497D-A15-M10-0-N
50/60 1497D-A15-M14-0-N

7.5 60 1497D-A16-M10-0-N
50/60 1497D-A16-M14-0-N

10.0 60 1497D-A17-M10-0-N
50/60 1497D-A17-M14-0-N

15.0 60 1497D-A18-M10-0-N
50/60 1497D-A18-M14-0-N

25.0 60 1497D-A19-M10-0-N
50/60 1497D-A19-M14-0-N
Bulletin 1497D General Purpose Transformers are generally used for supplying appliance lighting, motorized machine, and power loads from electrical distribution systems.
y UL
y CSA
y 0.050…25.0 kVA (60 & 50/60 Hz)
y Indoor/Outdoor non-ventilated enclosure
y Single phase
y Resin encapsulated
y Exceeds requirements of the Uniform Building Code (UBC) and California Code Title 24
y Copper windings provided for all transformers rated 2 kVA and below.
y Aluminum windings provided for all transformers rated 3 kVA and above.
y C22.2 No. 47 — M90
y UL 506
Table of Contents
Product Selection...... 19
Approximate
Dimensions................... 33
~ Allen-Bradley
-
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497D
General Purpose Transformers
20 Product Selection, Continued
Continuous kVA Frequency Temperature Rise (°C/°F) Tap Quantity Primary — 480V (50/60 Hz)
Secondary — 120/240V
Cat. No.

0.050 60
115 (239)
— 1497D-A1-M21-0-N

0.075 60 — 1497D-A2-M21-0-N

0.100 60 — 1497D-A3-M21-0-N

0.150 60 — 1497D-A4-M21-0-N

0.250 60 — 1497D-A6-M21-0-N
50/60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A6-M22-0-2

0.500 60 — 1497D-A9-M21-0-N
50/60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A9-M22-0-2

0.750 60 — 1497D-A10-M21-0-N
50/60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A10-M22-0-2

1.0 60 — 1497D-A11-M21-0-N
60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A11-M21-0-2
50/60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A11-M22-0-2

1.5 60 — 1497D-A12-M21-0-N
60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A12-M21-0-2
50/60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A12-M22-0-2

2.0 60 — 1497D-A13-M21-0-N
60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A13-M21-0-2
50/60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A13-M22-0-2

3.0 60 — 1497D-A14-M21-0-N
60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A14-M21-0-2
50/60 (2) 2.5% FCAN
(2) 2.5% FCBN 1497D-A14-M21-0-22
50/60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A14-M22-0-2

5.0 60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A15-M21-0-2
60 (2) 2.5% FCAN
(2) 2.5% FCBN 1497D-A15-M21-0-22
50/60 — 1497D-A15-M22-0-N

7.5 60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A16-M21-0-2
60 (2) 2.5% FCAN
(2) 2.5% FCBN 1497D-A16-M21-0-22
50/60 — 1497D-A16-M22-0-N

10.0 60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A17-M21-0-2
60 (2) 2.5% FCAN
(2) 2.5% FCBN 1497D-A17-M21-0-22
50/60 — 1497D-A17-M22-0-N

15.0 60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A18-M21-0-2
60 (2) 2.5% FCAN
(2) 2.5% FCBN 1497D-A18-M21-0-22
50/60 — 1497D-A18-M22-0-N

25.0 60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A20-M21-0-2
60 (2) 2.5% FCAN
(2) 2.5% FCBN 1497D-A20-M21-0-22
50/60 — 1497D-A20-M22-0-N
=====;:::==~=====r===,~=========
~ Allen-Bradley
-
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497D
General Purpose Transformers
21 Product Selection, Continued
Continuous kVA Frequency Temperature Rise (°C/°F) Tap Quantity Primary — 600V (50/60 Hz)
Secondary — 120/240V
Cat. No.

0.050 60
115 (239)
— 1497D-A1-M11-0-N

0.075 60 — 1497D-A2-M11-0-N

0.100 60 — 1497D-A3-M11-0-N
50/60 — 1497D-A3-M23-0-N

0.150 60 — 1497D-A4-M11-0-N

0.250
60 — 1497D-A6-M11-0-N
50/60 — 1497D-A6-M23-0-N
50/60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A6-M23-0-2

0.500
60 — 1497D-A9-M11-0-N
50/60 — 1497D-A9-M23-0-N
50/60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A9-M23-0-2

0.750 60 — 1497D-A10-M11-0-N
50/60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A10-M23-0-N

1.0 60 — 1497D-A11-M11-0-N
60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A11-M11-0-2
50/60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A11-M23-0-2

1.5 60 — 1497D-A12-M11-0-N
60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A12-M11-0-2

2.0 60 — 1497D-A13-M11-0-N
60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A13-M11-0-2

3.0 60 — 1497D-A14-M11-0-N
60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A14-M11-0-2
50/60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A14-M23-0-2

5.0 60 — 1497D-A15-M11-0-N
60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A15-M11-0-2

7.5 60 — 1497D-A16-M11-0-N
60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A16-M11-0-2

10.0 60 — 1497D-A17-M11-0-N
60 (2) 5% FCBN 1497D-A17-M11-0-2

15.0 60 — 1497D-A18-M11-0-N
60 (4) 5% FCBN 1497D-A18-M11-0-4

25.0 60 — 1497D-A20-M11-0-N
60 (4) 5% FCBN 1497D-A20-M11-0-4
===::::;:=====r====r===,-=-=-=-======
~ Allen-Bradley
-
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497, 1497A, and 1497B
Transformers
22 Accessories
Fuse Block Kits — For Use when Fuse Block is Not Integrated with the Transformer Cat. No. 1491-R165
1-Pole Fuse Block
Cat. No. 1491-R167
2-Pole Fuse Block
Cat. No. 1491-R171
3-Pole Fuse Block
Cat. No. 1491-R169
3-Pole Fuse Block
Cat. No. 1491-R150
Fuse Cover without Fuse
These control circuit fusing kits are intended to be used for control circuit transformer protection and protection of control circuits capable of delivering no more than 200 000 RMS symmetrical amps, 600V maximum.

Description Cat. No.

Fuse Cover — Per Pole 1491-R150
One-Pole Kit — Panel-Mounted (Midget Fuse)7 1491-R165
Two-Pole Kit — Panel-Mounted (Two Class CC Fuses) 7 1491-R162 Two-Pole Kit — Panel-Mounted (Two Midget Fuses)7 1491-R167 Three-Pole Kit — Panel-Mounted (One Midget Fuse/Two Class CC Fuses)7 1491-R169 Three-Pole Kit — Panel-Mounted (Three Class CC Fuses)7 1491-R171 Single-Pole Kit — Bulletin 500 Line Controller Mounted (Class CC Fuses) ‡ 599-FR04 One-Pole Kit — Panel-Mounted (31…60 A Class J Fuse) 1491-R173 One-Pole Kit — Panel-Mounted (61…100 A Class J Fuse) 1491-R175 For control circuit transformers with a 350 VA or larger rating, it is recommended that Bussmann Type FNQ-R, Ferraz-Shawmut Type ATDR, Littelfuse Type KLDR time delay fuses, or equivalent be used for primary fusing. 7 These kits use only Class CC or Midget fuses (rated 0.5…30 A) such as those offered by the following manufacturers:
y Bussmann KTK-R
y Ferraz-Shawmut ATM R
y Littelfuse KLK
‡ Cat. No. 599-FR04 is rated for 6 A fuse maximum. Controller mounting applies to size 0…5 devices only. ~ Allen-Bradley
-
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497
Global Control Circuit Transformers
23 Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Dimensions are shown in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Transformer without Fusing

VA A B C D E F G H J K
Approximate Shipping Wt.
lbs (kg)
Without
Top-Mounted
Fuse Block
2-Pole Primary and
1-Pole Secondary
Top-Mounted Fuse Block
63 3-7/8
(98.00)
3-1/4
(82.55)
3-1/8
(79.38)
3-1/2
(88.90)
7/32
(5.54)
22/32
(18.29)
2-27/32
(72.39)
2-3/8
(73.91)
4-5/64
(103.51)
3-57/64
(99.01)
4-1/2
(2.04)
4-4/5
(2.18)
80 3-7/8
(98.00)
3-1/4
(82.55)
3-1/8
(79.38)
3-1/2
(88.90)
7/32
(5.54)
22/32
(18.29)
2-27/32
(72.39)
2-3/8
(73.91)
4-5/64
(103.51)
3-57/64
(99.01)
4-1/2
(2.04)
4-4/5
(2.18)
130 3-7/8
(98.00)
3-1/4
(82.55)
3-1/8
(79.38)
3-1/2
(88.90)
7/32
(5.54)
22/32
(18.29)
3-3/8
(85.60)
3-13/32
(86.61)
4-45/64
(119.5)
4-35/64
(115.44)
6-7/10
(3.04)
7-3/20
(3.24)
Transformer with Fuse Holder and Covers
C
E
B
F
[II] [II] [II] [II]
H ~
L============:=!:::=J
r
J
L
y
□ '"

ITIJITDCIDCID
K
J
e Allen-Bradley
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497
Global Control Circuit Transformers
24 Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights, Continued Dimensions are shown in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Transformer with Fuse Holder and Covers Transformer without Fusing

VA A B C D E F G H J K
Approximate Shipping Wt.
lbs (kg)
Without
Top-Mounted
Fuse Block
2-Pole Primary and
1-Pole Secondary
Top-Mounted Fuse Block
200 4-7/8
(123.95)
4-7/16
(112.78)
3-3/4
(95.25)
4-1/2
(114.30)
7/32
(5.59)
1-1/8
(28.70)
3-3/8
(85.60)
3-29/32
(86.61)
5-21/64
(135.26)
5-11/64
(131.44)
8-2/5
(3.81)
8-7/10
(3.95)
250 4-7/8
(123.95)
4-7/16
(108.20)
3-3/4
(95.25)
4-1/2
(114.30)
7/32
(5.59)
1-1/8
(28.70)
3-7/8
(98.30)
3-29/32
(98.30)
5-21/64
(135.26)
5-11/64
(131.44)
10-2/5
(4.72)
10-4/5
(4.90)
350 4-7/8
(123.95)
4-7/16
(108.20)
3-3/4
(95.25)
4-1/2
(114.30)
7/32
(5.59)
1-1/8
(28.70)
3-7/8
(98.30)
3-29/32
(98.30)
5-21/64
(135.26)
5-11/64
(131.44)
13-2/5
(6.08)
13-4/5
(6.26)
~ Allen-Bradley
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497
Global Control Circuit Transformers
25 Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights, Continued Dimensions are shown in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Transformer without Fusing Transformer with Fuse Holder and Covers

VA A B C D E F G H J K
Approximate Shipping Wt.
lbs (kg)
Without
Top-Mounted
Fuse Block
2-Pole Primary and
1-Pole Secondary
Top-Mounted Fuse Block
500 5-1/4
(133.35)
4-33/64
(114.81)
4-3/8
(111.25)
5-1/4
(133.35)
5/16
(7.87)
45/64
(18.03)
4-17/32
(114.81)
5-1/2
(139.70)
6-3/16
(156.97)
5-15/16
(150.62)
17-3/5
(7.98)
17-19/20
(8.14)
Transformer without Fusing

VA A B C D E F G H
Approximate Shipping Wt.
lbs (kg)
Without
Top-Mounted
Fuse Block
2-Pole Primary and
1-Pole Secondary
Top-Mounted Fuse Block
750 5-3/4
(146.05)
5 (127.51)
4-3/8
(111.25)
5-1/4
(133.35)
5/16
(7.87)
45/64
(18.03)
4-9/16
(114.81)
5-19/32
(137.41)
21-1/2
(9.75) —
800 5-3/4
(146.05)
5 (127.51)
4-3/8
(111.25)
5-1/4
(133.35)
5/16
(7.87)
45/64
(18.03)
4-9/16
(114.81)
5-19/32
(137.41)
21-1/2
(9.75) —
e Allen-Bradley
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497
Global Control Circuit Transformers
26 Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights, Continued Dimensions are shown in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Transformer without Fusing

VA A B C D E F G H
Approximate Shipping Wt.
lbs (kg)
Without
Top-Mounted
Fuse Block
2-Pole Primary and
1-Pole Secondary
Top-Mounted Fuse Block
1000 6-3/8
(161.92)
5-3/8
(136.53)
5-5/16
(134.94)
6-3/8
(161.92)
5/16
(7.87)
45/64
(18.03)
5-33/64
(140.21)
6-1/2
(162.56)
37-1/5
(16.87) —
Transformer without Fusing

VA A B C D E F G H
Approximate Shipping Wt.
lbs (kg)
Without
Top-Mounted
Fuse Block
2-Pole Primary and
1-Pole Secondary
Top-Mounted Fuse Block
1600 8-1/2
(215.90)
7-1/4
(184.15)
5-3/4
(143.76)
6-3/4
(171.45)
7/16
(10.92)
45/64
(18.03)
5-3/4
(146.05)
7-1/16
(168.66)
50-4/5
(23.04) —
e--ll- F
~ Allen-Bradley
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497
Global Control Circuit Transformers
27 Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights, Continued Dimensions are shown in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Transformer without Fusing

VA A B C D E F G H
Approximate Shipping Wt.
lbs (kg)
Without
Top-Mounted
Fuse Block
2-Pole Primary and
1-Pole Secondary
Top-Mounted Fuse Block
2000 9-1/2
(241.30)
8-1/4
(209.55)
5-3/4
(143.76)
6-3/4
(171.45)
7/16
(10.92)
45/64
(18.03)
5-11/64
(149.86)
7-1/16
(172.47)
61 (27.67) —
B
~odJA
JL F
0 □
0 0
e Allen-Bradley
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497
Global Control Circuit Transformers
28 Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights, Continued Dimensions are shown in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Note: Electrical clearance required to top of fuse block. 1-5/16 1-5/8
Cat. No. 1491-R162
Cat. No. 1491-R167
1-5/16 55/64
1-5/8
Cat. No. 1491-R165
27/64
Cat. No. 1491-R171
27/64
Cat. No. 1491-R169
5/16
3-45/64
1-5/16
2-23/64
21/32
(16.67)
21/32
(16.67) 0
Cat. No. 1491-R150
Name- (33.27)
plate 1-- Ref. ----j
3 (76.20)
(10.92)
(41.15)
1--- Ref. ----j
(33.27)
16/93
1---,-+~~+-..-1 4.37) Dia. 3
3 (76.20)
(7.87)
D
2Holes
Ref. (76.20) --+--+-+-
Fuse
Block L
i
(

1..--!------',--'
(10.92)
Two Tabs for Std. 1/4 x 1/31
(6.35 x 0.81) Faston (20 A Max.)
and #10 • 32 Pressure Plate Screws,
Typ. 6 Places
-J 1-- 5/16
(7.92)
I
(33.27)
,____~_ll
I 112
(59.69) -----I /12.70)
/94.23)
[ L - ___]J ~ 1 □[ - ~~ n _____ _
0 ~
-
1491·R15
¢co up
cc =
0 3
(76.20)
Two Tabs for Std.
1/4x 1/3 1
(6.35 x 0.81) Faston
Each End and Binding
Head Screws (10- 32)
Holes for No. 6 Screws
This Clip to be
for Std. Fuse
(Midget) , not
Class CC
(Rejection)
~ Allen-Bradley
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497A
Machine Tool Transformers
29 Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Dimensions are shown in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Transformer with 2 Primary Fuse Blocks
and 0 or 1 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip
(Top View)
Transformer with 0 Primary Fuse Blocks
and 0 or 1 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip
(Top View)
Transformer with 2 Primary Fuse Blocks and 1 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip (Side View)
Transformer without Primary or
Secondary Fuse Block/Clip
(Side View)
Transformer with 0 Primary Fuse Blocks
and 1 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip
(Side View)
VA Cat. No. A B C D E F G H J
Approx.

Shipping
Wt.
lbs (kg)
50 1497A-A1-M6-0-N 3-25/32
(96) 3
(76)
2-23/32
(69)
1-31/32
(50) 2-1/2
(64)
15/32
(12)
1/5
(5)
3-9/64
(80)
4-1/32
(102)
3 (1.4)
1497A-A1-M7-0-N 4-1/32
(102)
2-1/5
(56)1497A-A1-M8-0-N 4 (1.8)
75 1497A-A2-M6-0-N 4-1/32
(102) 3
(76)
2-23/32
(69)
2-27/64
(61) 2-1/2
(64)
15/32
(12)
1/5
(5)
3-9/64
(80)
4-1/32
(102)
4 (1.8)
1497A-A2-M7-0-N 4-17/32
(115)
2-5/8
(67) 5 (2.3)1497A-A2-M8-0-N
100
1497A-A3-M6-0-N 4
(102)
3-3/8
(86)
3-3/64
(77)
2-27/64
(61)
2-13/16
(71) 15/32
(12)
1/5
(5)
3-15/32
(88)
4-23/64
(110) 5 (2.3)
1497A-A3-M7-0-N 4-1/16
(103)
3-3/4
(95)
3-23/64
(85)
2-13/16
(71)
3-5/16
(80)
3-49/64
(96)
4-21/32
(118) 6 (2.7)1497A-A3-M8-0-N
150
1497A-A4-M6-0-N 4-1/16
(103) 3-3/4
(95)
3-23/64
(85)
2-13/16
(71) 3-5/16
(80)
15/32
(12)
1/5
(5)
3-49/64
(96) 4-21/32
(118)
6 (2.7)
1497A-A4-M7-0-N 4-17/32
(115)
3-3/16
(81)
3-25/32
(96) 7 (3.2)1497A-A4-M7-0-N
200
1497A-A5-M6-0-N
4-3/8
(111)
4-1/2
(114)
3-31/32
(101)
2-5/8
(67)
3-3/4
(95)
15/32
(12)
1/5
(5)
4-2/5
(112)
5-9/32
(134) 10 (4.5)1497A-A5-M7-0-N
1497A-A5-M8-0-N
250
1497A-A6-M6-0-N
4-3/8
(111)
4-1/2
(114)
3-31/32
(101)
2-53/64
(72)
3-3/4
(95)
15/32
(12)
1/5
(5)
4-2/5
(112)
5-9/32
(134) 10 (4.5)1497A-A6-M7-0-N
1497A-A6-M8-0-N
300
1497A-A7-M6-0-N
4-3/4
(120)
4-1/2
(114)
3-31/32
(101)
3-3/16
(81)
3-3/4
(95)
15/32
(12)
1/5
(5)
4-2/5
(112)
5-9/32
(134) 12 (5.4)1497A-A7-M7-0-N
1497A-A7-M8-0-N
350
1497A-A8-M6-0-N 4-3/4
(120) 4-1/2
(114)
3-31/32
(101)
3-3/16
(81) 3-3/4
(95)
15/32
(12)
1/5
(5)
4-2/5
(112)
5-9/32
(134)
12 (5.4)
1497A-A8-M7-0-N 4-63/64
(128)
3-3/4
(95) 14 (6.4)1497A-A8-M8-0-N
500
1497A-A9-M6-0-N
6-7/64
(155)
5-1/4
(133)
4-5/8
(118)
3-7/8
(98)
4-3/8
(111)
1-1/16
(27)
5/16
(8) — 5-15/16
(151)
19 (8.6)1497A-A9-M7-0-N
1497A-A9-M8-0-N 18 (8.2)

L '------'
f) Allen-Bradley
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497A
Machine Tool Transformers
30 Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights, Continued VA Cat. No. A B C D E F G H J
Approx.

Shipping
Wt.
lbs (kg)
750
1497A-A10-M6-0-N 7-39/64
(193) 5-1/4
(133)
4-5/8
(118)
5-7/8
(149)
4-3/8
(111)
1-1/16
(27)
5/16
(8) — 5-15/16
(151)
28 (12.7)
1497A-A10-M7-0-N 8-7/64
(206)
32 (14.5)
1497A-A10-M8-0-N 31 (14.1)
1000
1497A-A11-M6-0-N
7-7/64
(181)
6-3/4
(171)
5-55/64
(149)
4-31/32
(126)
6-1/8
(155)
9/10
(23)
5/16
(8) — 7-3/16
(183)
40 (18.1)
1497A-A11-M7-0-N 42 (19.1)
1497A-A11-M8-0-N 41 (18.6)
1500
1497A-A12-M6-0-N
8-7/64
(206)
6-3/4
(171)
5-55/64
(149)
6-1/8
(155)
6-1/8
(155)
7/8
(22)
5/16
(8) — 7-3/16
(183)
53 (24)
1497A-A12-M7-0-N 55 (24.9)
1497A-A12-M8-0-N 54 (24.5)
2000
1497A-A13-M6-0-N 8-7/64
(206) 6-3/4
(171)
5-55/64
(149)
6-1/8
(155)
6-1/8
(155)
7/8
(22)
5/16
(8) — 7-3/16
(183)
53 (24)
1497A-A13-M7-0-N 9
(229)
61 (27.7)
1497A-A13-M8-0-N 58 (26.3)
3000 1497A-A14-M6-0-N 8
(203)
9 (229)
7-41/64
(194)
5-1/4
(133)
7-1/2
(191)
9/10
(23)
7/16
(11) — 8-61/64
(227) 72 (32.7)
Transformer with 2 Primary Fuse Blocks
and 0 or 1 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip
(Top View)
Transformer with 0 Primary Fuse Blocks
and 0 or 1 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip
(Top View)
Transformer with 2 Primary Fuse Blocks and 1 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip (Side View)
Transformer without Primary or
Secondary Fuse Block/Clip
(Side View)
Transformer with 0 Primary Fuse Blocks
and 1 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip
(Side View)
Dimensions are shown in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

J
L ~
~ Allen-Bradley
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497B
Control Power Transformers
31 Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Dimensions are shown in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Transformer with 2 Primary Fuse Blocks
and 0 or 1 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip
(Top View)
Transformer with 0 Primary Fuse Blocks
and 0 or 1 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip
(Top View)
Transformer with 2 Primary Fuse Blocks and 1 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip (Side View)
Transformer without Primary or
Secondary Fuse Block/Clip
(Side View)
Transformer with 0 Primary Fuse Blocks
and 1 Secondary Fuse Clip
(Side View)
VA Cat. No. A B C D E F G H J
Approx.

Shipping
Wt.
lbs (kg)
50 1497B-A1-M13-0-N
3-25/32
(96)
3 (76)
2-23/32
(69)
1-31/32
(50)
2-1/2
(64)
15/32
(12)
1/5
(5)
3-9/64
(80)
4-1/32
(102) 3 (1.4)1497B-A1-M16-0-N
1497B-A1-M17-0-N
75 1497B-A2-M13-0-N 4-1/32
(102)
3 (76)
2-23/32
(69)
2-27/64
(61)
2-1/2
(64)
15/32
(12)
1/5
(5)
3-9/64
(80)
4-1/32
(102) 4 (1.8)
100
1497B-A3-M11-0-N 4-1/16
(103)
3-3/4
(95)
3-23/64
(85)
2-13/32
(61)
3-1/8
(80)
15/32
(12)
1/5
(5)
3-49/64
(96)
4-21/32
(118)
5 (2.3)
1497B-A3-M12-0-N
4 (102)
3-3/8
(86)
3-3/64
(77)
2-27/64
(61)
2-13/16
(71)
3-15/32
(88)
4-23/64
(110)
1497B-A3-M13-0-N
1497B-A3-M16-0-N
1497B-A3-M17-0-N
150
1497B-A4-M13-0-N
4-1/16
(103)
3-3/4
(95)
3-23/64
(85)
2-13/16
(71)
3-5/16
(80)
15/32
(12)
1/5
(5)
3-49/64
(96)
4-21/32
(118) 6 (2.7)1497B-A4-M16-0-N
1497B-A4-M17-0-N
200
1497B-A5-M11-0-N
4-3/8
(111)
4-1/2
(114)
3-31/32
(101)
2-5/8
(67)
3-3/4
(95)
15/32
(12)
1/5
(5)
4-2/5
(112)
5-9/32
(134) 10 (4.5)1497B-A5-M12-0-N
1497B-A5-M13-0-N
250
1497B-A6-M13-0-N
4-3/8
(111)
4-1/2
(114)
3-31/32
(101)
2-53/64
(72)
3-3/4
(95)
15/32
(12)
1/5
(5)
4-2/5
(112)
5-9/32
(134) 10 (4.5)1497B-A6-M16-0-N
1497B-A6-M17-0-N
300
1497B-A7-M11-0-N
4-3/4
(120)
4-1/2
(114)
3-31/32
(101)
3-3/16
(81)
3-3/4
(95)
15/32
(12)
1/5
(5)
4-2/5
(112)
5-9/32
(134) 12 (5.4)1497B-A7-M12-0-N
1497B-A7-M13-0-N
500
1497B-A9-M11-0-N
6-7/64
(155)
5-1/4
(133)
4-5/8
(118)
3-7/8
(98)
4-3/8
(111)
1-1/16
(27)
5/16
(8) — 5-15/16
(151) 18 (8.2)
1497B-A9-M12-0-N
1497B-A9-M14-0-N
1497B-A9-M15-0-N
L~
f) Allen-Bradley
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497B
Control Power Transformers
32 Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights, Continued Transformer with 2 Primary Fuse Blocks
and 0 or 1 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip
(Top View)
Transformer with 0 Primary Fuse Blocks
and 0 or 1 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip
(Top View)
Transformer with 2 Primary Fuse Blocks and 1 Secondary Fuse Block/Clip (Side View)
Transformer without Primary or
Secondary Fuse Block/Clip
(Side View)
Transformer with 0 Primary Fuse Blocks
and 1 Secondary Fuse Clip
(Side View)
Dimensions are shown in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

VA Cat. No. A B C D E F G H J
Approx.

Shipping
Wt.
lbs (kg)
750
1497B-A10-M12-0-N
7-39/64
(193)
5-1/4
(133)
4-5/8
(118)
5-7/8
(149)
4-3/8
(111)
1-1/16
(27)
5/16
(8) — 5-15/16
(151) 28 (12.7)1497B-A10-M14-0-N
1497B-A10-M15-0-N
1000
1497B-A11-M11-0-N
7-7/64
(181)
6-3/4
(171)
5-55/64
(149)
4-31/32
(126)
6-1/8
(155)
9/10
(23)
5/16
(8) — 7-3/16
(183)
40 (18.1)1497B-A11-M12-0-N
1497B-A11-M14-0-N
1497B-A11-M15-0-N 41 (18.6)
1500 1497B-A12-M14-0-N 8-7/64
(206)
6-3/4
(171)
5-55/64
(149)
6-1/8
(155)
6-1/8
(155)
7/8
(22)
5/16
(8) — 7-3/16
(183) 53 (24)1497B-A12-M15-0-N
2000
1497B-A13-M11-0-N 8-7/64
(206)
6-3/4
(171)
5-55/64
(149)
6-1/8
(155)
6-1/8
(155)
7/8
(22)
5/16
(8) — 7-3/16
(183)
61 (27.7)
1497B-A13-M12-0-N
53 (24)1497B-A13-M14-0-N 9
(229)
1497B-A13-M15-0-N 8-7/64
(206)
3000
1497B-A14-M11-0-N
8-9/16
(217)
9 (229)
7-41/64
(194)
5-13/16
(148)
7-1/2
(191)
9/10
(23)
7/16
(11) — 8-61/64
(227) 78 (35.4)
1497B-A14-M12-0-N
1497B-A14-M14-0-N
1497B-A14-M15-0-N
J
L ~
~ Allen-Bradley
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497D
General Purpose Transformers
33 Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Dimensions are shown in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. k V A ABCDEFGHJKLM
Approximate
Shipping Wt.
lbs (kg)
Copper

0.05 3-31/32
(101)
3-9/16
(90)
6-23/64
(162)
7-17/64
(185)
1-1/2
(38)
2-61/64
(75)
8-29/32
(226)
4 (102)
1-47/64
(44)
1-49/64
(45)
1-2/3
(42)
1-3/8
(35)
8 (4)

0.1 3-31/32
(101)
3-9/16
(90)
6-23/64
(162)
7-17/64
(185)
1-1/2
(38)
2-61/64
(75)
8-29/32
(226)
4 (102)
1-47/64
(44)
1-49/64
(45)
1-2/3
(42)
1-3/8
(35)
8 (4)

0.15 3-31/32
(101)
3-9/16
(90)
6-23/64
(162)
7-17/64
(185)
1-1/2
(38)
2-61/64
(75)
8-29/32
(226)
4 (102)
1-47/64
(44)
1-49/64
(45)
1-2/3
(42)
1-3/8
(35)
8 (4)
k V A ABCDEFGHJKLM
Approximate
Shipping Wt.
lbs (kg)
Copper

0.25 4-39/64
(117)
10-3/8
(264)
6-5/16
(160)
7-1/4
(184)
1-3/8
(35)
2-11/64
(57)
8-31/32
(228)
4-1/16
(103)
15/16
(24)
2-9/16
(65)
2-33/64
(64)
1-53/64
(46)
15 (6)

0.5 4-39/64
(117)
4-23/64
(111)
6-5/16
(160)
7-1/4
(184)
1-3/8
(35)
2-11/64
(57)
8-31/32
(228)
4-29/32
(125)
1-3/8
(35)
3 (76)
3-3/8
(86)
1-53/64
(46)
16 (7)
~ Allen-Bradley
-
. 625 (16 ) •.
2 TOTAL
.312 (8) DIA .
3 TOTAL
N. P. l
I ~
1----A-
. 625 (16) R.
2 TOTAL
I
N. P.

A
C
.312 (8) DIA .
3 TOTAL
1/2. 3/4 KO
(6) TOTAL
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497D
General Purpose Transformers
34 Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights, Continued Dimensions are shown in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. k V A ABCDEFGHJKLMNP
Approximate
Shipping Wt.
lbs (kg)
Copper

0.75 5-47/64
(146)
5-15/64
(133)
8-5/8
(219)
9-35/64
(243)
1-5/8
(41)
2-47/64
(69)
11-9/32
(287)
5-3/4
(146)
1-1/2
(38)
3-3/4
(95)
4-1/4
(108)
1-3/8
(35)
1-53/64
(46)
7/8
(22)
24 (11)
1 5-47/64
(146)
5-15/64
(133)
8-5/8
(219)
9-35/64
(243)
1-5/8
(41)
2-47/64
(69)
11-9/32
(287)
5-3/4
(146)
1-1/2
(38)
3-3/4
(95)
4-1/4
(108)
1-3/8
(35)
1-53/64
(46)
7/8
(22)
36 (16)

1.5 6-1/10
(155)
6 (152)
10-3/4
(273)
11-
49/64
(299)
1-3/4
(44)
3 (76)
13-
13/32
(341)
6-33/64
(166)
1-7/8
(48)
4-1/8
(105)
4-53/64
(122)
1-3/8
(35)
1-53/64
(46)
1 (25)
50 (23)
2 6-1/10
(155)
6 (152)
10-3/4
(273)
11-
49/64
(299)
1-3/4
(44)
3 (76)
13-
13/32
(341)
6-33/64
(166)
1-7/8
(48)
4-1/8
(105)
4-53/64
(122)
1-3/8
(35)
1-53/64
(46)
1 (25)
50 (23)
k V A ABCDEFGHJKLMNR
Approximate
Shipping Wt.
lbs (kg)
Aluminum
3 14-1/4
(362)
7-11/16
(195)
8 (203)
7-15/16
(202)
4-1/6
(103)
11-1/16
(281)
1-5/8
(41)
13 (330)
5/8
(18)
2-1/4
(57)
1-3/4
(44)
1/2, 3/4
(13, 19)
2-1/2
(64)
3-21/64
(84)
65 (30)
[±]
J_
A
3/4, 1-1/4 KO
(2) TOTAL
1/2, 3/4 KO
(6) TOTAL
B
.22(6) R .
. 62
( 16 0•)
~ Allen-Bradley
-
Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs
Bulletin 1497D
General Purpose Transformers
35 Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights, Continued Dimensions are shown in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. k V A ABCDEFGHJKLMNPQR
Approximate
Shipping Wt.
lbs (kg)
Aluminum
5 16
(406)
10-3/8
(264)
9-
57/64
(249)
9-4/5
(249)
5-1/6
(129)
12-
53/64
(326)
1-5/8
(41)
14-3/4
(375)
5/8
(18)
3 (76)
1-7/8
(48)
3/4, 1-
1/4
(19,
32)
2-1/2
(64)
3-
15/32
(88)
—
3-
39/64
(92)
113
(51)

7.5 16
(406)
10-3/8
(264)
9-
57/64
(249)
9-4/5
(249)
5-1/6
(129)
12-
53/64
(326)
1-5/8
(41)
14-3/4
(375)
5/8
(18)
3 (76)
1-7/8
(48)
3/4, 1-
1/4
(19,
32)
2-1/2
(64)
3-
15/32
(88)
—
3-
39/64
(92)
123
(56)
10 19
(483)
13-3/8
(340)
10-
33/64
(267)
10-
15/32
(266)
5-7/6
(138)
15-
53/64
(402)
1-5/8
(41)
17-3/4
(451)
5/8
(18)
3-3/8
(86)
1-7/8
(48)
3/4, 1-
1/4
(19,
32)
2-1/2
(64)
3-
15/32
(88)
1, 1-
1/2
(25,
38)
3-3/4
(95)
193
(88)
15 19
(483)
13-3/8
(340)
10-
33/64
(267)
10-
15/32
(266)
5-7/6
(138)
15-
53/64
(402)
1-5/8
(41)
17-3/4
(451)
5/8
(18)
3-3/8
(86)
1-7/8
(48)
3/4, 1-
1/4
(19,
32)
2-1/2
(64)
3-
15/32
(88)
1, 1-
1/2
(25,
38)
3-3/4
(95)
216
(98)
kVA A B C D E F G H J K L M N O P
Approximate
Shipping Wt.
lbs (kg)
Aluminum
25 31-1/4
(793)
22-
19/32
(574)

17.5 (445)
20-
29/32
(531)
12 (305)
2-17/32
(64)
3-17/64
(83)
7/8
(22)
2-7/8
(49)
10-
15/16
(277)
8-5/16
(211)
7-5/32
(182)
12-3/4
(324)
2-13/16
(71)
2-1/4
(57)
212
(96)
dJ
~
I
I
I
TYP.
f) Allen-Bradley

SEE VIEW A
.56 (1') DIA.

MOUNTING HOLE
4 TOTAL
.22(6) R.
·" (16)
l j
.28 X .40 SLOT
(7 X 10)
~'JI 2 TOTAL
. J.22(6)R.
~It)
c1li~~ 1
fill'LA
I
t
Publication 1497-SG001B-EN-P — December 2006
Copyright ©2006 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Printed in USA. www.rockwellautomation.com
Power, Control and Information Solutions Headquarters
Americas: Rockwell Automation, 1201 South Second Street, Milwaukee, WI 53204-2496 USA, Tel: (1) 414.382.2000, Fax: (1) 414.382.4444 Europe/Middle East/ Africa: Rockwell Automation , Vorstlaan/Boulevard du Souverain 36, 1170 Brussels, Belgium, Tel: (32) 2 663 0600, Fax; (32) 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific: Rockwell Automation , Level 14, Core F, Cyberport 3, 100 Cyberport Road, Hong Kong, Tel: (852) 2887 4788, Fax: (852) 2508 1846 Soft Starters
Technical Data
SMC-3, SMC Flex, and SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Bulletin 150
Additional Resources
These documents contain additional information concerning related products from Rockwell Automation.

Y ou can view or download publications at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/literature-library/overview.page. T o order paper copies of technical documentation, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative.

Topic Page Topic Page
Overview 2 SMC-50 Controllers, continued
SMC Controllers 2 Product Selection—SMC-50 Solid-state Controller 62 Control Mode Overview 3 Typical Wiring Diagrams 72
SMC-3 Controllers 7 Specifications 75
Catalog Number Explanation 7 Approximate Dimensions 90
Product Selection 8 Accessories 102
Typical Wiring Diagrams 16 Application Profiles 109
Specifications 18 Reduced Voltage Starting 110
Overload Trip Curves 23 Solid-state Starters with SCRs 111 Starts per Hour Curves 23 Industry Applications Matrix 113 Approximate Dimensions 25 Fans 116
Accessories 26 Pumps 120
SMC Flex Controllers 29 Conveyors 126
Catalog Number Explanation 29 Centrifuge 130
Product Selection 30 Shock Loads 132
Typical Wiring Diagrams 39 High-inertia Loads 135
Specifications 40 Smart Motor Braking 140
Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights 47 Compressor 146 Accessories 55 Tumbler 147
SMC-50 Controllers 57 Slow Speed 150
Catalog Number Explanation 57 Resistive Loads 152
Product Selection— SMC-50 Controller with Internal Bypass 58 Sizing and Selection Tools 158 Resource Description
SMC-50 User Manual, publication 150-UM011 Provides complete user information for SMC-50 controllers.

SMC Flex User Manual, publication 150-UM008 Provides complete user information for SMC Flex controllers.

SMC-3 Installation Instructions, publication 150-IN004 Provides installation instructions for SMC-3 controllers.

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, publication 1770-4.1 Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system.

Product Certifications website, http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/ certification/overview.page Provides declarations of conformity, certificates, and other certification details. ■
G Allen-Bradley
Rockwell
~ Allen-Bradley • Rockwell Software Automation
2 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-3, SMC Flex, and SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Overview
Rockwell Automation offers a wide array of starting solutions that range from electromechanical to solid-state. Products that use these methods include across-the-line starters, Smart Motor Controllers (SMC™s), and variable frequency drives.

SMC Controllers
Allen-Bradley SMC controllers are micro-processor based soft starters that are designed to maximize the efficiency of motor starts and stops. SMC controllers are designed to operate 3-phase motors. They feature built-in overload protection and use six silicon- controlled rectifiers (SCRs) (two per phase) to vary the conduction period and control the voltage (and thus, the torque) to the motor during starting, running, and stopping.

Once the motor has been started and is up to speed, full input voltage is applied to the motor. At this point, units with internal bypass power structures bridge the SCRs with their integral bypass contacts, which are rated for AC1 current levels. Bridging the SCR minimizes heat and allows a smaller product for space-conscious applications. In solid-state power structures, the SCRs are always in the circuit switching current. This allows increased robustness for harsher environments (such as shock-type loads) and more aggressive duty cycles.

Allen-Bradley SMCs are ideal for a wide range of applications. The product family consists of three major offerings.

SMC-3
Compact design provides true three-phase control, increased intelligence and unmatched performance. Motor and system diagnostics and an electronic overload with adjustable trip class reduce downtime and protect valuable assets. • Compact footprint
• Easy and secure setup
• Integrated bypass
• Five start/stop modes
SMC Flex
Modular design features advanced intelligence, performance, and diagnostics; communications flexibility; removable control module, power modules, and fan assembly in a cost-effective package for your demanding production applications. • Modular for simplified installation and maintenance
• Built-in LCD and keypad or personal computer (PC) software setup • Integrated bypass
• Nine start/stop modes and three slow-speed modes
• Full metering and diagnostics
SMC-50
Designed for customer flexibility – advanced monitoring and protection, superior communications capabilities, and energy saver mode help increase efficiency and reduce downtime.
• Application scalability
– Normal and heavy-duty ratings
– Expandable I/O and sensor capability
– Network integration capabilities
• LCD or personal computer PC software setup
• Integrated bypass or solid-state power structures available • External bypass optional
• Seventeen start/stop modes and three slow-speed modes Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 3 SMC-3, SMC Flex, and SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Control Mode Overview
Allen-Bradley SMC controllers have multiple control modes available to control standard 3-phase induction motors, depending upon the product selected. For a full description of the control modes available for each product type, consult the appropriate product user manual.

Control Mode Description Diagram Available With
Soft Start Output voltage is ramped from user-adjustable initial torque setting out to user selectable start time.

SMC-3
SMC Flex
SMC-50
Kickstart User-selectable voltage boost at startup to break away loads
SMC-3
SMC Flex
SMC-50
Current Limit User-adjustable current limit start by maintaining a constant current to the motor.

SMC-3
SMC Flex
SMC-50
Pump Control Used to reduce fluid surges during starting and/or stopping of a pump.

SMC Flex
SMC-50
Sensorless Linear Speed
Acceleration and
Deceleration
Motor acceleration and deceleration are kept at a
constant rate during starting and/or stopping. Presents the least amount of stress on mechanical components.

SMC-50
Torque Control
Provides a torque ramp from user-selectable initial torque setting to user-selectable maximum torque setting over
the defined ramp time.

SMC-50
Dual Ramp Start
Ability to select between two start profiles with
separately adjustable ramp times and initial torque
levels.

SMC Flex
SMC-50
Current Limit
Time (seconds)
Ramp Time
Start Run
% Voltage
Initial
Torque
100%
% Voltage
Initial
Torque
100%
Kickstart
Time
Time (seconds)
Start Run
Kickstart
Level
Soft Stop
Soft Stop
Coast-to-Rest
% Full Load Current
50%
600%
Current Limit
Time (seconds)Start
100%
Time (seconds)
Run
Motor Speed
Pump Start
Ramp Time
Pump Stop
Stop Time
% Speed Ramp Time
100%
Current Limit
Time (seconds)
Start Run Stop
Stop Time
Linear
Acceleration
Linear
Deceleration
Current Limit
Time (seconds)
Start Run Soft Stop
Ramp Time
Torque
Ramp
Max. Motor Torque
% Rated Motor Torque
100%
Starting
Torque
% Voltage
Time (seconds)
Current Limit 2
Current Limit 1100%
Initial
Torque 2
Initial
Torque 1
Ramp Time 2
Ramp Time 1
Start 1 Run 1Start 2 Run 2
V
I/ I~
V
~
--------- --+
4 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-3, SMC Flex, and SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Full Voltage Start Full-voltage start in which the SMC performs like a solid- state contactor.

SMC Flex
SMC-50
Preset Slow Speed
Used on applications that require slow speed moves for
positioning, alignment, or maintenance. Both forward
and reverse motion are possible at user selectable speeds.

SMC Flex
SMC-50
Coast Voltage is removed and the motor coasts to rest.

SMC-3
SMC Flex
SMC-50
Soft Stop Output voltage is ramped down from full voltage to zero voltage according to a user selectable ramp time.

SMC-3
SMC Flex
SMC-50
Smart Motor Braking
(SMB™)
Provides motor braking for Braking applications that
require stopping faster than a coast-to-rest.

SMC Flex
SMC-50
Slow Speed with
Braking
Combines slow-speed operation with smart motor
braking. Used in positioning or alignment.

SMC Flex
SMC-50
Accu-Stop™ Used for applications that require position stopping.

Combines SMB and slow speed.

SMC Flex
SMC-50
(1)
Resistor Loads Can directly control 3-phase resistive loads by using phase angle control that is based on a reference value. This mode is typically used for resistive heating applications.

Solid-state
SMC-50
(1) Accu-Stop is not included as a parameter/function for the SM C-50 controller. However, the Accu-Stop function can be accomplished with the Stop Option and Slow Speed with Braking functions.

Control Mode Description Diagram Available With
Time (seconds)
% Voltage
100%Motor Speed
100%
Time (seconds)
Start Run
Forward
Reverse
% Voltage
100%
Time (seconds)
Stop Time
Run Soft Stop
Coast-to-Rest
% Voltage
100%
Time (seconds)
Stop Time
Run Soft Stop
Motor Speed
Automatic Zero-
speed Shutoff
100%
Time (seconds)
Start Run Brake
Smart Motor Braking
Coast-to-Rest
Stop Time
Motor Speed
100%
Time (seconds)
Slow
Speed
Run
Braking
Coast-to-Rest
StopStart
Motor Speed
100%
Time (seconds)
Slow
Speed
Run
Braking
Coast-to-Rest
BrakeStart
Slow Speed
Slow Speed
Braking
-
I~ /
t:7'· ~ -
~ ---
---+
~ ---
---+
v1 ~·· ...
+- ___,. _ -- _,
t \0\,,
•- ➔ - --- ~ •- ~
LL ~
+- ~ ~ ---+
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 5 SMC-3, SMC Flex, and SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Controller Features(1)
(1) S = Standard Feature; O = Optional Feature
SMC™-3 SMC™ Flex SMC™-50 Controller
Solid-state with Internal Bypass
200…690V; 200…690V; 200…690V; 200…690V
1…480 A 1…1250 A 90…520 A 108…480 A
Soft Start S S S S
Linear Acceleration/Deceleration — S S S
Torque Control — — S S
Kickstart S S S S
Pump Control — O S S
Current Limit S S S S
Dual Ramp Start — S S S
Full Voltage — S S S
Energy Saver — — S S
Phase Rebalance — — S —
Soft Stop S S S S
Preset Slow Speed — S(2)
(2) Limited slow speed capability
S(3)
(3) Advanced slow speed capability
S(3)
Dual Slow Speed Commands — — S S
SMB™ Smart Motor Braking — O S S
Accu-Stop™ — O S(4)
(4) Accu-Stop is not included as a parameter/function for the SMC-50 controller. However, the Accu-Stop function can be accompli shed with the Stop Option and Slow Speed with Braking functions.

S(4)
Slow Speed with Braking — O S S
Integrated Bypass Contactor (SMC-50 firmware rev. 5.XXX and higher) S S —(5) (5) You can add an external bypass contactor as an option.

S
Integrated Motor Overload Protection S S S S
DPI™ Communication — S S S
Metering — S S S
Real Time Clock — — S S
Energy Saver Mode — — S —
Motor Winding Heater Function —
(6)
(6) Option using a Bulletin 1410 motor winding heater
SS
Resistive Load Control (Firmware rev. 5.XXX and higher, solid-state devices only.) — — S — Diagnostic Faults and Alarms — S S S
Parameter Configuration/Programming Tools — S O O
Human Interface Module (HIM) —O O O
Parameter Configuration Module —— O O
DriveExplorer™ and DriveExecutive™ —O O O
Configuration Software: Connected Components Workbench —O O O Network Communications — O O O
Inside-the-Delta Functionality S S S S
Individual Bit Enable of Faults and Alarms — — S S
Automatic Tuning of Motor Parameters — — S S
Digital I/O Expansion Module(7)
(7) With removable terminal block.
—— O O
Analog I/O Expansion Module(7) —— O O
Ground Fault/CT/PTC Module(7) —— O O
DeviceLogix™ (Firmware rev. 4.XXX and higher.) — — S S
l
::. : .. 1
'!..• .. •,
I
l
I
I
l l
6 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-3, SMC Flex, and SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Notes:

Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 7 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
SMC-3 Controllers
The compact design of the SMC-3 controller provides three-phase control, increased intelligence, and unmatched performance in a cost-effective package with overload protection, integrated bypass, and motor system diagnostics. DIP switches and a rotary dia l make secure setup easy. This controller features an electronic overload with adjustable trip class.

Modes of operation include the following:

Catalog Number Explanation
Examples that are given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use ProposalW orks to configure the SMC- Flex controller. ProposalW orks is available from http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/e-tools/overview.page. • Soft Start
• Current Limit Start
• Selectable Kickstart
• Coast-to-rest
• Soft Stop
150 – C 30 N B D
ab c d e f
ab cd
Bulletin Number Controller Type Ampere Ratings Enclosure Type Code Description Code Description Code Description Code Description 150 Solid-state Controller CS MC-3 33 A NO pen
99 A
16 16 A
19 19 A
25 25 A
30 30 A
37 37 A
43 43 A
60 60 A
85 85 A
108 108 A
135 135 A
201 201 A
251 251 A
317 317 A
361 361 A
480 480 A
ef
Input Line Voltage Control Voltage
Code Description Code Description
B 200…460V AC, 3-Phase, 50/60 Hz D 100…240V AC
C 200…600V AC, 3-Phase, 50/60 Hz R 24V AC/DC
- -----
I I 111-----------r--1 - 1------------r- I I
8 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Product Selection
For use with Line-connected Motors
• NOTE: See and use the SMC Estimation Wizard and SMC Thermal Estimation Wizard to confirm that the SMC controller selection meets the application requirements. See Sizing and Selection Tools for more information. For additional assistance, visit ab.rockwellautomation.com or contact Industrial Controls Technical Support by email at [email protected] or by phone at 440-646-5800.

Table 1 - 200/208V AC SMC-3 Controllers for Use with Line-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Open Type Cat. No. 200/208
1…3 — 0.5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C3NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C3NBR
3…9 — 0.75…2 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C9NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C9NBR

5.3…16 — 1.5…3 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C16NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C16NBR

6.3…19 — 1.5…3 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C19NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C19NBR

9.2…25 — 3…7.5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C25NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C25NBR
10…30 — 3…7.5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C30NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C30NBR

12.3…37 — 5…10 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C37NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C37NBR

14.3…43 — 5…10 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C43NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C43NBR
20…60 — 7.5…15 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C60NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C60NBR

28.3…85 — 10…25 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C85NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C85NBR
27…108 — 20…30 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C108NBD
— 24V AC/DC (2)
(2) Separate 120V or 240V single phas e is required for fan operation. 150-C108NBR
34…135 — 25…40 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C135NBD
— 24V AC/DC (2) 150-C135NBR
67…201 — 40…60 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C201NBD
— 24V AC/DC (2) 150-C201NBR
84…251 — 50…75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C251NBD
— 24V AC/DC (2) 150-C251NBR
106…317 — 60…100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C317NBD
— 24V AC/DC (2) 150-C317NBR
120…361 — 75…125 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C361NBD
— 24V AC/DC (2) 150-C361NBR
160…480 — 100…150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C480NBD
— 24V AC/DC (2) 150-C480NBR
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 9 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 2 - 230V AC SMC-3 Controllers for Use with Line-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Open Type Cat. No. 230
1…3 0.55 0.5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C3NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C3NBR
3…9 2.2 0.75…2 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C9NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C9NBR

5.3…16 4 1.5…5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C16NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C16NBR

6.3…19 4 2…5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C19NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C19NBR

9.2…25 5.5 3…7.5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C25NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C25NBR
10…30 7.5 5…10 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C30NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C30NBR

12.3…37 7.5 5…10 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C37NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C37NBR

14.3…43 11 5…15 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C43NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C43NBR
20…60 15 7.5…20 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C60NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C60NBR

28.3…85 22 15…30 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C85NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C85NBR
27…108 30 20…40 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C108NBD
24V AC/DC(2)
(2) Separate 120V or 240V single phas e is required for fan operation. 150-C108NBR
34…135 37 25…50 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C135NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C135NBR
67…201 55 40…75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C201NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C201NBR
84…251 75 50…100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C251NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C251NBR
106…317 90 60…125 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C317NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C317NBR
120…361 110 75…150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C361NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C361NBR
160…480 132 100…200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C480NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C480NBR
10 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 3 - 380/400/415/460V AC SMC-3 Controllers for Use with Line-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Open Type Cat. No. 380/400/415 (kW)
460 (Hp)
1…3 1.1 0.5…1.5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C3NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C3NBR
3…9 4 1.5…5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C9NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C9NBR

5.3…16 7.5 5…10 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C16NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C16NBR

6.3…19 7.5 5…10 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C19NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C19NBR

9.2…25 11 7.5…15 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C25NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C25NBR
10…30 15 7.5…20 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C30NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C30NBR

12.3…37 18.5 10…25 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C37NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C37NBR

14.3…43 22 10…30 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C43NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C43NBR
20…60 30 15…40 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C60NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C60NBR

28.3…85 45 25…60 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C85NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C85NBR
27…108 55 50…75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C108NBD
24V AC/DC(2)
(2) Separate 120V or 240V single phas e is required for fan operation. 150-C108NBR
34…135 75 60…100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C135NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C135NBR
67…201 95…110 75…150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C201NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C201NBR
84…251 95…132 100…200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C251NBD 24V AC/DC(2) 150-C251NBR
106…317 95…160 125…250 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C317NBD 24V AC/DC(2) 150-C317NBR
120…361 110…200 250…300 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C361NBD 24V AC/DC(2) 150-C361NBR
160…480 160…250 300…400 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C480NBD 24V AC/DC(2) 150-C480NBR
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 11 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 4 - 500/575V AC SMC-3 Controllers for Use with Line-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Open Type Cat. No. 500 (kW)
575 (Hp)
1…3 1.5 0.75…2 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C3NCD
24V AC/DC 150-C3NCR
3…9 5.5 3…7.5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C9NCD
24V AC/DC 150-C9NCR

5.3…16 7.5 5…10 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C16NCD
24V AC/DC 150-C16NCR

6.3…19 11 7.5…15 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C19NCD
24V AC/DC 150-C19NCR

9.2…25 15 7.5…20 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C25NCD
24V AC/DC 150-C25NCR
10…30 18.5 10…25 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C30NCD
24V AC/DC 150-C30NCR

12.3…37 22 15…30 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C37NCD
24V AC/DC 150-C37NCR

14.3…43 22 15…40 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C43NCD
24V AC/DC 150-C43NCR
20…60 37 20…50 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C60NCD
24V AC/DC 150-C60NCR

28.3…85 55 30…75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C85NCD
24V AC/DC 150-C85NCR
27…108 75 60…100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C108NCD
24V AC/DC(2)
(2) Separate 120V or 240V single phas e is required for fan operation. 150-C108NCR
34…135 90 75…125 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C135NCD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C135NCR
67…201 75…132 100…200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C201NCD 24V AC/DC(2) 150-C201NCR
84…251 90…160 125…250 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C251NCD 24V AC/DC(2) 150-C251NCR
106…317 100…200 200…300 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C317NCD 24V AC/DC(2) 150-C317NCR
120…361 132…250 200…350 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C361NCD 24V AC/DC(2) 150-C361NCR
160…480 200…315 250…500 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C480NCD 24V AC/DC(2) 150-C480NCR
12 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
For use with Delta-connected Motors
• NOTE: See and use the SMC Estimation Wizard and SMC Thermal Estimation Wizard to confirm that the SMC controller selection meets the application requirements. See Sizing and Selection Tools for more information. For additional assistance, visit ab.rockwellautomation.com or contact Industrial Controls Technical Support by email at [email protected] or by phone at 440-646-5800.

Table 5 - 200/208V AC SMC-3 Controllers for Use with Delta-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Open Type Cat. No. 200/208

1.7…5.1 — 1 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C3NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C3NBR

5.1…16 — 1.5…3 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C9NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C9NBR

9.1…27.6 — 3…7.5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C16NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C16NBR

10.9…32.8 — 3…10 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C19NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C19NBR

14.3…43 — 3…10 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C25NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C25NBR

17.3…52 — 5…10 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C30NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C30NBR
21…64 — 7.5…20 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C37NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C37NBR
25…74 — 7.5…20 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C43NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C43NBR

34.6…104 — 15…30 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C60NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C60NBR
50…147 — 15…40 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C85NBD
— 24V AC/DC 150-C85NBR
47…187 — 20…60 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C108NBD
— 24V AC/DC (2)
(2) Separate 120V or 240V single phas e is required for fan operation. 150-C108NBR
59…234 — 20…75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C135NBD
— 24V AC/DC (2) 150-C135NBR
116…348 — 75…100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C201NBD
— 24V AC/DC (2) 150-C201NBR
145…435 — 100…150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C251NBD
— 24V AC/DC (2) 150-C251NBR
183…549 — 100…200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C317NBD
— 24V AC/DC (2) 150-C317NBR
208…625 — 125…200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C361NBD
— 24V AC/DC (2) 150-C361NBR
277…831 — 200…300 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C480NBD
— 24V AC/DC (2) 150-C480NBR
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 13 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 6 - 230V AC SMC-3 Controllers for Use with Delta-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Open Type Cat. No. 230

1.7…5.1 0.25…1.1 1 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C3NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C3NBR

5.1…16 1.1…4 1…5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C9NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C9NBR

9.1…27.6 2.2…7.5 3…7.5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C16NBD 24V AC/DC 150-C16NBR

10.9…32.8 2.2…7.5 3…10 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C19NBD 24V AC/DC 150-C19NBR

14.3…43 4…11 3…15 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C25NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C25NBR

17.3…52 4…15 5…15 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C30NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C30NBR
21…64 5.5…18.5 7.5…20 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C37NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C37NBR
25…74 5.5…22 7.5…25 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C43NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C43NBR

34.6…104 7.5…30 15…40 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C60NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C60NBR
50…147 15…45 20…50 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C85NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C85NBR
47…187 55 20…60 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C108NBD
24V AC/DC(2)
(2) Separate 120V or 240V single phas e is required for fan operation. 150-C108NBR
59…234 75 25…75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C135NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C135NBR
116…348 110 75…125 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C201NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C201NBR
145…435 132 100…150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C251NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C251NBR
183…549 160 125…200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C317NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C317NBR
208…625 200 150…250 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C361NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C361NBR
277…831 250 200…300 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C480NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C480NBR
14 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 7 - 380/400/415/460V AC SMC-3 Controllers for Use with Delta-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Open Type Cat. No. 380/400/415 (kW)
460 (Hp)

1.7…5.1 0.55…2.2 0.5…2 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C3NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C3NBR

5.1…16 2.2…7.5 2…7.5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C9NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C9NBR

9.1…27.6 4…11 5…15 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C16NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C16NBR

10.9…32.8 4…15 5…15 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C19NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C19NBR

14.3…43 5.5…22 7.5…20 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C25NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C25NBR

17.3…52 7.5…22 7.5…30 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C30NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C30NBR
21…64 7.5…30 10…40 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C37NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C37NBR
25…74 11…37 10…50 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C43NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C43NBR

34.6…104 15…55 20…75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C60NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C60NBR
50…147 22…75 25…100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C85NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C85NBR
47…187 90 40…150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C108NBD
24V AC/DC(2)
(2) Separate 120V or 240V single phas e is required for fan operation. 150-C108NBR
59…234 132 50…150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C135NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C135NBR
116…348 160 150…250 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C201NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C201NBR
145…435 250 200…350 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C251NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C251NBR
183…549 315 250…450 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C317NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C317NBR
208…625 355 300…500 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C361NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C361NBR
277…831 450 350…700 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C480NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C480NBR
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 15 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 8 - 500/575V AC SMC-3 Controllers for Use with Delta-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Open Type Cat. No. 500 (kW)
575 (Hp)

1.7…5.1 0.75…3 1…3 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C3NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C3NBR

5.1…16 3…7.5 3…10 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C9NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C9NBR

9.1…27.6 5.5…15 7.5…20 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C16NBD 24V AC/DC 150-C16NBR

10.9…32.8 5.5…22 7.5…30 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C19NBD 24V AC/DC 150-C19NBR

14.3…43 7.5…22 10…40 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C25NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C25NBR

17.3…52 11…30 15…50 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C30NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C30NBR
21…64 11…37 15…60 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C37NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C37NBR
25…74 15…45 20…60 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C43NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C43NBR

34.6…104 22…55 30…100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C60NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C60NBR
50…147 30…90 40…150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C85NBD
24V AC/DC 150-C85NBR
47…187 132 50…150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C108NBD
24V AC/DC(2)
(2) Separate 120V or 240V single phas e is required for fan operation. 150-C108NBR
59…234 160 60…200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C135NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C135NBR
116…348 250 250…300 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C201NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C201NBR
145…435 315 250…400 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C251NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C251NBR
183…549 400 300…500 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C317NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C317NBR
208…625 450 350…600 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C361NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C361NBR
277…831 560 400…900 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-C480NBD
24V AC/DC(2) 150-C480NBR
16 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Typical Wiring Diagrams
Figure 1 - Two-wire Configuration
(1) Customer supplied.

Figure 2 - Three-wire Configuration
(1) Customer supplied.

SMC-3 Control Terminals
E-Stop
H4
H2
H1
H3
X1 X2
Trans.

Ground
A2 A1 IN1 IN2
OVLD/Fault AUX #1
97 98 13 14
-TC
-SB
Two-Wire
Device
SMC-3
(Power
Connections)
IEC
SMC-3 (Power Connections)
SMC-3 Control Terminals
L3/5
T1/2 L1/1
T2/4
T3/6
L2/3
H4
H2
H1
H3
X1 X2
Trans. GroundE-Stop
Two-wire
Device
NEMA
(1)
(1)
SMC-3
controller SMC-3
controller

IEC NEMA
SMC-3 Control Terminals
E-Stop
H4
H2
H1
H3
X1 X2
Trans.

Ground
A2 A1 IN1 IN2
OVLD/Fault AUX #1
97 98 13 14
-TC
-SB1
SMC-3
(Power
Connections)
Stop Option
-SB2
Start
-SB3
(1)
(1)
SMC-3
controller
SMC-3
controller
- ., .,
-M
-M
r
I
I
E-
-d---------7
L ---J L---J :

I I
L-----------------~
r
I
I
E-
I I
L-----------------~
-----------7
IN1 IN2 t: J98 t J14 I
OVLO/F"AULT AUX #1 I
r A1
I
I
A2
I I L _________________ J
,-,
1 .... I-----
_J
I
---l
L _ _J
SMC-3
(PO'ttER CONNECTIONS)
-----------7 ~ A1 A2 IN1 IN2 t:J98 tJ14 I
I OVLO/F"AULT AUX #1 I
I SMC-3 CONlROL lERMINALS I L _________________ J
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 17 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 3 - Isolation Contactor Configuration
(1) Customer supplied.

Figure 4 - Reversing Configuration
• Note: Minimum off time = 1 second
(1) Customer supplied.

IEC NEMA
SMC-3 Control Terminals
H4
H2
H1
H3
X1 X2
Trans.

Ground
A2 A1 IN1 IN2
OVLD/Fault AUX #1
97 98 13 14
-TC
-SB1
E-Stop
-KM
SMC-3
(Power
Connections)
-SB3
Start
-SB2
Stop Option
-KM
Motor
L3/5
T1/2L1/1
T2/4
T3/6
L2/3
SMC-3
(Power connections)
SMC-3 Control Terminals
E-Stop H4
H2
H1
H3
X1 X2
Trans. Ground
A2 A1 IN1 IN2
OVLD/Fault AUX #1
97 98 13 14
IC
IC
Stop Option Start
(1)
(1)
SMC-3
controller
SMC-3
controller

IEC NEMA
SMC-3 Control Terminals
H4
H2
H1
H3
X1 X2
Trans.

Ground
A2 A1 IN1 IN2
OVLD/Fault AUX #1
97 98 13 14
SMC-3
(Power
Connections)
-TC
-KM2-KM1
-SB
E-Stop
-KM2-KM1
-KM2 -KM1 -KM2 -KM1
-SA

FOR REV
OFF
M
3~-M
Motor
L3/5
T1/2 L1/1
T2/4
T3/6
L2/3
SMC-3
(Power connections)
SMC-3 Control Terminals
E-Stop H4
H2
H1
H3
X1 X2
Trans. Ground
A2 A1 IN1 IN2
OVLD/Fault AUX #1
97 98 13 14
F
F
R
R
F
R

FOR REV
OFF
F
R
(1)
(1)
SMC-3
controller
SMC-3
controller
rl_l_J1
I I
L -- J
r
I
I
I
E-
E-
E-
LJ
- 7
I
I
I L _________________ J
E-
r - - -----------1
I O LJ LJ1
I I
I I L ________________ J
r -------- 7
: LJ :

I I
L------------------~
r-7
-, t---------0----l
_J
I
----l
L _ _J
__________.....~-+---------N-------i
I _LI
r - --- -----------7
: LJ LJ:

I I
L------------------~
18 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Specifications
Table 11 - Standards Compliance and Certifications
Table 9 - Standard Features
Attribute Description
Selectable Start Times 2, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 s
Selectable Initial Torque 15%, 25%, 35%, and 65% of locked rotor torque Selectable Current Limit 150%, 250%, 350%, and 450% of full load current Selectable Kick Start — 450% FLA 0, 0.5, 1.0, or 1.5 s
Selectable Soft Stop Off, 100%, 200%, or 300% of the start time setting when wired Selectable Overload Trip Class Trip Class 10, 15, or 20 Table 10 - Power Circuit Ratings
Attribute UL/CSA/NEMA IEC
Rated Operation Voltage 200…480V AC (-15%, +10%)
200…600V AC(-15%, +10%)
200…480V AC — 400V AC
500V AC — 500V AC
Rated Insulation Voltage 600V AC 500V AC
Dielectric Withstand 2200V AC 2500V AC
Repetitive Peak 200…480V AC: 1400V
200…600V AC: 1600V
200…480V AC: 1400V
500V AC: 1600V
Operating Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Utilization Category
1…37 A — AC-53b: 3.5-15:3585
43…60 A — AC-53b: 4.5-30:1770
85 A — AC-53b: 4.5-30:3570
108 A — AC-53b: 4.5-30:1770
135 A — AC-53b: 3.5-30: 1770
201…251 A — AC-53b: 3.5-30: 1770
317…480 A — AC-53b: 3.5-30: 1770
Number of Poles Equipment is designed for 3-phase only
Rated Impulse Voltage 6 kV
DV/DT Protection 1000V/s
Overvoltage Category III
Standards Compliance Certifications
UL 508 c-UL-us Listed (Open Type) (File No. E96956, Guides NMFT , NMFT7) CSA C22.2 No.14 CSA Certified (File No. LR 1234)
EN/IEC 60947-1 CE Marked (Open T ype) per EMC and Low Voltage Directive EN/IEC 60947-4-2 CCC Certified
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 19 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 12 - Short-circuit Protection Ratings
Attribute Description
SCPD Performance Ty p e 1(1)
(1) T ype 1 performance/protection indicates that, under a short-ci rcuit condition, the fused or circuit breaker-protected starter shall cause no danger to persons or installation but may not be suitable for further service without repair or replacement.

Non-Time Delay Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker High Capacity Time Delay Class CC/J/L SCPD List(2)
(2) Consult local codes for proper si zing of short-circuit protection.

Max. Standard Available Fault Max. Standard Fuse
[A](3)
(3) Non-time delay fuses (K5).

Max. Standard Available Fault Max. Circuit Breaker
[A] Max. High Fault Max. Fuse [A]
Line Device Operational
Current Rating [A]
3 5 kA 12 5 kA 15 65 kA 6
9 5 kA 30 5 kA 30 65 kA 15
16 5 kA 60 5 kA 60 65 kA 30
19 5 kA 70 5 kA 70 65 kA 40
25 5 kA 100 5 kA 100 70 kA 50
30 10 kA 110 10 kA 110 70 kA 60
37 10 kA 125 10 kA 125 70 kA 60
43 10 kA 150 10 kA 150 70 kA 90
60 10 kA 225 10 kA 225 70 kA 125
85 10 kA 300 10 kA 300 70 kA 175
108 10 kA 400 10 kA 300 70 kA 200
135 10 kA 500 10 kA 400 70 kA 250
201 18 kA 600 18 kA 600 70 kA 350
251 18 kA 700 18 kA 700 70 kA 400
317 30 kA 800 30 kA 800 69 kA 500
361 30 kA 1000 30 kA 1000 69 kA 600
480 42 kA 1200 42 kA 1200 69 kA 800
Delta Device Operational
Current Rating [A]

5.1 5 kA 15 5 kA 15 65 kA 10
16 5 kA 60 5 kA 60 65 kA 30

27.6 5 kA 70 5 kA 70 65 kA 60

32.8 5 kA 125 5 kA 125 65 kA 70
43 5 kA 150 5 kA 150 70 kA 90
52 10 kA 200 10 kA 200 70 kA 100
64 10 kA 250 10 kA 250 70 kA 100
74 10 kA 250 10 kA 250 70 kA 150
104 10 kA 400 10 kA 300 70 kA 225
147 10 kA 400 10 kA 400 70 kA 300
187 10 kA 600 10 kA 500 70 kA 400
234 10 kA 700 10 kA 700 70 kA 400
348 18 kA 1000 18 kA 1000 70 kA 600
435 18 kA 1200 18 kA 1200 69 kA 800
549 30 kA 1600 30 kA 1600 69 kA 1000
625 30 kA 1600 30 kA 1600 69 kA 1200
831 42 kA 1600 30 kA 1600 69 kA 1600
831 42 kA 1600 42 kA 1200 69 kA 1600
20 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Electrical Ratings
Table 13 - Control Circuits

UL/CSA/NEMA IEC
Rated Operational Voltage (+10%, –15%) 100…240V AC, 24V AC/DC 100…240V AC, 24V AC/DC Rated Insulation Voltage 250V 250V AC
Rated Impulse Voltage 2.5 kV 4 kV
Dielectric Withstand 1500V AC 2000V AC
Overvoltage Category II III(1)
(1) Overvoltage category II, when either control or auxiliary circuit is wired to a SELV or PELV circuit.

Operating Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Input on-state voltage minimum, during start (IN1, IN2) 85V AC, 19.2V DC / 19.2V AC Input on-state current (IN1, IN2) 9.8 mA @120V AC/19.6 mA @ 240V AC, 7.3 mA @ 24V AC/DC Input off-state voltage maximum (IN1, IN2) 40V AC, 17V DC / 12V AC Input off-state current @ input off-state voltage (IN1, IN2) <10 mA, <12 mA Table 14 - Control Power During Start

UL/CSA/NEMA IEC
With Fan
3…37 A 215 mA @ 120V AC / 180 mA @ 240V AC, 800 mA @ 24V DC / 660 mA @ 24V AC 43…85 A 200 mA @ 120V AC / 100 mA @ 240V AC, 700 mA @ 24V AC/DC Fan Power Control Power
108…135 A 20VA
200 mA @ 120V AC / 120 mA @ 240V AC, 600 mA @ 24V AC/DC201…251 A 40VA 317…480 A 60VA
Without Fan 3…37 A 205 mA @ 120V AC / 145 mA @ 240V AC, 705 mA @ 24V DC / 580 mA @ 24V AC Table 15 - Steady-state Heat Dissipation and Overload Current Range Controller Rating [A] Steady State Heat Dissipation [W] Overload Current Range [A] 31 11 …3
91 23 …9
16 14 5.3…16
19 15 6.3…19
25 17 8.3…25
30 19 10…30
37 24 12.3…37
43 34 14.3…43
60 50 20…60
85 82 28.3…85
108 62 27…108
135 75 34…135
201 129 67…201
251 147 84…251
317 174 106…317
361 194 120…361
480 239 160…480
I
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 21 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 16 - Environmental Ratings
Attribute Rating
Operating Temperature Range -5…+50 °C (23…122 °F) (open) -5…+40 °C (23…104 °F) (enclosed)
Storage and Transportation Temperature Range -25…+85 °C (-13…+185 °F) Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Humidity 5…95% (noncondensing)
Pollution Degree 2
Type of Protection IP2X
Table 17 - Mechanical Ratings
Attribute Rating
Resistance to Vibration Operational 1.0 G Peak, 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) displacement Non-Operational 2.5 G Peak, 0.38 mm (0.015 in.) displacement Resistance to Shock Operational 15 G
Non-Operational 30 G
Line Power Terminals
Cable Size
Tightening Torque
3…37 A 2.5…25 mm2 (14…4 AWG); 2.3…3.4 N•m (30 in•lbs)
if 1 25 mm2 (4 AWG) wire in top terminal, 4.0 N•m (35 lb•in.) 43…85 A 2.5…95 mm2 (14…3/0 AWG)

11.3…12.4 N•m (100…110 in•lbs)
Power Pole Holes
108…135 A One M10 x 1.5 diameter hole per power pole
201…251 A T wo M10 x 1.5 diameter holes per power pole
317…480 A Two M12 x 1.75 diameter holes per power pole
Load Power Terminals
Cable Size
Tightening Torque
3…37 A 2.5…16 mm2 (14…6 AWG)

2.3…2.5 N•m (20…22.5 in•lbs)
43…85 A 2.5…50 mm2 (14…1 AWG)

11.3…12.4 N•m (100…110 in•lbs)
Power Pole Holes
108…135 A One M10 x 1.5 diameter hole per power pole
201…251 A T wo M10 x 1.5 diameter holes per power pole
317…480 A Two M12 x 1.75 diameter holes per power pole
Control Terminals Cable Size Tightening Torque All 0.2…2.5 mm2 (24…14 AWG)

0.45…0.9 N•m (4.0…8.0 in•lbs)
Table 18 - Other Ratings

UL/CSA/NEMA IEC
EMC Emission Levels Conducted Radio Frequency Emissions — Class A Radiated Emissions — Class A
EMC Immunity Levels
Electrostatic Discharge 4 kV Contact and 8 kV Air Discharge 8 kV Air Discharge Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Field — Per EN/IEC 60947-4-2 Fast Transient — Per EN/IEC 60947-4-2
Surge Transient — Per EN/IEC 60947-4-2
22 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 19 - Auxiliary Contacts

UL/CSA/NEMA IEC
Rated Operational Voltage 250V AC/30V DC 250V AC/30V DC Rated Insulation Voltage 250V 250V AC
Rated Impulse Voltage 2.5 kV 4 kV
Dielectric Withstand 1500V AC 2000V AC
Overvoltage Category II III(1)
(1) Overvoltage category II, when either control or auxiliary circuit is wired to a SELV or PELV circuit.

Operating Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Utilization Category D300/D300 AC-15/DC
TB-97, -98
(OVLD/Fault)
Type of Control Circuit Electromagnetic relay
Number of Contacts 1
Type of Contacts Normally Open (N.O.)
Type of Current AC/DC
Rated Operational Current (max.) 0.6 A @ 120V AC and 0.3 A @ 240V AC Conventional Thermal Current Ith 1 A
Make/Break VA 432/72
TB-13, -14 Aux 1
(Normal/Up-to-Speed)
Type of Control Circuit
Electromagnetic relay
Number of Contacts 1
Type of Contacts Normally Open (N.O.)
Type of Current AC/DC
Rated Operational Current (max.) 0.6 A @ 120V AC and 0.3 A @ 240V AC Conventional Thermal Current Ith 1 A
Make/Break VA 432/72
Table 20 - Side-mount Auxiliary Contacts

Operating Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
TB-23, -24
(Normal/Up-to-Speed)
TB-33, -34
(Normal/Up-to-Speed)
Utilization Category
C300/R150 AC-15/DC-13
Type of Control Circuit Electromagnetic relay
Number of Contacts 1
Type of Contacts Normally Open (N.O.)
Type of Current AC/DC
Rated Operational Current (max.) 1.5 A @ 120V AC, 0.75 A @ 240V AC, 1.17 A @ 24V DC Conventional Thermal Current Ith 2.5 A
Make/Break VA 1800/180V AC, 28V DC (resistive)
TB-11, -12
(Normal/Up-to-Speed)
Type of Control Circuit
B300/R300 AC-15/DC-13
Type of Control Circuit Electromagnetic relay
Number of Contacts 1
Type of Contacts Normally Closed (N.C.)
Type of Current AC/DC
Rated Operational Current (max.) 3 A @ 120V AC, 1.5 A @ 240V AC, 1.17 A @ 24V DC Conventional Thermal Current Ith 5 A
Make/Break VA 3600/360VA, 28VA (DC resistive)
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 23 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Overload Trip Curves
Figure 5 - SMC-3 Overload Trip curves—Trip Class 10, 15, and 20 Starts per Hour Curves
Figure 6 - SMC-3 Starts per hour (3…37 A) 40 °C, 100% Duty Cycle, 10 s, 350% Figure 7 - SMC-3 Starts per hour (43…85 A) 40 °C, 100% Duty Cycle, 20 s, 350% 1 10
100
1000
1000%
1 10
100
1000
1000%
1 10
100
1000
1000%
Trip Class 10 Trip Class 15 Trip Class 20
Cold Trip
Hot Trip
Time (seconds)
Current, Multiples of FLA
Cold Trip
Hot Trip
Current, Multiples of FLA
Cold Trip
Hot Trip
Current, Multiples of FLA
Time (seconds)
Time (seconds)
60 50
40 30
20 10
0 0
51 0 15 20 3025 35 40
140
120
100
80 60
40 0
0 51 0 15 20 3025 35 40
20 No Fan With Standard Fan
Current [A]
Starts/Hour
Current [A]
Starts/Hour
150-C3, -C9
150-C16, -C19
150-C25, -C30, -37
200
180
160
140
120
100
0 0 20 40 60 80
80 60
40 20
90 With Standard Fan
Current [A]
Starts/Hour
150-C43
150-C60
150-C85
.
" I\
I\
, \
\ \
'
' ' ' '-
\
'\
~
'\
\. \
. ' . \ . ' '
\ .. . '
' '
\ '
~/ .
.
..
. ' . _\."'
" I"\ 1'
' ...

I'-.
" "'- -...
................
...........
. ,,
I \
I \
\ \
\ \
. ' ' ' ' ' ' ' '
'
' .
'
. .
' I '\
\ '\
\ \.
\
"'
.
~
' '
,._-
' ' ' '- ' '
"
~ I'\.
~.
" ' 'l'\. .
", ['\.

Ii'-..
'\ r--.,...
1 ...
~
' " . . ·,
'
24 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 8 - SMC-3 Starts per hour (108…135 A) 40 °C, 100% Duty Cycle, 20 s, 350% Figure 9 - SMC-3 Starts per hour (201…480 A) 40 °C, 100% Duty Cycle, 20 s, 350% 200
180
160
140
120
100
0 0 10 20 30 40 60 50 70 80
80 60
40 20
90 100 120110 130 140 150
With Standard Fan
Current [A]
Starts/Hour 150-C108
150-F135
315
265
215
165
15 60 160 360260
115
65 460
With Standard Fan
Current [A]
Starts/Hour
150-C201, -C251
150-C317, -C361
150-C480
--1\
\\
_1\
~\
' ~
'.,
' ' --..........._
... ---..........................
------------------------
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 25 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes. All dimensions are subject to change.

Figure 10 - Open Type Controllers
Figure 11 - Minimum Enclosure Size
Controller
Rating [A] ABCDE FG Mounting
Hole Size Weight kg (lbs)
1…37(1)
(1) Optional fan does not increase dimension B.

44.8 (1-49/64) 139.7 (5-1/2) 110 (4-21/64) 35 (1-3/8) 132 (5-13/64) 46.4 (1.81) 2 (1/16) 4.6 (0.18) 0.86 (1.9) 43…85(2)
(2) Fan is standard.
72 (2.83) 206 (8.11) 130 (5.12) 55 (2.17) 198 (7.8) 102 (4.02) 2 (1/16) 5.3 (0.21) 2.25 (5.0) 108…135(2) 196.4 (7.74) 443.7 (17.47) 205.2 (8.08) 166.6 (6.56) 367 (14.45) — — 7.5 (0.295) 15 (33) 201…251(2) 225 (8.86) 560 (22.05) 265.3 (10.45) 150 (5.91) 504.1 (19.85) — — 11.5 (0.45) 30.4 (67) 317…480(2) 290 (11.42) 600 (23.62) 298 (11.73) 200 (7.87) 539.2 (21.23) — — 11.5 (0.45) 45.8 (101) Controller Rating [A] B Height A Width C Depth Fan Requirements 1…37 305 (12) 224 (9) 152 (6) none
43…85 406 (16) 305 (12) 203 (8) none
108…135 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12) none
201…251 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14) none
317…480 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14) none
CG
E
D
A
B
F
A
B
C
I ~ I 0 1-0
_j_
c:::J
0 0
If){ )I H n
-0
I 7 :filr" II@@®~ -
- -I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I - -

I I I I -

I I I I - -

I I I I I I I I -
-r► I I+~
1 l_L__ _J I -
- -
-
-
-
- -
-

I I I I -
26 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Accessories
Auxiliary Contact Blocks
Fans
Connecting Modules
Protective Modules
Do not place protective modules on the load side of a device when using an inside-the-delta connection.

IEC Line or Load Terminal Covers
Description N.O. N.C. Connection Diagram Cat. No.

Auxiliary Contact Blocks for side mounting with sequence terminal designations
• 1- and 2-pole
• Quick and easy mounting without tools
• One block per device only
10 150-CA10
20 150-CA20
01 150-CA01
11 150-CA11 (Form C)
Description For Use With Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Fan
• Field installed
Optional 150-C3…37
1 150-CF64
Replacement
150-C43…85 150-CF147
150-C108, 150-C135 41391-801-03
150-C201, 150-C251 41391-801-01
150-C317…C480 41391-801-02
Description For Use With Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Connecting modules to 140-M
• Electrical interconnection between SMC-3 and 140-M.
• Motor protector and SMC-3 must be mounted separately.

Connects 140-M-C to 150-C3…25 1
150-CC25
Connects 140-M-D to 150-C3…25 1 150-CD25
Connects 140-M-F to 150-C3…37 1 150-CF45
Connecting modules to 100-C
• Electrical interconnection between SMC-3 and 100-C.
• Contactor and SMC-3 must be mounted separately.

Connects 100-C09…23 to 150-C3…19 1 150-CI23
Connects 100-C30…37 to 150-C3…37 1 150-CI37
Description For Use With Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.
480V Protective Module
150-C3…37NB 1 150-C84
150-C43…85NB 1 150-C84P
150-C108…480NB (line and/or load) 1 150-F84L
600V Protective Module
150-C3…37NC 1 150-C86
150-C43…85NC (line and/or load) 1 150-C86P
150-C108…480NC (line and/or load) 1 150-F86L
Description(1)
(1) 3…85 A units have terminal guards as standard . No additional terminal guards are required.

Current Range [A] Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.
• Dead front protection
• IP2X finger safe when used with 250 MCM cable
108…135 1 150-TC1
201…251 1 150-TC2
• Dead front protection
• IP2X finger safe when used with 500 MCM cable 317…480 1 150-TC3 23 23 33 11 23 11
I
.l
I I
.. ~ .. -~ ( -ff
24 24 34 12 24 12
-CAlO -CA20 -CAOl -(All
-----. .. ---- ----~ . ~ . .... --h
f~ r-v, (, ( , (,(,

I II I I II I I II I
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 27 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Terminal Lug Kits
Marking T ags and Covers
Remote Reset Solenoid
Voltage Suffix Codes
• Available Coil V oltages: 12…600V 50 Hz/12…600V 60 Hz • Standard Coil V oltages:
• Surcharge for special voltages up to 20 pcs. (no surcharge for quantities greater than 20 pcs.) Current Range [A](1)
(1) 3…85 A units have box lugs standard . No additional lugs are required.

Wire Size Range Total No. of Terminal Lugs Possible Each Side Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.Line Side Load Side 108…135(2)
(2) When a multi-conductor lug is required, refer to the inst allation instructions for appropriate lug catalog number. #6…250 MCM AWG
16 mm2…120 mm2
33 3 199-LF1201…251(2) 66 3
317…480(2) #4…500 MCM AWG
25 mm2…240 mm2 66 3 199-LG1
Description For Use With Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Marking Tag Sheet
• 160 perforated paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm, to be used with a transparent cover 150-C, 150-D
10 100-FMP
Transparent Cover
• To be used with marking tag sheets 100
100-FMC
Description For Use With Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Remote Reset Solenoid
• for remote reset of electronic overload 193-T all, 150-C 1 193-ER1
Voltage 24 48 110 115 120 220 240
50 Hz J — D — — A —
60 Hz J — — — D — A
DC Z24 Z48 — Z01 — — —
- l'I
-
I I I

I I I I I I I
28 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-3 Smart Motor Controllers
Notes:

Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 29 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
SMC Flex Controllers
The SMC Flex controller is modular so that it can help simplify installation and commissioning. A built-in LCD display, keypad, and flexible communications provide optimized configuration, advanced performance, diagnostics, and protection. Three-phase control, electronic overload, and integrated bypass along with removable control module, power modules, and fan assembly are combined in a cost-effective package for your demanding applications.

Modes of operation include the following:

Catalog Number Explanation
Examples that are given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use ProposalW orks to configure the SMC Flex controller. ProposalW orks is available from http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/e-tools/overview.page. • Soft Start • Full Voltage Start
• Current Limit Start • Dual Ramp Start
• Selectable Kickstart • Pump Start
• Coast-to-rest • Preset Slow Speed
• Soft Stop • Pump Stop
• Smart Motor Braking
• Accu-Stop
• Slow Speed with Braking
• Linear Speed Acceleration (T achometer required)
150 – F135 N B D B
ab c d e f
ab cd
Bulletin Number Controller Rating En closure Type Input Line Voltage Code Description Code Description Code Description Code Description 150 Solid-state Controller F5 5 A, 3 Hp @ 460V AC NO pen B 200…460V AC, 3-Phase, 50 and 60 Hz F25 25 A, 15 Hp @ 460V AC C 200…575V AC, 3-Phase, 50 and 60 Hz F43 43 A, 30 Hp @ 460V AC
Z
230…690V AC, 3-Phase, 50 and 60 Hz
(Open only, 108 A and above)
(690V AC line connected only)
F60 60 A, 40 Hp @ 460V AC
F85 85 A, 60 Hp @ 460V AC
F108 108 A, 75 Hp @ 460V AC
F135 135 A, 100 Hp @ 460V AC
F201 201 A, 150 Hp @ 460V AC
F251 251 A, 200 Hp @ 460V AC
F317 317 A, 250 Hp @ 460V AC
F361 361 A, 300 Hp @ 460V AC
F480 480 A, 400 Hp @ 460V AC
F625 625 A, 500 Hp @ 460V AC
F780 780 A, 600 Hp @ 460V AC
F970 970 A, 800 Hp @ 460V AC
F1250 1250 A, 1000 Hp @ 460V AC
ef
Control Voltage Options - Select only one
Code Description Code Description
D 100…240V AC (5…480 A units) Blank Standard
R 24V AC/DC (5…480 A units) BP ump Control
E 110/120V AC (625…1250 A units) DB r a k i n g C o n t r o l A 230/240V AC (625…1250 A units)
- -----
I I
1------------r---------l I I I f----------,----
30 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Product Selection
For use with Line-connected Motors
• NOTE: See and use the SMC Estimation Wizard and SMC Thermal Estimation Wizard to confirm that the SMC controller selection meets the application requirements. See Sizing and Selection Tools for more information. For additional assistance, visit ab.rockwellautomation.com or contact Industrial Controls Technical Support by email at [email protected] or by phone at 440-646-5800.

Table 21 - 200/208V AC SMC Flex Controllers for Use with Line-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within spec ified current range for unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be given when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC Flex controller in the Full Voltage starting mode. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power (2)
(2) For controllers with 24V AC/DC control power, separate 120V or 240V single-phase power supply is required for fan operation.

Open Type Cat. No.(3)
(3) Devices rated 108 A and greater are not equipp ed with line and load terminal lugs. See page 55 for terminal lug kits. 200/208
1…5 — 1 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F5NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F5NBR

5...25 — 5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F25NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F25NBR

8.6...43 — 10 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F43NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F43NBR

12...60 — 15 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F60NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F60NBR

17...85 — 25 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F85NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F85NBR
27…108 — 30 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F108NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F108NBR
34…135 — 40 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F135NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F135NBR
67…201 — 60 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F201NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F201NBR
84…251 — 75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F251NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F251NBR
106…317 — 100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F317NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F317NBR
120…361 — 125 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F361NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F361NBR
160…480 — 150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F480NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F480NBR
208…625 — 200 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NBA
260…780 — 250 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NBA
323…970 — 350 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NBA
416…1250 — 400 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NBA
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 31 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Table 22 - 230V AC SMC Flex Controllers for Use with Line-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within spec ified current range for unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be given when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC Flex controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power (2)
(2) For controllers with 24V AC/DC control power, separate 120V or 240V single-phase power supply is required for fan operation.

Open Type Cat. No.(3)
(3) Devices rated 108 A and greater are not equipp ed with line and load terminal lugs. See page 55 for terminal lug kits. 230
1…5 1.1 1 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F5NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F5NBR

5...25 5.5 7.5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F25NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F25NBR

8.6...43 11 15 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F43NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F43NBR

12...60 15 20 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F60NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F60NBR

17...85 22 30 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F85NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F85NBR
27…108 30 40 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F108NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F108NBR
34…135 37 50 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F135NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F135NBR
67…201 55 75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F201NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F201NBR
84…251 75 100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F251NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F251NBR
106…317 90 125 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F317NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F317NBR
120…361 110 150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F361NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F361NBR
160…480 132 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F480NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F480NBR
208…625 200 250 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NBA
260…780 250 300 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NBA
323…970 315 400 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NBA
416…1250 400 500 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NBA
32 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Table 23 - 400/415/460V AC SMC Flex Controllers for Use with Line-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within spec ified current range for unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be given when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC Flex controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power (2)
(2) For controllers with 24V AC/DC control power, separate 120V or 240V single-phase power supply is required for fan operation.

Open Type Cat. No.(3)
(3) Devices rated 108 A and greater are not equipp ed with line and load terminal lugs. See page 55 for terminal lug kits. 400/415 (kW)
460 (Hp)
1…5 2.2 3 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F5NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F5NBR

5...25 11 15 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F25NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F25NBR

8.6...43 22 30 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F43NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F43NBR

12...60 30 40 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F60NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F60NBR

17...85 45 60 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F85NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F85NBR
27…108 55 75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F108NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F108NBR
34…135 75 100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F135NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F135NBR
67…201 110 150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F201NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F201NBR
84…251 132 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F251NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F251NBR
106…317 160 250 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F317NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F317NBR
120…361 200 300 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F361NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F361NBR
160…480 250 400 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F480NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F480NBR
208…625 355 500 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NBA
260…780 450 600 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NBA
323…970 560 800 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NBA
416…1250 710 1000 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NBA
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 33 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Table 24 - 500/575V AC SMC Flex Controllers for Use with Line-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within sp ecified current range for unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be given when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC Flex controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power (2)
(2) For controllers with 24V AC/DC control power, separate 120V or 240V single-phase power supply is required for fan operation.

Open Type Cat. No.(3)
(3) Devices rated 108 A and greater are not equipp ed with line and load terminal lugs. See page 55 for terminal lug kits. 500 (kW)
575 (Hp)

1...5 2.2 3 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F5NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F5NCR

5...25 15 20 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F25NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F25NCR

8.6...43 22 40 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F43NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F43NCR

12...60 37 50 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F60NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F60NCR

17...85 55 75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F85NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F85NCR
27…108 75 100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F108NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F108NCR
34…135 90 125 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F135NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F135NCR
67…201 132 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F201NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F201NCR
84…251 160 250 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F251NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F251NCR
106…317 200 300 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F317NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F317NCR
120…361 250 350 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F361NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F361NCR
160…480 315 500 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F480NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F480NCR
208…625 450 600 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NCE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NCA
260…780 560 800 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NCE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NCA
323…970 710 1000 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NCE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NCA
416…1250 900 1300 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NCE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NCA
34 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Table 25 - 690V AC SMC Flex Controllers for Use with Line-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within spec ified current range for unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be given when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC Flex controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Open Type Cat. No.(2) (2) Devices rated 108 A and greater are not equipp ed with line and load terminal lugs. See page 55 for terminal lug kits. 690/Y (kW)(3)
600 (Hp)
(3) T o be used only in a Y-type system.
27…108 90 100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F108NZD
34…135 132 125 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F135NZD
67…201 160 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F201NZD
84…251 200 250 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F251NZD
106…317 315 400 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F317NZD
120…361 355 450 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F361NZD
160…480 450 600 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F480NZD
208…625 630 800 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NZE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NZA
260…780 800 1000 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NZE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NZA
323…970 1000 1300 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NZE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NZA
416…1250 1200 1600 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NZE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NZA
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 35 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
For Use with Delta-connected Motors
• NOTE: See and use the SMC Estimation Wizard and SMC Thermal Estimation Wizard to confirm that the SMC controller selection meets the application requirements. See Sizing and Selection Tools for more information. For additional assistance, visit ab.rockwellautomation.com or contact Industrial Controls Technical Support by email at [email protected] or by phone at 440-646-5800. .

Table 26 - 200/208V AC SMC Flex Controllers for Use with Delta-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within spec ified current range for unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be given when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC Flex controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power (2)
(2) For controllers with 24V AC/DC control power, separate 120V or 240V single-phase power supply is required for fan operation.

Open Type Cat. No.(3)
(3) Devices rated 108 A and greater are not equipp ed with line and load terminal lugs. See page 55 for terminal lug kits. 200/208

1.7…8.7 — 2 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F5NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F5NBR

8.7…43 — 10 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F25NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F25NBR

14.9…74 — 20 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F43NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F43NBR

20.8…104 — 30 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F60NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F60NBR

29.4…147 — 40 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F85NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F85NBR
47…187 — 60 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F108NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F108NBR
59…234 — 75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F135NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F135NBR
116…348 — 100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F201NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F201NBR
145…435 — 150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F251NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F251NBR
183…549 — 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F317NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F317NBR
208…625 — 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F361NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F361NBR
277…831 — 300 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F480NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F480NBR
283…850 — 300 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NBA
300…900 — 300 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NBA
400…1200 — 400 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NBA
533…1600 — 500 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NBA
36 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
.

Table 27 - 230V AC SMC Flex Controllers for Use with Delta-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within spec ified current range for unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be given when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC Flex controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power (2)
(2) For controllers with 24V AC/DC control power, separate 120V or 240V single-phase power supply is required for fan operation.

Open Type Cat. No.(3)
(3) Devices rated 108 A and greater are not equipp ed with line and load terminal lugs. See page 55 for terminal lug kits. 230

1.7…8.7 2.2 2 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F5NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F5NBR

8.7…43 11 15 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F25NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F25NBR

14.9…74 22 25 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F43NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F43NBR

20.8…104 30 40 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F60NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F60NBR

29.4…147 45 50 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F85NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F85NBR
47…187 55 60 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F108NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F108NBR
59…234 75 75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F135NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F135NBR
116…348 110 125 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F201NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F201NBR
145…435 132 150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F251NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F251NBR
183…549 160 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F317NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F317NBR
208…625 200 250 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F361NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F361NBR
277…831 250 350 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F480NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F480NBR
283…850 250 350 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NBA
300…900 250 350 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NBA
400…1200 400 400 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NBA
533…1600 500 600 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NBA
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 37 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Table 28 - 400/415/460V AC SMC Flex Controllers for Use with Delta-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within spec ified current range for unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be given when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC Flex controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power (2)
(2) For controllers with 24V AC/DC control power, separate 120V or 240V single-phase power supply is required for fan operation.

Open Type Cat. No.(3)
(3) Devices rated 108 A and greater are not equipp ed with line and load terminal lugs. See page 55 for terminal lug kits. 400/415 (kW)
460 (Hp)

1.7…8.7 4 5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F5NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F5NBR

8.7…43 22 30 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F25NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F25NBR

14.9…74 37 50 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F43NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F43NBR

20.8…104 55 75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F60NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F60NBR

29.4…147 75 100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F85NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F85NBR
47…187 90 150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F108NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F108NBR
59…234 132 150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F135NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F135NBR
116…348 160 250 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F201NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F201NBR
145…435 250 350 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F251NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F251NBR
183…549 315 450 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F317NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F317NBR
208…625 355 500 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F361NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F361NBR
277…831 450 700 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F480NBD
24V AC/DC 150-F480NBR
283…850 500 700 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NBA
300…900 500 700 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NBA
400…1200 710 1000 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NBA
533…1600 900 1400 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NBE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NBA
38 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Table 29 - 500/575V AC SMC Flex Controllers for Use with Delta-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within spec ified current range for unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be given when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC Flex controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power (2)
(2) For controllers with 24V AC/DC control power, separate 120V or 240V single-phase power supply is required for fan operation.

Open Type Cat. No.(3)
(3) Devices rated 108 A and greater are not equipp ed with line and load terminal lugs. See page 55 for terminal lug kits. 500 (kW)
575 (Hp)

1.7…8.7 5.5 7.5 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F5NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F5NCR

8.7…43 15 40 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F25NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F25NCR

14.9…74 45 60 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F43NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F43NCR

20.8…104 55 100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F60NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F60NCR

29.4…147 90 150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F85NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F85NCR
47…187 132 150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F108NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F108NCR
59…234 160 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F135NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F135NCR
116…348 250 300 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F201NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F201NCR
145…435 315 400 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F251NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F251NCR
183…549 400 500 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F317NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F317NCR
208…625 450 600 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F361NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F361NCR
277…831 560 900 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F480NCD
24V AC/DC 150-F480NCR
283…850 560 900 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NCE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F625NCA
300…900 630 900 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NCE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F780NCA
400…1200 800 1300 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NCE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F970NCA
533…1600 1100 1600 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NCE
230/240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-F1250NCA
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 39 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Typical Wiring Diagrams
Figure 12 - Wiring Diagram for SMC Flex—Line Controller (1) Customer supplied.

Motor
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1) (1)
(1)
(1)
(1) (1)
SMC Flex Controller
Branch Protection Device
3-Phase Input Power
Fan
Stop
Start
Option Input #1
Option Input #2
SMC Flex
Control Terminals Aux #1
Aux #2 Aux #3 Aux #4PTC Input TACH Input Ground
Fault
/
Q...l_Q
Q...l_Q
r
L1/1 T1/2
l.2/3 T214
T3'6
- _J
40 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Specifications
Table 30 - SMC Flex Feature Specifications
Attribute Description
Standard Features
Installation Power Wiring standard squirrel-cage induction motor or a Wye-Delta, six-lead motor Control Wiring 2- and 3-wire control for a wide variety of applications Configuration/Setup
Keypad Front keypad with backlit LCD display. Optional 20-HIM-A module can be connected using the available DPI port.

Software parameter values are downloaded to the SMC Flex controller by using the Connected Components Workbench, DriveTools, and DriveExplorer programming software packages
Communications One DPI provided for connection to optional human interface and one DPI provided for connection to communication modules.

Starting and Stopping Modes
Soft Start
Current Limit Start
Dual Ramp
Full Voltage
Linear Speed Acceleration
Preset Slow Speed
Soft Stop
Protection and Diagnostics Power loss, line fault, voltage unbalance, excessive starts/hour, phase reversal, undervoltage, overvoltage, controller temp, stall, jam, open gate, overload, underload, communication fault.

Metering Amps, volts, kW , kWh, MW , MWH, elapsed time, power factor, motor thermal capacity usage.

Alarm Contact Overload, underload, undervoltage, overvoltage, unbalance, jam, stall, and ground fault Status Indication Stopped, starting, stopping, at speed, alarm, and fault.

Auxiliary Contacts Four fully programmable contacts as normal/up-to-speed/fault/alarm/network (N.O./N.C.), or external bypass (N.O. only).

Optional Features
Pump Control Helps reduce fluid surges in centrifugal pumping systems during starting and stopping period. Starting time is adjustable from 0…30 s.

Stopping time is adjustable from 0…120 s.

Braking Control(1)
(1) Not intended to be used as an emergency stop. See the applicable standards for emergency stop requirements.

SMB Smart Motor
Braking
Provides motor braking without additional equipment for applications that require the motor to stop quickly. Braking current is adjustable from 0…400% of the motor’s full-load current rating.

Accu-Stop
Provides controlled position stopping. During stopping, braking torque is applied to the motor until it reaches preset slow speed (7% or 15% of rated speed) and holds the motor at this speed until a stop command is given. Braking torque is then applied until the motor reaches zero speed.

Braking current is programmable from 0…450% of full-load current.

Slow Speed with
Braking
Used on applications that require slow speed (in the forward direction) for positioning or alignment and also require braking control to stop.

Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 41 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Table 31 - Power and Control Circuit Ratings
Attribute Device Rating UL/CSA/NEMA IEC
Power Circuit
Rated Operation Voltage
480V 200…480V AC (–15%, +10%) 200…415V
600V 200…600V AC (–15%, +10%) 200…500V
690V 230…600V AC (–15%, +10%) 230…690V/Y (–15%, +10%)
Rated Insulation Voltage
480V
—
500V
600V 500V
690V 690V
Rated Impulse Voltage
480V
— 6000V600V
690V
Dielectric Withstand
480V
2200V AC 2500V600V
690V
Repetitive Peak Inverse Voltage
Rating
480V 1400V 1400V
600V 1600V 1600V
690V 1800V 1800V
Operating Frequency All 50/60 Hz
Utilization Category 5…480 A MG 1 AC-53b:3.0-50:1750
625…1250 A MG 1 AC-53b:3.0-50:3550
Protection Against Electrical Shock
5…85 A
—
IP20
108…480 A IP2X (with terminal covers)
625…1250 A IP00 (open device)
DV/DT Protection 480V and 600V RC Snubber Network
690V None
Transient Protection 480V and 600V Metal Oxide Varistors: 220 Joules (optional) 690V None
Control Circuit
Rated Operational Voltage(1)
(1) 690V power is only available with 100…240V control. 5…480 A 100…240V AC or 24V AC/DC
625…1250 A 110/120V AC and 230/240V AC
Rated Insulation Voltage All — 240V
Rated Impulse Voltage All — 3000V
Dielectric Withstand All 1600V AC 2000V
Operating Frequency All 50/60 Hz
Input on-state voltage minimum 85V AC, 19.2V DC / 20.4V AC Input on-state current 20 mA @120V AC / 40 mA @ 240V AC, 7.6 mA @ 24V AC/DC Input off-state voltage maximum 50V AC, 10V DC / 12V AC Input off-state current @ input off-state voltage <10 mA AC, <3 mA DC 42 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Table 32 - Short-circuit Protection Performance, 200…600V, Type 1 Coordination(1)(2) (1) Type 1 performance/protection indicates that, under a short-circuit condition, the fuse- or circuit breaker-protected starte r shall cause no damage to persons or the installation but it may not be suitable for further service without repair or replacement.
(2) For short-circuit current rating (SCCR) information for an en closed panel with external bypass or isolation contactor, see www.rockwellautomation.com/global/support/global-sccr.page.

SCCR List(3)
(3) Consult local codes for proper sizing of short circuit protection.

Device Rating Max. Standard
Available Fault
Max. Standard Fuse
[A](4)
(4) Non-time delay fuses (K5 — 5…480A (8.7…831 A) devices; Class L — 625…1250A (850…1600 A) devices).

Max. Standard Available
Fault
Max. Circuit Breaker
[A] Max. High Fault Max. Fuse [A] (5)
(5) High capacity fault rating when used with time delay class CC, J, or L fuses Line Device
Operational
Current Rating [A]
5 5 kA 20 5 kA 20 70 kA 10
25 5 kA 100 5 kA 100 70 kA 50
43 10 kA 150 10 kA 150 70 kA 90
60 10 kA 225 10 kA 225 70 kA 125
85 10 kA 300 10 kA 300 70 kA 175
108 10 kA 400 10 kA 300 70 kA 200
135 10 kA 500 10 kA 400 70 kA 225
201 18 kA 600 18 kA 600 70 kA 350
251 18 kA 700 18 kA 700 70 kA 400
317 30 kA 800 30 kA 800 69 kA 500
361 30 kA 1000 30 kA 1000 69 kA 600
480 42 kA 1200 42 kA 1200 69 kA 800
625 42 kA 1600 42 kA 1600 74 kA 1600
780 42 kA 1600 42 kA 2000 74 kA 1600
970 85 kA 2500 85 kA 2500 85 kA 2500
1250 85 kA 3000 85 kA 3200 85 kA 3000
Delta Device
Operational
Current Rating [A]

8.7 5 kA 35 5 kA 35 70 kA 17.5
43 5 kA 150 5 kA 150 70 kA 90
74 10 kA 300 10 kA 300 70 kA 150
104 10 kA 400 10 kA 400 70 kA 200
147 10 kA 400 10 kA 400 70 kA 200
187 10 kA 600 10 kA 500 70 kA 300
234 10 kA 700 10 kA 700 70 kA 400
348 18 kA 1000 18 kA 1000 70 kA 600
435 18 kA 1200 18 kA 1200 70 kA 800
549 30 kA 1600 30 kA 1600 69 kA 1000
625 30 kA 1600 30 kA 1600 69 kA 1200
831 42 kA 1600 30 kA 1600 69 kA 1600
831 42 kA 1600 42 kA 1200 69 kA 1600
850 42 kA 1600 42 kA 2000 74 kA 1600
900 42 kA 1600 42 kA 2000 74 kA 1600
1200 85 kA 3000 85 kA 3200 85 kA 3000
1600 85 kA 3000 85 kA 3200 85 kA 3000
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 43 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Table 33 - Short-circuit Protection Performance, 690V, Type 1 Coordination(1) (1) Type 1 performance/protection indicates that, under a short-circuit condition, the fuse- or circuit breaker-protected starte r shall cause no damage to persons or the installation but it may not be suitable for further service without repair or replacement.

SCCR List(2)
(2) Consult local codes for proper sizing of short circuit protection.

Device Rating Max. Standard
Available Fault Max. Ampere Tested — North American Style Max. Ampere Tested — European Style Maximum FLC
108 70 kA A070URD33xxx500 6,9 gRB 73xxx400
6,6URD33xxx500
135 70 kA A070URD33xxx500 6,9 gRB 73xxx400
6,6URD33xxx500
201 70 kA A070URD33xxx700 6,9 gRB 73xxx630
6,6URD33xxx700
251 70 kA A070URD33xxx700 6,9 gRB 73xxx630
6,6URD33xxx700
317 70 kA A070URD33xxx900 6,9 gRB 73xxx800
6,6URD33xxx900
361 70 kA A070URD33xxx900 6,9 gRB 73xxx800
6,6URD33xxx900
480 70 kA A070D33xxx1250
A100URD73xxx1250
9 URD 73xxx1250
6,6URD33xxx1250
625 70 kA A070URD33xxx1400 6,6URD33xxx1400
780 70 kA A070URD33xxx1400 6,6URD33xxx1400
970 85 kA Two fuses in parallel A070URD33xxx1250 Two fuses in parallel 6,6URD33xxx1250 1250 85 kA Two fuses in parallel A070URD33xxx1250 Two fuses in parallel 6,6URD33xxx1250 Table 34 - Power Requirements
Device Rating [A] Control Power Description
Control Module 1…480
100…240V AC (-15%, +10%) Transformer 75 VA
24V AC (-15%, +10%) Transformer 130 VA
24V DC (-15%, +10%)
Inrush Current 5 A
Inrush Time 250 ms
Transient Watts 60 W
Transient Time 500 ms
Steady State Watts 24 W
Minimum Allen-Bradley Power Supply 1606-XLP50E
625…1250 751 VA (recommended 800 VA)
Heatsink Fan(s)(1)
(1) Heatsink fans can be powered by either 110/120V AC or 220/240V AC. 5…135 A, 20 VA
201…251 A, 40 VA
317…480 A, 60 VA
625…1250 A, 150 VA
44 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Table 35 - Steady-state Heat Dissipation
Controller Rating [A] Steady-state Heat Dissipation with Control and Fan Power [W] Controller Rating [A] Steady-state Heat Dissipation with Control and Fan Power [W]
5 70 251 198
25 70 317 225
43 81 361 245
60 97 480 290
85 129 625 446
108 91 780 590
135 104 970 812
201 180 1250 1222
Table 36 - Auxiliary Contact Ratings
Contact Type Attribute Value
Auxiliary Contacts
19/20 (Aux #1)
29/30 (Aux #2)
31/32 (Aux #3)
33/34 (Aux #4)
Type of Control Circuit Electromagnetic relay
Number of Contacts 1
Type of Contacts programmable N.O./N.C.

Type of Current AC
Rated Operational Current 3 A @ 120V AC, 1.5 A @ 240V AC Conventional Thermal Current Ith AC/DC 5 A
Make/Break VA 3600/360
Utilization Category AC-15/DC
Table 37 - Input Ratings
Input Type Attribute Value
PTC Input Ratings
Response Resistance 3400 Ω ±150 Ω
Reset Resistance 1600 Ω ±100 Ω
Short-circuit Trip Resistance 25 Ω ±10 Ω
Max. Voltage at PTC T erminals (RPTC = 4 kΩ) < 7.5V
Max. Voltage at PTC T erminals (RPTC = open) 30V
Max. No. of Sensors. 6
Max. Cold Resistance of PTC Sensor Chain 1500 Ω
Response Time 800 ms
Tach Input 0…5V DC, 4.5V DC = 100% Speed
Table 38 - Environmental Ratings
Attribute Value
Operating Temperature Range -5…+50 °C (23…+122 °F) (open); -5…+40 °C (23…+104 °F) (enclosed) Storage and Transportation Temperature Range -20…+75 °C (-4…167 °F) Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Humidity 5…95% (noncondensing)
Pollution Degree 2
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 45 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Table 39 - Mechanical Ratings
Attribute Device Rating Value
Resistance to Vibration
Operational All 1.0 G Peak, 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) displacement Non-Operational 5…480 A 2.5 G Peak, 0.38 mm (0.015 in.) displacement 625…1250 A 1.0 G Peak, 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) displacement Resistance to Shock
Operational
5…85 A 15 G
108…480 A 5.5 G
625…1250 A 4 G
Non-Operational
5…85 A 30 G
108…480 A 25 G
625…1250 A 12 G
Construction
Power Poles 5…85 A Heatsink thyristor modular design
Power Poles 108…1250 A Heatsink hockey puck thyristor modular design Control Modules Thermoset and Thermoplastic Moldings
Metal Parts Plated Brass, Copper, or Painted Steel
Table 40 - Power and Control Terminals
Attribute Device Rating Value
Line Side Load side
Power Terminals
5…85 A
Cable size — Upper — 2.5…95 mm2 (14…3/0 AWG)
Lower — 0.8…2.5 mm2 (18…14 AWG)
Cable size — Upper — 2.5…50 mm2 (14…1 AWG)
Lower — 0.8…2.5 mm2 (18…14 AWG)
Tightening torque — 14.7 N•m (130 lb.-in.)
Wire strip length—18…20 mm (0.22…0.34 in.)
108…135 A One M10 x 1.5 diameter hole per power pole
201…251 A T wo M10 x 1.5 diameter holes per power pole
317…480 A Two M12 x 1.75 diameter holes per power pole
625…1250 A Two 13.5 mm (0.53 in.) diameter holes per power pole Power Terminal Markings NEMA, CENELEC EN50 012
Control Terminals M3 screw clamp Clamping yoke connection Table 41 - EMC Emission Ratings
Attribute Value
EMC Emission Levels Conducted Radio Frequency Emissions Class A Radiated Emissions Class A
EMC Immunity Levels
Electrostatic Discharge 8 kV Air Discharge
Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Field Per EN/IEC 60947-4-2 Fast Transient Per EN/IEC 60947-4-2
Surge Transient Per EN/IEC 60947-4-2
46 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Standards Compliance and Certifications
Table 42 - Overload Characteristics
Current Range [A] Line-connected Controllers Delta-connected Controllers 5 1...5 1.7…9
25 5...25 8.6…43
43 8.6...43 14.8…75
60 12...60 20.8…104
85 17...85 29.4…147
108 27…108 47…187
135 34…135 59…234
201 67…201 116…348
251 84…251 145…435
317 106…317 183…549
361 120…361 208…625
480 160…480 277…831
625 208…625 283…850
780 260…780 300…900
970 323…970 400…1200
1250 416…1250 533…1600
Trip Classes 10, 15, 20, and 30
Trip Current Rating 117% of Motor FLC
Number of Poles 3
Standards Compliance Certifications
UL 508 c-UL-us Listed (Open Type) (File No. E96956, Guides NMFT , NMFT7) CSA C22.2 No.14 CSA Certified (File No. LR 1234)
EN/IEC 60947-1 CE Marked
EN/IEC 60947-4-2 CCC Certified
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 47 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Open Controllers
Rated Current [A] B Height A Width C Depth Weight
5…85 321.0 (12.60) 150.0 (5.90) 203.0 (8.00) 5.7 kg (12.5 lb) 108…135 443.7 (17.47) 196.4 (7.74) 212.2 (8.35) 15.0 kg (33.0 lb) 201…251 560.0 (22.05) 225.0 (8.86) 253.8 (9.99) 30.4 kg (67.0 lb) 317…480 600.0 (23.62) 290.0 (11.42) 276.5 (10.89) 45.8 kg (101 lb) 625…780 1041.1 (41.00) 596.9 (23.50) 346.2 (13.63) 179 kg (395 lb) 970…1250 1041.1 (41.00) 596.9 (23.50) 346.2 (13.63) 224 kg (495 lb) 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

SMC-Flex
Lang
TM
Esc Sel
CA
B
liF,
48 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 13 - 5…85 A Controllers
Unit A Width B Height C Depth D E F H Approx. Ship. Wt. mm 150.1 307 203.1 120 291 119.8 14.1 5.7 kg
in. 5.91 12.09 8.00 4.72 11.46 4.72 0.56 12.6 lb.

C
F
B
E
A
D
H
I

1.39 135,41 .3157 181
-4.71
11101
~3.15---~
1801
~ i---.471
1111
1 PLACES
[11] [11] /R
-----1-cn 01- d........ti-lnl '"'~ ............
'L.J O O O ~~JL.195

17.51 l..Q./ l_Q_ 1PLACES
~¢.150
16,351
4 PLACES
NET ■ O
NEIAO
IIDO
-o
CJ
S®G>G>B
liJ __,, S/,lf;flllr
1uu&a11aaa11111
[000000000000!
looooooooooool
111111111111111
¢.195-s,_

17.51 '--rs.--~
1 PLACES I ,,.._
.594 -
115,11
. 906 ----,__~..,_ . 906
1131 1131
• ~.195
17,51
1 PLACES
-2.95--
1751
L
...... 594
115,11

11.64 1311,11

14.87 13JJ,8I
I

6.46 11641
- - -I
Ill
00 -
~ -
D
Ill
~4.63
1117.71

6.61 11681

7.31 1185,61
~ 7.43
I 188,61

4.11 -1107,11
-----1.10~
1561
~
... ._
rS l=
I~~
-rrL
~ 1. 50 -
163,61

4.17 ~
1105,91
i

1.59 140,31
48 11,31

1.16 154,91
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 49 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 14 - 108…135 A Controllers
Unit A Width B Height C Depth D E F G Approx. Ship. Wt. mm 196.4 443.7 212.2 166.6 367 129.5 26 15 kg
in. 7.74 17.47 8.35 6.56 14.45 5.10 1.02 33 lb.

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
17 14
.,1
43,71

15.32 13891
[131 .51 l

8.43 [214)

14.45 13671
i-----2.37 -
160,31
inc [1d1
1161 r
l.02
Ir:
~o
0e
0 oj 11..· 0 e 0 e -----.
"
~
((1 - ~
~
1/
~ ~ 0 16.57
1410,

15.06 0 1381,51
0 0

15.58 0
1395,81
0 14.07
I I
[357,5]
=e
riJI_..,,., 0
11••·········
~ " " (!fo
- y y - 0 ,.. , .. ,...
~ ~ litil
A 0 0 ~
"' ff' l:i!!l<ID ~<ID ~<ID -
U'd-¢.195
IUIL - ~
[7,51
()
-2.13 2.13-
15<1 15'1
us~
[1081

6.56 [166,61
-7.74
[196,6]
81 rn
.08
[2,11
=
l, ..
[129,51
1--------8.35
[212,21
1----f- I . 56
139,51
50 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 15 - 201…251 A Controllers
Unit A Width B Height C Depth D E F G H I Approx. Ship. Wt. mm 225 560 253.8 150 504.1 157.25 91.189 44.311 79.811 30.4 kg in. 8.858 22.047 9.992 5.906 19.847 6.2 3.59 1.74 3.14 67 lb. 157.25
(6.2)

6.4 (.250)
253.8
(9.992)

40.9 (1.6)
C
F

1.000

13.5 (.531)

50.8 (2.0)

24.9 (.980)
25 (.984)
48 (1.890)

DETAIL AA
SCALE
#8-32 UNC-2B
M10 X 1.5
560
(22.047)
225
(8.858)
504.1
(19.847)
150
(5.906) Ø 13Ø
(.513)
Ø 11.5Ø
(.453)
Ø 27.5Ø
(1.083)

19.7 (.776)

91.189
(3.59)
164.126
(6.46)
152.749
(6.01)

44.311
(1.74)

79.811
(3.14)
245.689
(9.67)
80 (3.15)

SEE DETAIL AA
B
A
H I
E
D
G
I
500
(22.0'l7)
I
M10X 1.5
D
A
I
1 (5.
22 (8.

I
SDCETAIL M ALE 1.000
I
152.749
(6.01)
013
(.513)

I I I I
C

6.4 (150)
1i
5 i911 ~
15725 F
(62)
I
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 51 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 16 - Dimensions: 317…480 A Controllers
Unit A Width B Height C Depth D E F G H I Approx. Ship. Wt. mm 290 600 276.5 200 539.18 182.25 104.5 55.5 103.5 45.8 kg in. 11.42 23.62 10.89 7.87 21.23 7.18 4.11 2.19 4.07 101 lb.

40.9 (1.6)
276.5
(10.89)

6.35 182.25
(7.18)
C
F

63.5 (2.50)
17 (.67)

22.5 (.89)
#8 - 32 UNC - 2B

12.522
(.49)

32.74 (1.29)
48 (1.89)
M12 x 1.75

30.5 (1.20)
13 . 61
1600)

11.13 I 539, 181
I 0.1 6
1160, 5)

3. 15
180)
(t)
TM!
0 0
0 DETAIL A
SCALE I. 000
-o - o -o - o
D
tit&CDCDe
~~
0 0
0 0
7 87
1100)
0 0
:19:i------- -

4.1 1
I I 04, 51

7.04 I 178, 9381

7. 01
I 177, 9381

4. 07
I I 03, 51
C
276.5
(10.89)
@
182.25
(7.18)

40.9 (1.6)
52 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 17 - Dimensions: 625…780 A Controllers
Unit A Width B Height C Depth D E F G Approx. Ship. Wt. mm 596.9 1041.4 346.2 550.9 594.1 214.9 200.4 179 kg
in. 23.5 41.0 13.63 21.69 23.39 8.46 7.89 395 lb.

23.5023.50
596,9596,9[ ]

41.0041.00
1041,41041,4[ ]

2.002.00
50,850,8[ ]

4.004.00
101,6101,6[ ]

1.201.20
30,530,5[ ]

21.6921.69
550,9550,9[ ]

1.641.64
41,641,6[ ]

7.897.89
200,4200,4[ ]

23.3923.39
594,1594,1[ ]

38.4538.45
976,6976,6[ ]
.90.90
2323[ ]

13.6313.63
346,2346,2[ ]
2X 2X .2525
6,46,4[ ]
.7878
19,819,8[ ]

3.623.62
92,192,1[ ]

8.468.46
214,9214,9[ ]
3X 3X .2525
.05.05[ ]
.39.39
1010[ ]

13.8613.86
351,9351,9[ ]

14.5414.54
369,4369,4[ ]

19.5419.54
496,3496,3[ ]

29.0229.02
737737[ ]
Ø.500.500
12,712,7[ ]
Ø.531.531
13,4913,49[ ]

7.357.35
186,6186,6[ ]

14.3514.35
364,4364,4[ ]

8.258.25
209,5209,5[ ]

7.007.00
177,8177,8[ ]
4X 4X 2.752.75
69,869,8[ ]
4X 4X 3.003.00
76,276,2[ ] Ø.734.734
18,6418,64[ ]

1.001.00
25,425,4[ ]

SEE DETAIL ASEE DETAIL A
3X DETAIL A3X DETAIL A
#8-32 UNC-2B#8-32 UNC-2B
C
F
B
E
G
A
D
-------
~ ;
J
• ,c::::::::::;i, • e e
zz== ~
= "'
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
l
u...J u....ii.= ~u...J ~,.,
- - -
0 0 0 0 0 011
l . . . . . .
l 0 0 0 0 0 0
JI - - f j
i--
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 53 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 18 - 970…1250 A Controllers
Unit A Width B Height C Depth D E F G Approx. Ship. Wt. mm 596.9 1041.4 346.2 550.9 594.1 214.9 200.4 224 kg
in. 23.5 41.0 13.63 21.69 23.39 8.46 7.89 495 lb.

41.0041.00
1041,41041,4[ ]

23.3923.39
594,1594,1[ ]

7.897.89
200,4200,4[ ]

1.641.64
41,641,6[ ]
.90.90
2323[ ]

21.6921.69
550,9550,9[ ]

23.5023.50
596,9596,9[ ]
3X 3X .15.15
3,83,8[ ]

13.8613.86
351,9351,9[ ]

14.5414.54
369,4369,4[ ]

19.5419.54
496,3496,3[ ]

29.0229.02
737737[ ]

4.574.57
116,2116,2[ ]

8.468.46
214,9214,9[ ]
2X 2X .25.25
6,46,4[ ]

13.6313.63
346,2346,2[ ]
Ø.500.500
12,712,7[ ]

2.502.50
63,563,5[ ]

5.005.00
127127[ ]
.74.74
18,818,8[ ]

1.201.20
30,530,5[ ]
.28.28
7,27,2[ ]
Ø.531.531
13,4913,49[ ]

38.4538.45
976,6976,6[ ]
4X 4X 2.252.25
57,157,1[ ]
4X 4X 2.002.00
50,850,8[ ] Ø.734.734
18,6418,64[ ]

8.258.25
209,5209,5[ ]

7.007.00
177,8177,8[ ]

7.357.35
186,6186,6[ ]

14.3514.35
364,4364,4[ ]

1.251.25
31,831,8[ ]

SEE DETAIL ASEE DETAIL A
3X DETAIL A3X DETAIL A
#8-32 UNC-2B#8-32 UNC-2B
C
F
B
E
G
A
D
54 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 19 - Minimum Enclosure Size
Rated Current [A] B Height [mm (in.)] A Width [mm (in.)] C Depth [mm (in.)] 5 610 (24) 406 (16) 254 (10)
25 610 (24) 406 (16) 254 (10)
43 610 (24) 406 (16) 254 (10)
60 610 (24) 406 (16) 254 (10)
85 610 (24) 406 (16) 254 (10)
108 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12)
135 762 (30) 610 (24) 305 (12)
201 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
251 965 (38) 762 (30) 356 (14)
317 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14)
361 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14)
480 1295 (51) 914 (36) 356 (14)
625 2286 (90) 762 (30) 508 (20)
780 2286 (90) 762 (30) 508 (20)
970(1)
(1) 970 and 1250 A SMC-Flex controllers require a door-mounted fa n that is capable of delivering 240 cfm. Appropriate inlet and outlet filtering is required. 2286 (90) 762 (30) 508 (20)
1250(1) 2286 (90) 762 (30) 508 (20)
A
B
CI ◄ -►I I+~
1 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 55 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Accessories
Protective Modules
The same protective module mounts on the line or load side of the SMC Flex controller. Use of protective modules is highly recommended. For applications that require both line and load side protection, you must order two protective modules. • Note: You must not place protective modules on the load (motor) side of an SMC Flex controller when using an inside-the-delta connection or with pump or braking control options.

Terminal Lug Kits
IEC Line or Load Terminal Covers
Current Rating [A] Description Cat. No.
5…85 480V Protective Module 150-F84
108…1250 150-F84L
5…85 600V Protective Module 150-F86
108…1250 150-F86L
Current Range [A](1)
(1) 5…85 A units have box lugs standard. No additional lugs are required.

Wire Size Range Total No. of Terminal Lugs Possible Each Side Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.Line Side Load Side 108…135(2)
(2) When a multi-conductor lug is required, refer to the User Manual for appropriate lug catalog number. #6…250 MCM AWG
16 mm2…120 mm2
33 3 199-LF1201…251(2) 66 3
317…480(2) #4…500 MCM AWG
25 mm2…240 mm2 66 3 199-LG1
625…780 2/0…500 MCM 6 6 3 100-DL630
970 4/0…500 MCM 3 3 3 100-DL860
1250(3)
(3) The 1250 A device requires (1) 100 -DL630 and (1) 100-DL860 per connection. 2/0…500 MCM 3 3 3 100-DL630
4/0…500 MCM 3 3 3 100-DL860
Description(1)
(1) 5…85 A units have terminal guards as standard. No additional terminal guards are required.

Current Range [A] Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.
• Dead front protection
• IP2X finger safe when used with 250 MCM cable
108…135 1 150-TC1
201…251 1 150-TC2
• Dead front protection
• IP2X finger safe when used with 500 MCM cable 317…480 1 150-TC3 I~\,,, ... .. .... . .... . , . •.•• ~--=--
1! (1(1 (1(1 (1(1

I II I I II I I II I
56 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC Flex Smart Motor Controllers
Human Interface Modules (HIMs) and Communication Modules Description Cat. No.

Hand-held HIM LCD display, Full Numeric Keypad(2)
(2) Requires a 20-HIM-H10 cable to connect to the SMC Flex. 20-HIM-A3
LCD display, Programmer only(2) 20-HIM-A5
Door-mounted HIM Remote (panel mount) LCD Display, Full Numeric Keypad 20-HIM-C3S LCD Display, programmer only (includes 3 m cable) 20-HIM-C5S HIM Interface Cables
HIM Interface Cable, 1 m (39 in) 20-HIM-H10
Cable Kit (Male-Female) 0.33 m (1.1 ft) 1202-H03
Cable Kit (Male-Female) 1 m (3.3 ft) 1202-H10
Cable Kit (Male-Female) 3 m (9.8 ft) 1202-H30
Cable Kit (Male-Female) 9 m (29.5 ft) 1202-H90
DPI/SCANport™ One to T wo Port Splitter Cable 1203-S03
Description For Use With Cat. No.

Communication Modules
RS-485 DF1 Communication Adapter
SMC Flex
20-COMM-S
PROFIBUS™ DP Communication Adapter 20-COMM-P
ControlNet™ Communication Adapter (Coax) 20-COMM-C
Interbus™ Communication Adapter 20-COMM-I
Modbus/TCP Communication Adapter 20-COMM-M
DeviceNet™ Communication Adapter 20-COMM-D
EtherNet/IP™ Communication Adapter 20-COMM-E
Dual-port EtherNet/IP Communication Adapter 20-COMM-ER
HVAC Communication Adapter 20-COMM-H
ControlNet™ Communication Adapter (Fiber) 20-COMM-Q
Connected Components Workbench™ Software
Programming Software Windows 7/2000/XP/Vista
Available for download at
www.rockwellautomation.com
DriveExecutive™ 9303-4DTE01ENE
DriveTools™ SP (1)
(1) Includes DriveExecutive™ and DriveObserver™
9303-4DTS01ENE
AnaCANda™ RS-232 to DPI PC Interface Serial 1203-SSS(3) (3) Includes Cat. No. 1203-SFC and 1202-C10 cables.

DPI to USB USB 1203-USB(4)
(4) Includes Cat. No. 20-HIM-H10 and 22-HIM-H10 cables.

Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 57 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
SMC-50 Controllers
The SMC-50 controller has a scalable design, allowing customer flexibility to satisfy a wide variety of control needs. Advanced monitoring and protection, superior communications capabilities, and Energy Saver mode help increase efficiency and reduce downtime. Three-phase control, built-in overload, removable control module and removable terminal blocks are combined in a cost- effective package with your choice of internal bypass or solid-state power structures. Normal- and heavy-duty ratings, expandable I/O and sensor capability, LCD screen or PC software setup and network integration capabilities increase application scalability.

Modes of operation include the following:

Catalog Number Explanation
Examples that are given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use ProposalW orks to configure the SMC-50 controller. ProposalW orks is available from http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/e-tools/overview.page. • Soft Start • Full Voltage Start • Sensorless Linear Speed Acceleration • Current Limit Start • Dual Ramp Start • Sensorless Linear Speed Deceleration • Selectable Kickstart • Pump Start • T orque Control
• Coast-to-rest • Preset Slow Speed • Integral Motor Winding Heater • Soft Stop • Pump Stop • Energy Saver
• Smart Motor Braking • Emergency Run
• Accu-Stop • External Bypass
• Slow Speed with Braking • Resistive Load
150-S 135 N B D
ab c d e
ab c
Bulletin Number Controller Type and Rating Enclosure Type Code Description SMC-50 Controller with Internal Bypass Solid-state SMC-50 Controller Code Description 150-S SMC-50 Motor Controller Code Description Code Description NO pen 108 108 A with Internal Bypass B1 90 A
135 135 A with Internal Bypass B2 110 A
201 201 A with Internal Bypass B3 140 A
251 251 A with Internal Bypass B4 180 A
317 317 A with Internal Bypass C1 210 A
361 361 A with Internal Bypass C2 260 A
480 480 A with Internal Bypass C3 320 A
D1 361 A
D2 420 A
D3 520 A
de
Line Voltage Control Voltage
Code Description Code Description
B 200…480V AC, 3-Phase, 50 and 60 Hz D 100…240V AC (two 24V DC inputs and two relay outputs standard) U 200…690V AC, 3-Phase, 50 and 60 Hz R 24V DC (two 24V DC inputs and two relay outputs standard) -----
1-----~--------11 I
58 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Product Selection— SMC-50 Controller with Internal Bypass For Use with Line-connected Motors
Utilization Category: AC-53b:3.0-50:1750. Start Not to Exceed: 300% of the controller maximum current rating, 50 second start time, two starts per hour with 50 °C surrounding air ambient temperature. • NOTE: See and use the SMC Estimation Wizard and SMC Thermal Estimation Wizard to confirm that the SMC controller selection meets the application requirements. See Sizing and Selection Tools for more information. For additional assistance, visit ab.rockwellautomation.com or contact Industrial Controls Technical Support by email at [email protected] or by phone at 440-646-5800.

Table 43 - 200/208V AC and 230V AC SMC-50 Controllers with Internal Bypass for use with Line-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be gi ven when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC-50 controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power (2)
(2) For controllers with 24V DC control power, consult your local Rockwell Automation sale office or Allen-Bradley distributor f or availability.

Cat. No.(3)
(3) Devices are not equipped with line and load terminal lugs. See page 103 for terminal lug kits. 200/208
27…108 — 30 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S108NBD
24V DC 150-S108NBR
34…135 — 40 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S135NBD
24V DC 150-S135NBR
67…201 — 60 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S201NBD
24V DC 150-S201NBR
84…251 — 75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S251NBD
24V DC 150-S251NBR
106…317 — 100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S317NBD
24V DC 150-S317NBR
120…361 — 125 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S361NBD
24V DC 150-S361NBR
160…480 — 150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S480NBD
24V DC 150-S480NBR
230
27…108 30 40 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S108NBD
24V DC 150-S108NBR
34…135 37 50 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S135NBD
24V DC 150-S135NBR
67…201 55 75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S201NBD
24V DC 150-S201NBR
84…251 75 100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S251NBD
24V DC 150-S251NBR
106…317 90 125 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S317NBD
24V DC 150-S317NBR
120…361 110 150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S361NBD
24V DC 150-S361NBR
160…480 132 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S480NBD
24V DC 150-S480NBR
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 59 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 44 - 400/415/460V AC, 500/575V AC, and 690V AC SMC-50 Controllers with Internal Bypass for use with Line- connected Motors
Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (2)
(2) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be gi ven when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC-50 controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power (3)
(3) For controllers with 24V DC control power, consult your local Rockwell Automation sale office or Allen-Bradley distributor f or availability.

Cat. No.(4)
(4) Devices are not equipped with line and load terminal lugs. See page 103 for terminal lug kits. 400/415 (kW)
460 (Hp)
27…108 55 75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S108NBD
24V DC 150-S108NBR
34…135 75 100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S135NBD
24V DC 150-S135NBR
67…201 110 150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S201NBD
24V DC 150-S201NBR
84…251 132 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S251NBD
24V DC 150-S251NBR
106…317 160 250 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S317NBD
24V DC 150-S317NBR
120…361 200 300 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S361NBD
24V DC 150-S361NBR
160…480 250 400 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S480NBD
24V DC 150-S480NBR
500 (kW)
575 (Hp)
27…108 75 100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S108NUD
24V DC 150-S108NUR
34…135 90 125 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S135NUD
24V DC 150-S135NUR
67…201 132 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S201NUD
24V DC 150-S201NUR
84…251 160 250 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S251NUD
24V DC 150-S251NUR
106…317 200 300 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S317NUD
24V DC 150-S317NUR
120…361 250 350 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S361NUD
24V DC 150-S361NUR
160…480 315 500 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S480NUD
24V DC 150-S480NUR
690/Y (kW)(1)
600 (Hp)
(1) To be used only in a Y-type system.
27…108 90 100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S108NUD
24V DC 150-S108NUR
34…135 132 175 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S135NUD
24V DC 150-S135NUR
67…201 160 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S201NUD
24V DC 150-S201NUR
84…251 200 250 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S251NUD
24V DC 150-S251NUR
106…317 315 400 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S317NUD
24V DC 150-S317NUR
120…361 355 450 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S361NUD
24V DC 150-S361NUR
160…480 450 600 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S480NUD
24V DC 150-S480NUR
60 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
For Use with Delta-connected Motors
Utilization Category: AC-53b:3.0-50:1750. Start Not to Exceed: 300% of the controller maximum current rating, 50 second start time, two starts per hour with 50 °C surrounding air ambient temperature. • NOTE: See and use the SMC Estimation Wizard and SMC Thermal Estimation Wizard to confirm that the SMC controller selection meets the application requirements. See Sizing and Selection Tools for more information. For additional assistance, visit ab.rockwellautomation.com or contact Industrial Controls Technical Support by email at [email protected] or by phone at 440-646-5800. .

Table 45 - 200/208V AC and 230V AC SMC-50 Controllers with Internal Bypass for use with Delta-connected Motors Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range fo r unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be given when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC-50 controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power (2)
(2) For controllers with 24V DC control power, consult your loca l Rockwell Automation sale office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability.

Cat. No.(3)
(3) Devices are not equipped with line and load terminal lugs. See page 103 for terminal lug kits. 200/208
47…187 — 60 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S108NBD
24V DC 150-S108NBR
59…234 — 75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S135NBD
24V DC 150-S135NBR
116…348 — 100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S201NBD
24V DC 150-S201NBR
145…435 — 150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S251NBD
24V DC 150-S251NBR
183…549 — 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S317NBD
24V DC 150-S317NBR
208…625 — 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S361NBD
24V DC 150-S361NBR
277…831 — 300 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S480NBD
24V DC 150-S480NBR
230
47…187 55 60 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S108NBD
24V DC 150-S108NBR
59…234 75 75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S135NBD
24V DC 150-S135NBR
116…348 110 100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S201NBD
24V DC 150-S201NBR
145…435 132 150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S251NBD
24V DC 150-S251NBR
183…549 160 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S317NBD
24V DC 150-S317NBR
208…625 200 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S361NBD
24V DC 150-S361NBR
277…831 250 300 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S480NBD
24V DC 150-S480NBR
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 61 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 46 - 400/415/460V AC and 500/575V AC SMC-50 Controllers with Internal Bypass for use with Delta-connected Motors
Rated Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A] (1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range fo r unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be given when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC-50 controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Max. kW, 50 Hz Max. Hp, 60 Hz Control Power (2)
(2) For controllers with 24V DC control power, consult your loca l Rockwell Automation sale office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability.

Cat. No.(3)
(3) Devices are not equipped with line and load terminal lugs. See page 103 for terminal lug kits. 400/415 (kW)
460 (Hp)
47…187 90 60 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S108NBD
24V DC 150-S108NBR
59…234 132 75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S135NBD
24V DC 150-S135NBR
116…348 160 100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S201NBD
24V DC 150-S201NBR
145…435 250 150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S251NBD
24V DC 150-S251NBR
183…549 315 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S317NBD
24V DC 150-S317NBR
208…625 355 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S361NBD
24V DC 150-S361NBR
277…831 450 300 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S480NBD
24V DC 150-S480NBR
500 (kW)
575 (Hp)
47…187 132 60 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S108NUD
24V DC 150-S108NUR
59…234 160 75 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S135NUD
24V DC 150-S135NUR
116…348 250 100 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S201NUD
24V DC 150-S201NUR
145…435 315 150 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S251NUD
24V DC 150-S251NUR
183…549 400 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S317NUD
24V DC 150-S317NUR
208…625 450 200 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S361NUD
24V DC 150-S361NUR
277…831 560 300 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 150-S480NUD
24V DC 150-S480NUR
62 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Product Selection—SMC-50 Solid-state Controller
For Use with Line-connected Motors
Normal/Standard Duty Ratings (for pumps, compressors, elevators, and short conveyors) Utilization Category: AC-53a:3.5-10:99-2. Start Not to Exceed: 350% of the controller maximum current rating, 10 second start time, 99% ON load factor, two starts per hour with 40 °C surrounding air ambient temperature. • NOTE: See and use the SMC Estimation Wizard and SMC Thermal Estimation Wizard to confirm that the SMC controller selection meets the application requirements. See Sizing and Selection Tools for more information. For additional assistance, visit ab.rockwellautomation.com or contact Industrial Controls Technical Support by email at [email protected] or by phone at 440-646-5800.

Table 47 - 200/208V AC SMC-50 Solid-state Controllers for Use with Line-connected Motors, Normal/Standard Duty Rated Utilization
Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A](1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range fo r unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be given when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC-50 controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Motor kW, 50 Hz Motor Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Cat. No.(2) (2) Devices are not equipped with line and load terminal lugs. See page 103 for terminal lug kits. 230
30…90 10…25 15…30 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB1NBD
24V DC 150-SB1NBR
37…110 11…32 15…40 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB2NBD
24V DC 150-SB2NBR
47…140 15…45 20…50 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB3NBD
24V DC 150-SB3NBR
60…180 18.5…55 25…60 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB4NBD
24V DC 150-SB4NBR
70…210 22…63 30…75 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC1NBD
24V DC 150-SC1NBR
87…260 30…80 40…100 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC2NBD
24V DC 150-SC2NBR
107…320 37…100 50…125 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC3NBD
24V DC 150-SC3NBR
120…361 40…110 50…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD1NBD
24V DC 150-SD1NBR
140…420 45…132 60…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD2NBD
24V DC 150-SD2NBR
174…520 63…160 75…200 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD3NBD
24V DC 150-SD3NBR
400/415 (kW)
460 (Hp)
30…90 17…50 25…60 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB1NBD
24V DC 150-SB1NBR
37…110 20…55 30…75 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB2NBD
24V DC 150-SB2NBR
47…140 30…75 40…100 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB3NBD
24V DC 150-SB3NBR
60…180 37…90 50…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB4NBD
24V DC 150-SB4NBR
70…210 40…110 60…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC1NBD
24V DC 150-SC1NBR
87…260 50…132 75…200 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC2NBD
24V DC 150-SC2NBR
107…320 63…160 100…250 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC3NBD 24V DC 150-SC3NBR
120…361 75…200 100…300 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD1NBD 24V DC 150-SD1NBR
140…420 80…220 125…350 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD2NBD 24V DC 150-SD2NBR
174…520 100…300 150…450 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD3NBD 24V DC 150-SD3NBR
64 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 49 - 500/575V AC and 690V AC SMC-50 Solid-state Controllers for Use with Line-connected Motors, Normal/ Standard Duty
Rated Utilization
Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A](2)
(2) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be gi ven when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC-50 controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Motor kW, 50 Hz Motor Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Cat. No.(3) (3) Devices are not equipped with line and load terminal lugs. See page 103 for terminal lug kits. 500 (kW)
575 (Hp)
30…90 20…63 30…75 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB1NUD
24V DC 150-SB1NUR
37…110 25…75 40…100 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB2NUD
24V DC 150-SB2NUR
47…140 32…90 50…125 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB3NUD
24V DC 150-SB3NUR
60…180 45…125 60…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB4NUD
24V DC 150-SB4NUR
70…210 50…150 75…200 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC1NUD
24V DC 150-SC1NUR
87…260 63…185 100…250 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC2NUD
24V DC 150-SC2NUR
107…320 75…220 125…300 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC3NUD 24V DC 150-SC3NUR
120…361 90…250 125…350 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD1NUD 24V DC 150-SD1NUR
140…420 100…300 150…450 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD2NUD 24V DC 150-SD2NUR
174…520 125…375 200…500 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD3NUD 24V DC 150-SD3NUR
690/Y (kW)(1)
600 (Hp)
(1) To be used only in a Y-type system.
30…90 30…80 30…75 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB1NUD
24V DC 150-SB1NUR
37…110 37…100 40…100 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB2NUD
24V DC 150-SB2NUR
47…140 45…132 50…125 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB3NUD
24V DC 150-SB3NUR
60…180 63…160 60…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB4NUD
24V DC 150-SB4NUR
70…210 75…200 75…200 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC1NUD
24V DC 150-SC1NUR
87…260 90…250 100…250 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC2NUD
24V DC 150-SC2NUR
107…320 110…315 125…300 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC3NUD 24V DC 150-SC3NUR
120…361 125…355 125…350 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD1NUD 24V DC 150-SD1NUR
140…420 160…400 150…450 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD2NUD 24V DC 150-SD2NUR
174…520 185…500 200…500 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD3NUD 24V DC 150-SD3NUR
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 65 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Heavy Duty Ratings (for centrifugal fans, crushers, mixers, long conveyors, etc.) Utilization Category: AC-53a:3.5-30:99-1. Start Not to Exceed: 350% of the controller maximum current rating, 30 second start time, 99% ON load factor, one start per hour with 50 °C surrounding air ambient temperature. • NOTE: See and use the SMC Estimation Wizard and SMC Thermal Estimation Wizard to confirm that the SMC controller selection meets the application requirements. See Sizing and Selection Tools for more information. For additional assistance, visit ab.rockwellautomation.com or contact Industrial Controls Technical Support by email at [email protected] or by phone at 440-646-5800.

Table 50 - 200/208V AC and 230V AC SMC-50 Solid-state Controllers for Use with Line-connected Motors, Heavy Duty
Rated Utilization
Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A](1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range fo r unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be given when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC-50 controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Motor kW, 50 Hz Motor Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Cat. No.(2) (2) Devices are not equipped with line and load terminal lugs. See page 103 for terminal lug kits. 200/208
30…90
—
10…25 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB2NBD
24V DC 150-SB2NBR
37…110 15…30 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB3NBD
24V DC 150-SB3NBR
47…140 20…40 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB4NBD
24V DC 150-SB4NBR
60…180 25…60 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC1NBD
24V DC 150-SC1NBR
70…210 25…60 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC2NBD
24V DC 150-SC2NBR
87…260 30…75 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC3NBD
24V DC 150-SC3NBR
107…320 40…100 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD1NBD
24V DC 150-SD1NBR
120…361 50…125 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD2NBD
24V DC 150-SD2NBR
140…420 50…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD3NBD
24V DC 150-SD3NBR
230
30…90 10…25 15…30 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB2NBD
24V DC 150-SB2NBR
37…110 11…32 15…40 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB3NBD
24V DC 150-SB3NBR
47…140 15…45 20…50 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB4NBD
24V DC 150-SB4NBR
60…180 18.5…55 25…60 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC1NBD
24V DC 150-SC1NBR
70…210 22…63 30…75 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC2NBD
24V DC 150-SC2NBR
87…260 30…80 40…100 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC3NBD
24V DC 150-SC3NBR
107…320 37…100 50…125 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD1NBD
24V DC 150-SD1NBR
120…361 40…110 50…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD2NBD
24V DC 150-SD2NBR
140…420 45…132 60…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD3NBD
24V DC 150-SD3NBR
66 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 51 - 400/415/460V AC and 500/575V AC SMC-50 Solid-state Controllers for Use with Line-connected Motors, Heavy Duty
Rated Utilization
Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A](1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be gi ven when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC-50 controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Motor kW, 50 Hz Motor Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Cat. No.(2) (2) Devices are not equipped with line and load terminal lugs. See page 103 for terminal lug kits. 400/415 (kW)
460 (Hp)
30…90 17…50 25…60 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB2NBD
24V DC 150-SB2NBR
37…110 20…55 30…75 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB3NBD
24V DC 150-SB3NBR
47…140 30…75 40…100 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB4NBD
24V DC 150-SB4NBR
60…180 37…90 50…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC1NBD
24V DC 150-SC1NBR
70…210 40…110 60…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC2NBD
24V DC 150-SC2NBR
87…260 50…132 75…200 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC3NBD
24V DC 150-SC3NBR
107…320 63…160 100…250 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD1NBD 24V DC 150-SD1NBR
120…361 75…200 100…300 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD2NBD 24V DC 150-SD2NBR
140…420 80…220 125…350 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD3NBD 24V DC 150-SD3NBR
500 (kW)
575 (Hp)
30…90 20…63 30…75 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB2NUD
24V DC 150-SB2NUR
37…110 25…75 40…100 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB3NUD
24V DC 150-SB3NUR
47…140 32…90 50…125 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB4NUD
24V DC 150-SB4NUR
60…180 45…125 60…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC1NUD
24V DC 150-SC1NUR
70…210 50…150 75…200 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC2NUD
24V DC 150-SC2NUR
87…260 63…185 100…250 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC3NUD
24V DC 150-SC3NUR
107…320 75…220 125…300 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD1NUD 24V DC 150-SD1NUR
120…361 90…250 125…350 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD2NUD 24V DC 150-SD2NUR
140…420 100…300 150…450 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD3NUD 24V DC 150-SD3NUR
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 67 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 52 - 690V AC SMC-50 Solid-state Controllers for Use with Line-connected Motors, Heavy Duty Rated Utilization
Voltage [V AC]
Motor Current
[A](2)
(2) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be gi ven when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC-50 controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Motor kW, 50 Hz Motor Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Cat. No.(3) (3) Devices are not equipped with line and load terminal lugs. See page 103 for terminal lug kits. 690/Y (kW)(1)
600 (Hp)
(1) To be used only in a Y-type system.
30…90 30…80 30…75 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB2NUD
24V DC 150-SB2NUR
37…110 37…100 40…100 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB3NUD
24V DC 150-SB3NUR
47…140 45…132 50…125 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB4NUD
24V DC 150-SB4NUR
60…180 63…160 60…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC1NUD
24V DC 150-SC1NUR
70…210 75…200 75…200 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC2NUD
24V DC 150-SC2NUR
87…260 90…250 100…250 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC3NUD
24V DC 150-SC3NUR
107…320 110…315 125…300 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD1NUD 24V DC 150-SD1NUR
120…361 125…355 125…350 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD2NUD 24V DC 150-SD2NUR
140…420 160…400 150…450 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD3NUD 24V DC 150-SD3NUR
68 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
For Use with Delta-connected Motors
Normal/Standard Duty Ratings (for pumps, compressors, elevators, and short conveyors) Utilization Category: AC-53a:3.5-10:99-2. Start Not to Exceed: 350% of the controller maximum current rating, 10-second start time, 99% ON load factor, two starts per hour with 40 °C surrounding air ambient temperature. • NOTE: See and use the SMC Estimation Wizard and SMC Thermal Estimation Wizard to confirm that the SMC controller selection meets the application requirements. See Sizing and Selection Tools for more information. For additional assistance, visit ab.rockwellautomation.com or contact Industrial Controls Technical Support by email at [email protected] or by phone at 440-646-5800.

Table 53 - 200/208V AC and 230V AC SMC-50 Solid-state Controllers for Use with Delta-connected Motors, Normal/ Standard Duty
Rated Utilization
Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A](1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be gi ven when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC-50 controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Motor kW, 50 Hz Motor Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Cat. No.(2) (2) Devices are not equipped with line and load terminal lugs. See page 103 for terminal lug kits. 200/208
52…155
—
20…50 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB1NBD
24V DC 150-SB1NBR
65…190 25…60 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB2NBD
24V DC 150-SB2NBR
82…242 30…75 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB3NBD
24V DC 150-SB3NBR
104…311 40…100 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB4NBD
24V DC 150-SB4NBR
122…363 50…125 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC1NBD
24V DC 150-SC1NBR
151…450 60…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC2NBD
24V DC 150-SC2NBR
186…554 75…200 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC3NBD
24V DC 150-SC3NBR
210…625 75…200 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD1NBD
24V DC 150-SD1NBR
243…727 100…250 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD2NBD
24V DC 150-SD2NBR
302…900 125…300 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD3NBD
24V DC 150-SD3NBR
230
52…155 17…50 20…60 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB1NBD
24V DC 150-SB1NBR
65…190 20…55 25…60 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB2NBD
24V DC 150-SB2NBR
82…242 30…75 40…75 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB3NBD
24V DC 150-SB3NBR
104…311 37…100 40…100 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB4NBD
24V DC 150-SB4NBR
122…363 40…110 50…125 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC1NBD
24V DC 150-SC1NBR
151…450 50…132 60…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC2NBD
24V DC 150-SC2NBR
186…554 63…160 75…200 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC3NBD
24V DC 150-SC3NBR
210…625 75…200 100…250 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD1NBD 24V DC 150-SD1NBR
243…727 80…220 100…300 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD2NBD 24V DC 150-SD2NBR
302…900 100…300 125…350 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD3NBD 24V DC 150-SD3NBR
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 69 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 54 - 400/415/460V AC and 500/575V AC SMC-50 Solid-state Controllers for Use with Delta-connected Motors, Normal/Standard Duty
Rated Utilization
Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A](1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be gi ven when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC-50 controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Motor kW, 50 Hz Motor Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Cat. No.(2) (2) Devices are not equipped with line and load terminal lugs. See page 103 for terminal lug kits. 400/415 (kW)
460 (Hp)
52…155 30…80 40…100 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB1NBD
24V DC 150-SB1NBR
65…190 37…100 50…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB2NBD
24V DC 150-SB2NBR
82…242 50…132 75…200 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB3NBD
24V DC 150-SB3NBR
104…311 63…160 100…250 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB4NBD 24V DC 150-SB4NBR
122…363 75…200 100…300 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC1NBD 24V DC 150-SC1NBR
151…450 90…250 125…350 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC2NBD 24V DC 150-SC2NBR
186…554 110…315 200…450 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC3NBD 24V DC 150-SC3NBR
210…625 125…355 200…500 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD1NBD 24V DC 150-SD1NBR
243…727 150…400 250…600 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD2NBD 24V DC 150-SD2NBR
302…900 185…530 250…700 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD3NBD 24V DC 150-SD3NBR
500 (kW)
575 (Hp)
52…155 37…100 50…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB1NUD
24V DC 150-SB1NUR
65…190 50…132 75…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB2NUD
24V DC 150-SB2NUR
82…242 63…160 100…250 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB3NUD
24V DC 150-SB3NUR
104…311 75…220 125…300 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB4NUD 24V DC 150-SB4NUR
122…363 90…250 125…350 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC1NUD 24V DC 150-SC1NUR
151…450 110…315 200…450 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC2NUD 24V DC 150-SC2NUR
186…554 132…400 200…500 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC3NUD 24V DC 150-SC3NUR
210…625 150…450 250…600 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD1NUD 24V DC 150-SD1NUR
243…727 185…530 300…700 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD2NUD 24V DC 150-SD2NUR
302…900 220…670 350…900 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD3NUD 24V DC 150-SD3NUR
70 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Heavy Duty Ratings (for centrifugal fans, crushers, mixers, long conveyors, etc.) Utilization Category: AC-53a:3.5-30:99-1. Start Not to Exceed: 350% of the controller maximum current rating, 30 second start time, 99% ON load factor, one start per hour with 50 °C surrounding air ambient temperature. • NOTE: See and use the SMC Estimation Wizard and SMC Thermal Estimation Wizard to confirm that the SMC controller selection meets the application requirements. See Sizing and Selection Tools for more information. For additional assistance, visit ab.rockwellautomation.com or contact Industrial Controls Technical Support by email at [email protected] or by phone at 440-646-5800.

Table 55 - 200/208V AC and 230V AC SMC-50 Solid-state Controllers for Use with Delta-connected Motors, Heavy Duty
Rated Utilization
Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A](1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range fo r unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be given when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC-50 controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Motor kW, 50 Hz Motor Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Cat. No.(2) (2) Devices are not equipped with line and load terminal lugs. See page 103 for terminal lug kits. 200/208
52…155
—
20…50 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB2NBD
24V DC 150-SB2NBR
65…190 25…60 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB3NBD
24V DC 150-SB3NBR
82…242 30…75 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB4NBD
24V DC 150-SB4NBR
104…311 40…100 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC1NBD
24V DC 150-SC1NBR
122…363 50…125 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC2NBD
24V DC 150-SC2NBR
151…450 60…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC3NBD
24V DC 150-SC3NBR
186…554 75…200 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD1NBD
24V DC 150-SD1NBR
210…625 75…200 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD2NBD
24V DC 150-SD2NBR
243…727 100…250 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD3NBD
24V DC 150-SD3NBR
230
52…155 17…50 20…60 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB2NBD
24V DC 150-SB2NBR
65…190 20…55 25…60 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB3NBD
24V DC 150-SB3NBR
82…242 30…75 40…75 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB4NBD
24V DC 150-SB4NBR
104…311 37…100 40…100 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC1NBD
24V DC 150-SC1NBR
122…363 40…110 50…125 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC2NBD
24V DC 150-SC2NBR
151…450 50…132 60…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC3NBD
24V DC 150-SC3NBR
186…554 63…160 75…200 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD1NBD
24V DC 150-SD1NBR
210…625 75…200 100…250 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD2NBD 24V DC 150-SD2NBR
243…727 80…220 100…300 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD3NBD 24V DC 150-SD3NBR
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 71 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 56 - 400/415/460V AC and 500/575V AC SMC-50 Solid-state Controllers for Use with Delta-connected Motors, Heavy Duty
Rated Utilization
Voltage [V AC] Motor Current [A](1)
(1) Motor FLA rating should fall within specified current range for unit to operate properly. Special consideration should be gi ven when using a motor with a potentially high starting current (greater than ten times motor FLA) with the SMC-50 controller. Contact Rockwell Automation technical support for further guidance.

Motor kW, 50 Hz Motor Hp, 60 Hz Control Power Cat. No.(2) (2) Devices are not equipped with line and load terminal lugs. See page 103 for terminal lug kits. 400/415 (kW)
460 (Hp)
52…155 30…80 40…100 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB2NBD
24V DC 150-SB2NBR
65…190 37…100 50…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB3NBD
24V DC 150-SB3NBR
82…242 50…132 75…200 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB4NBD
24V DC 150-SB4NBR
104…311 63…160 100…250 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC1NBD 24V DC 150-SC1NBR
122…363 75…200 100…300 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC2NBD 24V DC 150-SC2NBR
151…450 90…250 125…350 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC3NBD 24V DC 150-SC3NBR
186…554 110…315 200…450 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD1NBD 24V DC 150-SD1NBR
210…625 125…355 200…500 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD2NBD 24V DC 150-SD2NBR
243…727 150…400 250…600 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD3NBD 24V DC 150-SD3NBR
500 (kW)
575 (Hp)
52…155 37…100 50…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB2NUD
24V DC 150-SB2NUR
65…190 50…132 75…150 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB3NUD
24V DC 150-SB3NUR
82…242 63…160 100…250 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SB4NUD
24V DC 150-SB4NUR
104…311 75…220 125…300 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC1NUD 24V DC 150-SC1NUR
122…363 90…250 125…350 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC2NUD 24V DC 150-SC2NUR
151…450 110…315 200…450 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SC3NUD 24V DC 150-SC3NUR
186…554 132…400 200…500 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD1NUD 24V DC 150-SD1NUR
210…625 150…450 250…600 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD2NUD 24V DC 150-SD2NUR
243…727 185…530 300…700 100…240V AC; 50/60 Hz 150-SD3NUD 24V DC 150-SD3NUR
72 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Typical Wiring Diagrams
Typical Power Wiring Diagrams
Figure 20 - Power Wiring Diagrams
(1) Contactor must be fully rated for motor Hp/kW and FLA. (2) For North American applications, size the contactor according to the motor Hp and FLA. For IEC applications, size the contactor according to the motor AC-1 or AC-3 rating. the short-circuit current rating of the contactor must be similar to that of the SMC-50 controller.

T1 T2 T3
K1
L1 L2 L3
K1
L1 L2 L3
T4
T5
L1 L2 L3
K1
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5T6
L1 L2 L3
1 35
2 4 6
1 35
2 4 6W1U1
1 35
L1 L2 L3
1 35
2 4 6
1 35
2 4 6
K1
W2
U2
V2
L1 L2 L3
1 35
1 35
2 4 6
2 4 6
1 35
4 V
6 W
2 U
K1
V1
2 4 6W1U1 V1
2 4 6
WU V
K1
1 35
22 2
T1 T2 T3
T6
Diagrams per NEMA Symbology
SMC-50 solid-state
controller
SMC-50 controller
with internal bypass
SMC-50 solid-state
controller
SMC-50 controller
with internal bypass
Diagrams per IEC Symbology
SMC-50
controller
SMC-50
controller
SMC-50
controller
SMC-50
controller SMC-50
controller
SMC-50
controller
Line connection with
isolation contactor
(default mode)
Line connection with
isolation contactor
(default mode)
Inside-the-Delta connection
with isolation contactor
(optional mode)
Inside-the-Delta connection
with isolation contactor
(optional mode)
Delta connection with
shorted SCR protection
(optional mode)
Delta connection with
shorted SCR protection
(optional mode)
Motor Motor Motor
3~
Motor
3~
Motor
3~
Motor
(1) (1)
(2)
(1) (1)
(2)
m ffl
[ID]
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 73 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Typical Control Wiring Diagrams
Figure 21 - For Standard 3-Wire Control—DC Inputs, No DPI Control (1) Customer supplied.
(2) See the controller nameplate to verify control power input ratings (100...240V AC or 24V DC). (3) Terminal 11 (In 1 DC) 24V DC input configured for START input using Parameter 56. (4) Terminal 10 (In 2 DC) 24V DC input configured for COAST, STOP option, etc. using Parameter 57.

NOTE: The controller generates an I/O configuration fault if any input is configured for START or SLOW speed and no input is selected for COAST or STOP . (5) A customer-supplied jumper is required to enable standard I/O operation. (6) Due to current leakage through an SCR in the OFF state (controller stopped), some form of off-stream line power isolation is recommended if maintenance is required on the motor. See the Isolation Contactor Applications diagram for details.

NOTE: In addition to a small amount of leakage current flowing through an SCR in the off-state, failure of one or more solid-state power switching components allows uncontrolled current to flow to the motor winding(s). This could potentially result in overheating or damage to the motor. To help prevent potential personal injury or equipment damage, the installation of an isolation contactor or shunt trip-type circuit breaker capable of interrupting the motor’s locked rotor current on the line side of the SMC-50 controller is recommended. Operation of the isolation device should be coordinated using one of the SMC-50 controller auxiliary contacts configured to NORMAL.

T1/2
T2/4
T3/6
L1/1
L2/3
L3/5
+L1 -L2
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 (2)
Motor (1) (6)
SMC-50 Controller Circuit
Protective
Device
3-phase AC line
power
(1)
Fast-acting SCR
fuses (optional)
120V/240V AC Control Transformer with fuse or
120/240V AC Power Supply or
24V DC Power Supply
(1)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(3) (4)
(5)
Control Power and Ground
Internal +24V DC
In2 DC
Enable I/O
Internal DC Common
Aux 2 Aux 1
Control Module Standard I/O
Stop
Start
In1 DC
(1)
_l_
74 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 22 - For 2-Wire Control with Stopping Capability—DC Inputs, No DPI Control

(1) Customer supplied.
(2) See the controller nameplate to verify control power input ratings (100...240V AC or 24V DC). (3) Terminal 10 (In 2 DC) 24V DC N.O. input is configured for start/stop or start/coast using Parameter 57 (contact closed start initiated, contact open, stop initiated). When using start/stop or start/coast, a N.O. input contact must be used.

NOTE: The controller generates an I/O configuration fault if any input is configured for START or SLOW speed and no input is selected for COAST or STOP . (4) A customer-supplied jumper is required to enable controller standard I/O operation. (5) Due to current leakage through an SCR in the OFF state (controller stopped), some form of upstream line power isolation is recommended if maintenance is required on the motor. See the Isolation Contactor Applications diagram for details.
(6) Configure In1 (Input 1—Parameter 56) to "Disable" .

T1/2
T2/4
T3/6
L1/1
L2/3
L3/5
+L1-L2
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Motor (1) (5)
SMC-50 Controller Circuit
Protective
Device 3-phase AC line power
(1)
Fast-acting SCR fuses
(optional)
(1)
(3)
Control Power and Ground
Internal +24V DC
In2 DC
Enable I/O
Internal DC Common
Aux 2 Aux 1
Control Module Standard I/O
Start/Stop
In1 DC
(1)
(2)
(2)(6)
(4)
120V/240V AC Control Transformer
with fuse or
120/240V AC Power Supply or
24V DC Power Supply
(1)
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 75 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Specifications
Table 57 - Functional Design
Electrical Ratings
Table 58 - Power Circuit Ratings
Standard Features Description
Installation Power Wiring standard squirrel-cage induction motor or a Wye-Delta, six-lead motor Control Wiring 2- and 3-wire control for a wide variety of applications Configuration/Setup(1)
(1) The configuration method must be ordered separately from the controller, which does not include a setup tool.

Keypad Cat. No. 20-HIM-A6 full numeric keypad with LCD display Cat. No. 20-HIM-C6S remote panel mount full numeric keypad with LCD display Software parameter values are downloaded to the SMC-50 with the Connected Components Workbench, DriveT ools, and DriveExplorer programming software packages
Parameter Configuration
Option Module (PCM) Cat. No. 150-SM6 provides simple and limited configuration by DIP and rotary dial switches Communications four DPI ports for local serial communications. Ne twork communication supported by optional 20- COMM-X modules Starting and Stopping Modes modes include: Soft Start, Coast-to-Stop, Soft Stop, Current Limit Start, Dual Ramp, Full Voltage, Linear Speed Acceleration (start), Linear Speed Deceleration (stop), Torque Start, and Preset Slow Speed Pump Control Start and Stop helps reduce fluid surges in centri fugal pumping systems during the starting and stopping period Braking Control(2)
(2) Not intended to be used as an emergency stop. See the applicable standards for emergency stop requirements.

SMB Smart Motor Braking provides motor braking without additional equipment for applications that require the motor to stop quickly Accu-Stop(5)
(5) Accu-Stop is not included as a parameter/function like that of the SMC-Flex. However, the Accu-Stop function can be accompli shed with the SMB mode and Slow Speed with Braking functions. provides controlled position stopping; during stopping, brake torque is applied to the motor until the motor reaches the preset slow speed and holds the motor at this speed until a stop command is given - braking torque is then applied until the motor reaches zero speed - braking current is programmable
Slow Speed with Braking used on applications that require slow speed (in the forward or reverse direction) for positioning or alignment and requires braking control to stop
External Braking activates the external braking device by using aux. relay output Protection and Diagnostics(3)
(3) Diagnostic indication depends on the type of configuration tool used, The standard LED status indication displays: Inhibit ( stop enabled), Fault (non- resettable), Fault (resettable). For full local access, a HIM or PC software is required, For network access, full access to data can also be obtained. displays: Power Loss, Line Fault, Voltage Unbalance, Excessive Starts/Hour, Phase Reversal, Undervoltage, Overvoltage, Controller Temperature, Stall, Jam, Open Gate, Overload, Underload, and Communication Fault Metering Indication(4)
(4) Metering Indication depends on the type of configuration tool being used. Metering Indication requires the use of a HIM or a PC software configuration tool for full local access. Full access to data can also be obtained via network. provides: Phase Current, Current Average, Phase-to-Phase Voltage, Voltage P-P Average, Phase-to-neutral Voltage, Calculated T orque, Real Phase Power, Real Power, Real Energy, Real Demand, Max Real Demand, Reactive Power, Reactive Energy + and -, Reactive Energy, Reactive Demand, Max Reactive Demand, Apparent Power, Apparent Energy, Apparent Demand, Number of Periods, Power Factor, Energy Savings, Elapsed Time 1 and 2, Running Time, Motor Speed, Start Time 1-5, Peak Current 1-5, T otal Starts, THD V , THD I, THD V Average, THD I Average, Line Frequency, Current Imbalance, and Voltage Unbalance
LED Status Indication by Multi-color (standard) displays fault and alarm codes: Running - with alarm, Running - no alarm, Ready - with alarm, Ready - no alarm, Ready - tuning enabled on next start, and Firmware Download Active - with alarm
Auxiliary Contacts (two standard) two fully programmable contacts as: normal, UTS, fault, alarm, external brake, auxiliary control, network, external bypass, or fan control Description Device Rating UL/CSA/NEMA IEC
Rated Operation Voltage 480V 200…480V AC (–15%, +10%) 200…415V (-15%, +10%) 690V 200…600V AC (–15%, +10%) 200…690V/Y (–15%, +10%)
Rated Insulation Voltage 480V — 500V
690V — 690V
Rated Impulse Voltage 480V — 6000V
690V — 6000V
Dielectric Withstand 480V 2200V AC 2500V
690V 2200V AC 2500V
Repetitive Peak Inverse Voltage Rating 480V 1400V 1400V 690V 1800V 1800V
Operating Frequency All 47...63 Hz 47...63 Hz
76 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 59 - Utilization Category
Table 60 - Control Power Specifications
Perchlorate material – special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

This perchlorate warning only applies to primary Lithium Manganese Dioxide (LiMnO2) cells or batteries, and products containing these cells or batteries, sold or distributed in California, USA.

Description Device Rating UL/CSA/NEMA IEC
Integrated Bypass 108…480A
MG 1
AC-53b:3.0-50:1750
Solid-state Normal Duty 90…520 A AC-53a:3.5-10:99-2
Heavy Duty AC-53a:3.5-30:99-1
Protection Against Electrical Shock
Integrated Bypass 108…480A
—
IP00 (IP20 - Control Terminals only)
108…480A IP2X (with Optional Terminal Cover)
Solid-state 90…520 A IP00 (IP20 - Control Terminals only) 90…180 A IP2X (with Optional Terminal Cover)
DV/DT Protection 480V RC Snubber Network690V
Transient Protection 480...600V Metal Oxide Varistors: 220 Joules 690V None
Description UL/CSA/NEMA IEC
Rated Operational Voltage 100…240V AC (-15%…+10%) or 24V DC (-10%…+10%) Rated Insulation Voltage — 240V
Rated Impulse Voltage — 3000V
Dielectric Withstand 1500V AC 1500V
Operating Frequency 47…63 Hz or DC
Control Power Ride Through 22 ms
Max. Output of 24V DC Supply (Terminals 8 and 12) 300 mA Control Module Battery T ype CR 2032
This product contains a sealed lithium battery which may need to be replaced during the life of the product.

At the end of its life, the battery contained in this product should be collected separately from any unsorted municipal waste.

The collection and recycling of batteries helps protect the environment and contributes to the conservation of natural resource s as valuable materials are recovered.

ATTENTION: There is a danger of explosion if the lithium battery or real-time clock module in this product is incorrectly replaced. Do not replace the battery or real-time clock module unless power has been removed and the area is known to be nonhazardous.

Replace the battery only with catalog number 2711P-RY2032 or an equivalent CR2032 coin-cell battery.

Do not dispose of the lithium battery or real-time clock module in a fire or incinerator. Dispose of used batteries in accordance with local regulations.

For safety information on the handling of lithium batteries, including handling and disposal of leaking batteries, see Guidelines for Handling Lithium Batteries, publication AG 5-4.

Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 77 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 61 - Control Module Standard Inputs: Terminals
10 and 11
Table 62 - Control Module Standard Outputs: Terminals
4/5 and 6/7
Table 63 - Wiring Terminals
(applies to Control Module Standard I/O and Expansion
Module Terminals 150-SM2, 150-SM3, 150-SM4)
Table 64 - Cat. No. 150-SM4 Optional Digital Control
Inputs: Terminals A1, A2
Table 65 - Cat. No. 150-SM4 Optional Digital Control
Inputs: Terminals A3 and A4
Table 66 - Cat. No. 150-SM4 Optional Outputs:

Terminals A6/A7, A8/A9, A10/A11
Description UL/CSA/NEMA IEC
Nominal Operating Voltage 24V DC
Operating Voltage Range 15…30V DC
On State Current, min. 2.8 mA
Voltage, min. 10V DC
Off State Current, max. 3 mA
Voltage, max. 10.9V DC
Inrush Current Maximum 7 mA
Input Delay Time On-to-Off: 30 ms, Off-to-On: 20 ms
Reverse Polarity Protection Yes
Rated Insulation Voltage — 60V
Rated Impulse Voltage — 500V
Dielectric Withstand 500V AC 1000V AC
Description UL/CSA/NEMA IEC
Outputs Aux 1, Aux 2
Type of Control Circuit Electromagnetic Relay
Number of Contacts per Relay 1
Type of Contacts Programmable N.O./N.C. (electrically held closed) Type o f Current AC
Rated Operational Current 3 A @ 120V AC, 1.5 A @ 240V AC Conventional Thermal Current Ith AC/DC 5 A
Make/Break VA 3600/360
Utilization Category B300 AC-15
Off-State Leakage Current 0.024 mA @ 24V
Off-State Leakage Current 0.12 mA @120V
Off-State Leakage Current 0.24 mA @ 240V
Description Device Rating
Terminal St yle M3 S crew Clamp
Terminal Type Removable
Screw Terminal T orque 0.8 N•m (7.0 lb•in)
Terminal Wire Size 0.2…2.5 mm2 (24…14 AWG)
Wire Strip Length 7.0 mm (0.27 in.)
Description UL/CSA/NEMA IEC
Nominal Operating Voltage 100…240V AC
Operating Voltage Range 85V …264V AC @ 47 Hz…63 Hz
On State Current, min. 9.7 mA @ 47 Hz, 9.7 mA @ 62.4 Hz Voltage, min. 74.5V AC @ 47 Hz, 55.9V AC @ 62.4 Hz
Off State Current, max. 9.0 mA @ 47 Hz, 9.3 mA @ 62.4 Hz Voltage, max. 68.8V AC @ 47 Hz, 53.6V AC @ 62.4 Hz
Inrush Current Maximum 3.64 A
Input Delay Time On-to-Off: 30 ms, Off-to-On: 25 ms
Rated Insulation Voltage — 240V
Rated Impulse Voltage — 3000V
Dielectric Withstand 1600V AC 2000V AC
Description UL/CSA/NEMA IEC(1)
(1) Meets IEC Type 2 specifications for inputs per IEC 60947-1 for 240V AC only.

Nominal Operating Voltage 100…240V AC
Operating Voltage Range 85V …264V AC @ 47 Hz…63 Hz
On State Current, min. 5.1 mA @ 47 Hz, 5.0 mA @ 62.4 Hz Voltage, min. 74.5V AC @ 47 Hz, 55.8V AC @ 62.4 Hz
Off State Current, max. 4.7 mA @ 47 Hz, 4.8 mA @ 62.4 Hz Voltage, max. 68.6V AC @ 47 Hz, 53.5V AC @ 62.4 Hz
Inrush Current Maximum 3.64 A
Input Delay Time On-to-Off: 30 ms, Off-to-On: 25 ms
Rated Insulation Voltage — 240V
Rated Impulse Voltage — 3000V
Dielectric Withstand 1600V AC 2000V AC
Description UL/CSA/NEMA IEC
Outputs Aux 1, Aux 2, Aux 3
Type of Control Circuit Electromagnetic Relay
Number of Contacts per Relay 1
Type of Contacts Programmable N.O./N.C. (electrically held closed) Type of Current AC
Rated Operational Current 3 A @ 120V AC, 1.5 A @ 240V AC Conventional Thermal Current Ith AC/DC 5 A
Make/Break VA 3600/360
Utilization Category B300 AC-15
Off-State Leakage Current

0.024 mA @ 24V

0.12 mA @120V

0.24 mA @ 240V
I
I
I
I
78 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 67 - Cat. No. 150-SM3 Optional Analog Control
Inputs: Terminals B5…B10
Table 68 - Cat. No. 150-SM3 Optional Analog Control
Outputs: Terminals B1…B4
Table 69 - PTC Input Ratings (Cat. No. 150-SM2 required) Description Rating
Number of Inputs 2 differential inputs
Normal Operating Input Ranges ±10V , 0…10V , 0…5V , 1…5V , 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA Full Scale Operating Input Ranges ±10.5V , 0…10.5V , -0.5…5.25V , 0.5…5.25V , 0…21 mA, 3.5…21 mA
Input Resolution 16 bit (sample rate = 60 Hz)/13 bit (sample rate = 250 Hz)
Data Refresh Rate Filter dependent: 100 ms (sample rate = 60 Hz); 24 ms (sample rate = 250 Hz)
Rated Working Voltage 24V DC / 17V AC
Common Mode Voltage Range ±10V DC / channel
Input Impedance 220 kΩ: voltage mode
249 Ω: current mode
Input Channel Diagnostics Over and Under Range and Open Circuit Open Circuit Detection Time Positive Full Scale Reading: within 3 seconds (max) Maximum Overload at Input Terminals Voltage: ±24V DC continuous at 0.1 mA Current: ±30 mA continuous at 7V DC
External Calibration Not required: auto-calibration performed by the module if required to meet specs.

Module Isolation to Control Board Yes (1000V AC)
Removable Terminal Block Yes (Cat. No. 150-SM3RTB as a spare replacement part) Cable T ype Belden 8760 (or equiv.) 0.750 mm2 (18 AWG twisted pair 100% shield with drain)
Description Rating
Number of Outputs 2 Single-ended
Normal Operating Ranges ±10V , 0…10V , 0…5V , 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA Full Scale Operating Ranges ±10.5V , 0…10.5V , -0.5…5.25V , 0…21 mA,

3.5…21 mA
Output Resolution 16 bit (15 plus sign bipolar)
Resistive Load on Current Output 0…750 Ω
Load Range on Voltage Output 1 kΩ at 10V DC
Max. Inductive Load (Current Outputs) 15 mH
Max. Capacitive Load (Voltage Outputs) 100 F
Overall Accuracy Voltage Terminal: ±0.5% full scale at 25 °C Current Terminal: ±0.35% full scale at 25 °C
Accuracy Drift with Temperature ±5 PPM / °C
Output Impedance 15 Ω (typical)
Open and Short-circuit Protection Yes
Maximum Short-circuit Current 45 mA
Output Overvoltage Protection Y es
Description Rating
Response Resistance 3400 Ω ± 150 Ω
Reset Resistance 1600 Ω ± 100 Ω
Short-circuit Trip Resistance 25 Ω ± 10 Ω
Max. Voltage at PTC Terminals (RPTC = 4 kΩ) < 7.5 V
Max. Voltage at PTC Terminals (RPTC = open) 30V
Max. No. of Sensors (wired in series) 6
Max. Cold Resistance of PTC Sensor Chain 1500 Ω
Response Time 800 ms
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 79 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 70 - Control Power Requirements (Maximum Control Circuit Consumption) Table 71 - Continuous Duty Power Structure Heat Dissipation at Rated Current (Watts) Power Calculation:

Example: Solid-state 361 A device with a 20-COMM-X, HIM, and Cat. No. 150-SM4 Description Current Range [A] Control Voltage
100…240V AC 24V DC
Base Power Draw: Control
Module with Heat Sink Fan
Integrated Bypass
108…135 150 VA 75 W
201…251 175 VA 75 W
317…480 225 VA 180 W
Solid-state
90…180 150 VA 75 W
210…260 150 VA 75 W
361…520 300 VA 300 W
Option Power Adder (for each
option installed, add to base
power to obtain total power
requirement)
Human Interface Module (HIM) — 10 VA 2 W
150-SM2
(1)
(1) Max. one of each option type per control module.
— 30 VA 4 W
150-SM3 — 30 VA 4 W
150-SM4 — 50 VA 2 W
150-SM6(1) —5 VA 1 W
20-COMM-X(1) — 25 VA 4 W
Description Current Range [A] Heat Dissipation [W]
Controller Rating [A]
Integrated Bypass
108 27
135 40
201 75
251 93
317 100
361 120
480 165
Solid-state
90 270
110 330
140 420
180 540
210 630
260 780
320 960
361 1083
420 1260
520 1560
Max. Total Power Dissipation = + + Watts Base Power
Options Power Structure
Max. Total Power Dissipation = 300 + (25+10+50) + 1083 WattsBase Power Options Power Structure Max. Total Power Dissipation = 1468 W
80 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Performance Ratings: Integrated Bypass Devices
Table 72 - Integrated Bypass SCPD Performance, 600V Maximum, Type 1 Table 73 - Integrated Bypass SCPD Performance, 690V Maximum, Type 1, Line Connected Motors Only SCPD Performance(1)
(1) Consult local codes for proper sizing of short-circuit protection.

Type 1 Ratings(2)
(2) Basic Requirements for Type 1 Coordination: Under the short-ci rcuit condition, the starter shall cause no danger to persons or to the installation. The starter may not be suitable for further service without repair or replacement of parts. For further details, refer to UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14 and EN 60947-4-2.

Motor Connection
Type Cat. No Current
Rating [A]
Non-Time Delay Fuse(3)
(3) Non-Time Delay Fuses: Class K5 up to 600 A, Class L above 600 A.

Inverse Time (Thermal Magnetic) Circuit Breaker
Max. Standard Available Fault [kA] Max. Amps Max. Standard Available Fault [kA] Max. Amps Line
150-S108N… 108 10 400 10 300
150-S135N… 135 500 400
150-S201N… 201 18 600 18 600
150-S251N… 251 700 700
150-S317N… 317 30 800 30 800
150-S361N… 361 1000 1000
150-S480N… 480 42 1200 42 1200
Inside Delta
150-S108N… 187 10 600 10 500
150-S135N… 234 700 700
150-S201N… 348 18 1000 18 1000
150-S251N… 435 1200 1200
150-S317N… 549 30 1600 30 1600
150-S361N… 625 1600 1600
150-S480N… 831 42 1600 42 1200
SCPD Performance(1)
(1) Consult local codes for proper sizing of short-circuit protection.

Type 1 Ratings(2)
(2) Basic Requirements for Type 1 Coordination: Under the short-circuit condition, the starter shall cause no danger to persons or to the installation. The starter may not be suitable for further service without repair or replacement of parts. For further details, refer to UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14 and EN 60947-4-2.

Motor Connection Type Cat. No Current Rating
[A]
Max. Standard
Available Fault [kA]
Max. Ampere Tested — North
American Style
Max. Ampere Tested — European
Style
Line
150-S108N… 108
70 A070URD33xxx500 6,9 gRB 73xxx400
6,6URD33xxx500
150-S135N… 135 A070URD33xxx500 6,9 gRB 73xxx400
6,6URD33xxx500
150-S201N… 201 A070URD33xxx700 6,9 gRB 73xxx630
6,6URD33xxx700
150-S251N… 251 A070URD33xxx700 6,9 gRB 73xxx630
6,6URD33xxx700
150-S317N… 317 A070URD33xxx900 6,9 gRB 73xxx800
6,6URD33xxx900
150-S361N… 361 A070URD33xxx900 6,9 gRB 73xxx800
6,6URD33xxx900
150-S480N… 480 A070D33xxx1250
A100URD73xxx1250
9 URD 73xxx1250
6,6URD33xxx1250
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 81 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 74 - Integrated Bypass SCPD Performance, High Fault, Type 1 Table 75 - Integrated Bypass Semiconductor Fusing Recommendations SCPD Performance(1)
(1) Consult local codes for proper sizing of short-circuit protection.

Type 1 Ratings(2)
(2) Basic Requirements for Type 1 Coordination: Under the short-circuit condition, the starter shall cause no danger to persons or to the installation. The starter may not be suitable for further service without repair or replacement of parts. For further details, refer to UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14 and EN 60947-4-2.

Motor Connection Type Cat. No Current Rating
[A]
Class J or Class L Fuse(3)
(3) High Capacity fault ratings when used with time delay Class J or time delay Class L fuse.

Inverse Time (Thermal Magnetic) Circuit Breaker(4)
480V, 65kA Maximum
(4) Circuit Breaker must be of the designated 140G Frame.

Max. High Capacity
Available Fault (600V) [kA] Max. Amps Bul. 140G
Frame Size Max. Amps Cat. No. Rating
Plug
Line
150-S108N… 108
70 200
Pending
150-S135N… 135 225
150-S201N… 201 350
150-S251N… 251 400
150-S317N… 317
69 500
150-S361N… 361 600
150-S480N… 480 800
Inside Delta
150-S108N… 187
70 300
150-S135N… 234 400
150-S201N… 348 600
150-S251N… 435 800
150-S317N… 549
69 1000
150-S361N… 625 1200
150-S480N… 831 1600
Semiconductor (SCR) Fusing(1)
(1) Consult local codes for proper sizing of short-circuit protection.

Cat. No.

Current Rating [A] I2t Reference
(103A2s)
North America(4) (5)
(4) Calculated only, NOT tested.
(5) Fuse size based on a start profile of 300% of the controller maximum current rating for 50 seconds. Contact Technical Suppor t at [email protected] or 440-646-5800 for applications with a longer start time or higher starting current.

European(4) (5)
Line(2)
(2) For line-connected motors, connect fuses to the SMC-50 in line with three-phase power terminals L1, L2, and L3.

Inside Delta(3)
(3) For delta-connected motors, connect fuses to the SM C-50 inside the delta after terminals T6, T4, and T5.

Max. Available Fault
(480V) [kA]
Ferraz-shawmut
Fuse Part No.

Max. Available
Fault (500V) [kA]
Ferraz-shawmut
Fuse Part No.
150-S108N… 108 187 87
65 A70QS200
50 6,9URD31*0250
150-S135N… 135 234 90 A70QS200 6,9URD31*0250
150-S201N… 201 348 200 A70QS400 6,9URD32*0450
150-S251N… 251 435 238 A70QS400 6,9URD32*0450
150-S317N… 317 549 300 A70QS450 6,9URD33*0550
150-S361N… 361 625 320 A70QS450 6,9URD33*0550
150-S480N… 480 831 1200 A70QS700 65 6,9URD32*0700
I I I
82 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Performance Ratings: Solid-state Devices
Table 76 - Solid-state SCPD Performance, 600V Maximum, Type 1 SCPD Performance(1)
(1) Consult local codes for proper sizing of short-circuit protection.

Type 1 Ratings(4)
(4) Basic Requirements for Type 1 Coordination: Under the short-ci rcuit condition, the starter shall cause no danger to persons or to the installation. The starter may not be suitable for further service without repair or replacement of parts. For further details, refer to UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14 and EN 60947-4-2.

Motor
Connection Type Cat. No Current
Rating [A]
Non-Time Delay Fuse(5)
(5) Non-Time Delay Fuses: Class K5 up to 600 A, Class L above 600 A.

Time Delay Fuse(7)
(7) Time Delay Fuse: Devices rated 90…180 A (155…311 A): Class RK5. Devices rated 210…520 A (363…900 A): Class RK5 or Class J up to 600 A, Class L above 600 A.

Inverse Time (Thermal Magnetic)
Circuit Breaker
Max. Standard
Available Fault [kA]
Typical
Amps
Max.

Amps
Max. Standard
Available Fault [kA]
Typical
Amps
Max.

Amps
Line(2)
(2) UL/CSA (Type 1) and EN 60947-4-2 (Type 1) for Line-Connected Mo tors: Suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than the listed max. RMS symmetrical amperes (UL: 600V maximum, IEC: 690V max.). 150-SB1N… 90
10 250 350
10 150 200
10 225 350
150-SB2N… 110 300 400 175 225 250 300
150-SB3N… 140 400 500 225 300 350 400
150-SB4N… 180 500 500 300 400 450 500
150-SC1N… 210
18 600 600
18 350 450
18 500 600
150-SC2N… 260 700 700 450 500 600 700
150-SC3N… 320 800 800 500 700 800 800
150-SD1N… 361
30/18
(6)
(6) UL/CSA applications = 30 kA, 600V maximu m. IEC applications = 18 kA, 690V maximum. 1000 1000
30/18(6)
600 800
30/18(6)
800 1000
150-SD2N… 420 1200 1200 700 800 1000 1200
150-SD3N… 520 1200 1200 800 1000 1200 1200
Inside Delta
(3)
(3) UL/CSA (Type 1) and EN 60947-4-2 (Type 1) for Inside-the-Delta Connected Motors: Su itable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than the listed max. RMS symmetrical amperes (UL and IEC: 600V maximum). 150-SB1N… 155
18 450 450
18 250 300
18 350 450
150-SB2N… 190 500 500 300 400 450 500
150-SB3N… 242 700 700 400 500 600 700
150-SB4N… 311 800 800 500 600 700 800
150-SC1N… 363
30 1000 1000
30 600 800
30 800 1000
150-SC2N… 450 1200 1200 700 1000 1000 1200
150-SC3N… 554 1600 1600 800 1200 1200 1600
150-SD1N… 625
42 1600 1600
42 1000 1200
42 1200 1600
150-SD2N… 727 2000 2000 1200 1600 1600 2000
150-SD3N… 900 2500 2500 1200 2000 2000 2500
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 83 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 77 - Solid-state SCPD Performance, High Fault, Type 1 Table 78 - Solid-state Semiconductor Fusing Recommendations SCPD Performance(1)
(1) Consult local codes for proper sizing of short-circuit protection.

Motor
Connection Type Cat. No Current
Rating [A]
Class J or Class L Fuse(3)
(3) High Capacity fault ratings when used with time delay Class J or time delay Class L fuse.

Inverse Time (Thermal Magnetic) Circuit Breaker(4)
480V, 65kA Maximum
(4) Circuit Breaker must be of the designated 140G Frame.

Max. High Capacity Available
Fault (600V) [kA]
Typical
Amps
Max.

Amps
Bul. 140G
Frame Size
Max.

Amps Cat. No. Rating Plug
Line
150-SB1N… 90
100
150 200
K
350 140G-K6F3-D40 —
150-SB2N… 110 175 225 300 140G-K6F3-D30 —
150-SB3N… 140 225 300 400 140G-K6F3-D40 —
150-SB4N… 180 300 400 400 140G-K6F3-D40 —
150-SC1N… 210 350 450
M
600 140G-M6F3-D60 —
150-SC2N… 260 450 500 700 140G-M6F3-D80 —
150-SC3N… 320 500 700 800 140G-M6F3-D80 —
150-SD1N… 361 601 800
N
1000 140G-N6HE-E12 140G-NRP3-E10
150-SD2N… 420 700 800 1200 140G-N6HE-E12 —
150-SD3N… 520 800 1000 1200 140G-N6HE-E12 —
Inside Delta
150-SB1N… 155
65 250 300
M
450 140G-M6F3-D60 —
150-SB2N… 190 300 400 500 140G-M6F3-D60 —
150-SB3N… 242 400 500 700 140G-M6F3-D80 —
150-SB4N… 311 500 600 700 140G-M6F3-D80 —
150-SC1N… 363 601 800
N
1000 140G-N6HE-E12 140G-NRP3-E10
150-SC2N… 450 700 1000 1200 140G-N6HE-E12 —
150-SC3N… 554 800 1200 1200 140G-N6HE-E12 —
150-SD1N… 625 1000 1200
Pending
(5)
(5) Other circuit breakers pending.
150-SD2N… 727 1200 1600
150-SD3N… 900 1200 2000
Semiconductor (SCR) Fusing(1)
(1) Consult local codes for proper sizing of short-circuit protection.

Cat. No.

Current Rating [A]
I2t Reference (103A2s)
North America(4) (5)
(4) Calculated only, NOT tested.
(5) Fuse size based on a start profile of 350% of the controller maximum current rating for 10 seconds. Contact Technical Suppor t at [email protected] or 440-646-5800 for applications with a longer start time or higher starting current.

Type 2 Coordination Per EN 60947-4-2(5) (6)
(6) Basic Requirements for Type 2 Coordination: Per EN 60947-4-2 under short-circuit conditions, the device shall cause no dange r to persons or installation and shall be suitable for further use.

Line(2)
(2) For line-connected motors, connect fuses to the SMC-50 in line with three-phase power terminals T6, T4, and T5.

Inside
Delta(3)
(3) For delta-connected motors, connect fuses to the SMC-50 inside the delta after terminals L1-T6, L2-T4, and L3-T5.

Max. Available Fault (480V)
[kA]
Ferraz-
shawmut
Fuse Part No.

Max. Available Fault
(500V) [kA]
Ferraz-shawmut
Fuse Part No.
150-SB1N… 90 155 92
65 A70QS150
65 6,9URD30*0200
150-SB2N… 110 190 95 A70QS175 6,9URD30*0200
150-SB3N… 140 242 100 A70QS200 6,9URD30*0250
150-SB4N… 180 311 106 A70QS250 6,9URD31*0315
150-SC1N… 210 363 200 A70QS350 6,9URD30*0315
150-SC2N… 260 450 238 A70QS400 6,9URD31*0400
150-SC3N… 320 554 320 A70QS450 6,9URD31*0450
150-SD1N… 361 625 1000 A70QS500 6,9URD31*0500
150-SD2N… 420 727 1100 A70QS600 6,9URD31*0630
150-SD3N… 520 900 1200 A70QS700 6,9URD31*0700
84 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Environmental, Mechanical, and Other Ratings
Table 79 - Environmental Ratings
Table 80 - Mechanical Ratings
Table 81 - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Ratings
Attribute Rating
Operating Ambient Temperature Range
(surrounding air ambient)
Integrated Bypass Devices
-20…+50 °C (-4…+122 °F) (no derating) —
For operation 50...65 °C (122...149 °F), refer to Thermal Wizard. -20…+40 °C (-4…104 °F) (Enclosed)
Solid-state Devices
-20…+40 °C (-4…+104 °F) (no derating) —
For operation 40...65 °C (104...149 °F), refer to Thermal Wizard. -20…+40 °C (-4…104 °F) (Enclosed)
Storage and Transportation Temperature Range –25…+75 °C (-13…+167 °F) Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft) without derating;
for operation above 2000...7000 m (6560...22965 ft) maximum, refer to Thermal Wizard Humidity 5…95% (noncondensing)
Pollution Degree 2
Mounting Orientation Ver tical
Atmospheric Protection ANSI/ISA - 71.04-2013; Class G3 Environment Attribute Rating
Resistance to Vibration Operational All Devices 1.0 G Peak, 0.15 mm (0.006 in.) Displacement Non-Operational 2.5 G Peak, 0.38 mm (0.015 in.) Displacement Resistance to Shock
Integrated Bypass Operational 108…480 A 5.5 G
Non-Operational 25 G
Solid-state Operational 90...520 A 15 G
Non-Operational 30 G
Construction
Power Poles Heatsink Hockey Puck Thyristor Modular Design Control Modules Thermoset and Thermoplastic Moldings
Metal Parts Plated Brass, Copper, or Steel
Terminals
Power
Te r mi n al
Lugs
Integrated Bypass
108…135 A One M10 x 1.5 diameter hole per power pole
201…251 A Two M10 x 1.5 diameter hole per power pole
317…480 A T wo M12 x 1.75 diameter hole per power pole
Solid-state
90…180 A One 10.5 mm (0.41 in.) diameter hole per power pole 210…320 A T wo 10.5 mm (0.41 in.) diameter holes per power pole 361…520 A T wo 13.5 mm (0.53 in.) diameter holes per power pole Power Terminal Markings NEMA, CENELEC EN50 012
Control Terminals M3 Screw Clamp Clamping Yoke Connection Attribute Rating
EMC Emission Levels Conducted Radio Frequency Emissions Class A (per EN 60947-4-2) Radiated Emissions Class A (per EN 60947-4-2)
EMC Immunity Levels
Electrostatic Discharge 8 kV Air Discharge Per EN 60947-4-2 Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Field Per EN 60947-4-2
Fast Transient Per EN 60947-4-2
Surge Transient Per EN 60947-4-2
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 85 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 82 - Overload Characteristics
Table 83 - Standards Compliance and Certifications
Overload Characteristics Device Type Rated Current [A] Line-connected Devices Delta-Connected Devices Current Range
Integrated Bypass Devices
108 27…108 47…187
135 34…135 59…234
201 67…201 116…348
251 84…251 145…435
317 106…317 183…549
361 120…361 208…625
480 160…480 277…831
Solid-state Devices
90 30…90 52…155
110 37…110 65…190
140 47…140 82…242
180 60…180 104…311
210 70…210 122…363
260 87…260 151…450
320 107…320 186…554
361 120…361 210…625
420 140…420 243…727
520 174…520 302…900
Overload Type Electronic - using I
2t algorithm
Trip Classes 5 to 30
Trip Current Rating 118% of Motor FLC
Number of Poles 3
Standards Compliance Certifications
UL 508 c-UL-us Listed (Open T ype) (File No. E96956)
EN 60947-4-2 CE Marked per EMC Directive and Low Voltage Directive CCC(1)
(1) For updated certification status of controllers with 24V DC control power, consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor, or www.rockwellautomation.com/global/certification/overview.page.

C-Tick(1)
EAC(1)
KCC(1)
ABS(1)
86 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 84 - Integrated Bypass Devices: Protection Device and Bypass Component Selection—Line-connected Motor Description SMC-50 Cat. No.(3)
(3) For complete catalog numbers, see the product directory: www.ab.rockwellautomation.com. 150-S108N 150-S135N 150-S201N 150-S251N 150-S317N 150-S361N 150-S480N Rated Current [A] 108 135 201 251 317 361 480
Voltage 230…600V AC 230…600V AC 230…600V AC 230…600V AC 230…600V AC 230…600V AC 230…600V AC Short-circuit Current Ratings (SCCR)(1)
(1) Always refer to local codes for proper selection of branch circuit components.

Standard Fault SCCR at 600V
Std. Available Fault [kA] 10 18 30 42
Max. Non-Time Delay Fuse 400 500 600 700 800 1000 1200
Max. Inverse Time Circuit Breaker (CB) 300 400 600 700 800 1000 1200 High Fault SCCR
High Available Fault with Fuses at 600V [kA] 70 69
Max. Class J or L Time Delay Fuse 200 225 350 400 500 600 800 High Available Fault with Circuit Breaker at
480V [kA]
PendingMax. Inverse Time CB (Bul. 140G required)(2)
(2) Circuit Breaker must be of the designated 140G Frame size for high fault short circuit ratings.

Bul. 140G MCCB Frame Size
Branch Protection Reference(1)
Inverse Time Circuit Breaker Selections(3)
35 kA at 600V Maximum 140G- K6F3-D… 140G- K6F3-D… 140G- M6F3-D… 140G- M6F3-D… 140G- M6F3-D… — — 50 kA at 600V Maximum — — — — — 140G- N6H3-E… (4)
(4) Requires rating plug selection based on application; see the product directory: www.ab.rockwellautomation.com . 140G- N6H3-E12
65 kA at 480V Maximum(2) Pending
Fused Disconnect Selections, For Use With Non-Time
Delay Fuses 194R-J400-1753 194R-J600-1753 194R-J600-1753 194R-L800-1753 194R-L800-1753 — — I

I I I I I I
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 87 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 85 - Solid-state Devices: Protection Device and Bypass Component Selection Overview—Line-connected Motor
Description SMC-50 Cat. No.(5)
(5) For complete catalog numbers, see the product directory: www.ab.rockwellautomation.com. 150-SB1N 150-SB2N 150-SB3N 150-SB4N 150-SC1N 150-SC2N 150-SC3N 150-SD1N 150-SD2N 150-SD3N Rated Current [A] 90 110 140 180 210 260 320 361 420 520 Voltage [V
AC] 230…600 230…600 230…600 230…600 230…600 230…600 230…600 230…600 230…600 230…600 Short-circuit Current Ratings (SCCR)(1)
(1) Always refer to local codes for proper selection of branch circuit components.

Standard Fault SCCR at 600V
Std. Available Fault [kA] 10 18 30
Max. Non-Time Delay
Fuse
[A] 350 400 500 500 600 700 800 1000 1200 1200
Max. Time Delay Fuse [A] 200 225 300 400 450 500 700 800 800 1000 Max. Inverse Time
Circuit Breaker (CB)
[A]
350 300 400 500 600 700 800 1000 1200 1200
High Fault SCCR
High Available Fault
with Fuses at 600V
[kA]
100
Max. Class J or L Time
Delay Fuse
[A]
200 225 300 400 450 500 700 800 800 1000
High Available Fault
with Circuit Breaker at
480V
[kA]
65 Max. Inverse Time CB
(Bul. 140G required)
(2)
(2) Circuit Breaker must be of the designated 140G Frame size for high fault short circuit ratings. [A] 350 300 400 400 600 700 800 1000 1200 1200
Bul. 140G MCCB Frame Size K M N
Branch Protection Reference(1)
Inverse Time Circuit Breaker Selections(5)
35 kA at 600V Maximum 140G- K6F3-D 140G- K6F3-D 140G- K6F3-D 140G- M6F3-D 140G- M6F3-D 140G- M6F3-D 140G- M6F3-D — — — 50 kA at 600V Maximum — — — — — — — 140G- N6H3-
E(6)
(6) Requires rating plug selection based on application; see the product directory: www.ab.rockwellautomation.com . 140G- N6H3-
E12
140G- N6H3-
E12
65 kA at 480V Maximum(2) 140G-K6F3-D 140G-K6F3-D 140G-K6F3-D 140G-K6F 3-D 140G-M6F3-D 140G-M6F3-D 140G-M6F3-D 140G- N6H3- E12(6) 140G- N6H3-
E12
140G- N6H3-
E12
Fused Disconnect Selections, For Use
With Non-Time Delay Fuses
194R-J200-
1753
194R-J400-
1753
194R-J400-
1753
194R-J400-
1753
194R-J600-
1753
194R-J600-
1753
194R-L800-
1753 ———
Bypass Contactor Reference(2) (3)
(3) For the most up-to-date information, including voltag e ratings other than 600V, see the Global SCCR Tables at www.rockwellautomation.com.

AC-3 Rated per UL/CSA(4), Standard Fault SCCR
(4) In IEC regulated regions when sizing the bypass contactor per AC-1 or AC-3 ratings, the short circuit rating of the bypass c ontactor must be similar to that of the SMC-50 controller.

Short Circuit Current Ratings @ 600V
with:
(5) 100-C97 100-D115 100-D140 100-D180 100-D250 100-D250 100-D300 100-D630 100-D630 100-D630 Standard Available Fault [kA] 10 18 30
Max. Non-Time Delay
Fuse
[A] 350 A 250 A 350 A 450 A 600 A 700 A 700 A 1000 A 1200 A 1200 A High Fault SCCR
Short Circuit Current Ratings with:(5) 100-C97 100-D115 100-D140 100-D180 100-D210 100-D250 100-D300 100-D420 100-D630 100-D630 High Available Fault
with Fuses at 600V
[kA] 100 100 100 42
Max. Class J or Class L
Time Delay Fuse
[A]
120 150 200 225 300 350 450 500 A 600 A 700 A

I I I I I I I

I I I I I I I
I I : : : I : : I : :

I I ; ; ; I ; ; I I ;
88 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 86 - Integrated Bypass Devices: Protection Device and Bypass Component Selection—Delta-connected Motor Description SMC-50 Cat. No.(3)
(3) For complete catalog numbers, see the product directory: www.ab.rockwellautomation.com. 150-S108N 150-S135N 150-S201N 150-S251N 150-S317N 150-S361N 150-S480N Rated Current [A] 187 234 348 435 549 625 831
Voltage 230…600V AC 230…600V AC 230…600V AC 230…600V AC 230…600V AC 230…600V AC 230…600V AC Short-circuit Current Ratings (SCCR)(1)
(1) Always refer to local codes for proper selection of branch circuit components.

Standard Fault SCCR at 600V
Std. Available Fault [kA] 10 18 30 42
Max. Non-Time Delay Fuse 600 700 1000 1200 1600 1600 1600 Max. Inverse Time Circuit Breaker (CB) 500 700 1000 1200 1600 1600 1200 High Fault SCCR
High Available Fault with Fuses at 600V [kA] 70 69
Max. Class J or L Time Delay Fuse 300 400 600 800 1000 1200 1600 High Available Fault with Circuit Breaker at
480V [kA]
PendingMax. Inverse Time CB (Bul. 140G required)(2)
(2) Circuit Breaker must be of the designated 140G Frame size for high fault short circuit ratings.

Bul. 140G MCCB Frame Size
Branch Protection Reference(1)
Inverse Time Circuit Breaker Selections(3)
35 kA at 600V Maximum 140G- M6F3-D… 140G- M6F3-D… — — — — — 50 kA at 600V Maximum — — 140G- N6H3-E… (4)
(4) Requires rating plug selection based on application; see the product directory: www.ab.rockwellautomation.com . 140G- N6H3-E12 140G-R12I3-E (4) 140G-R12I3-E(4) 140G-N6H3-E12 65 kA at 480V Maximum(2) Pending
Fused Disconnect Selections, For Use With Non-Time
Delay Fuses 194R-J600-1753 194R-L800-1753 — — — — —
I

I I I I I I
I ! ! ! ! ! !
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 89 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Table 87 - Solid-state Devices: Protection Device and Bypass Component Selection—Delta-connected Motor Description SMC-50 Cat. No.(5)
(5) For complete catalog numbers, see the product directory: www.ab.rockwellautomation.com. 150-SB1N 150-SB2N 150-SB3N 150-SB4N 150-SC1N 150-SC2N 150-SC3N 150-SD1N 150-SD2N 150-SD3N Rated Current [A] 155 190 242 311 363 450 554 625 727 900 Voltage [V AC] 230…600 230…600 230…600 230…600 230…600 230…600 230…600 230…600 230…600 230…600 Short-circuit Current Ratings (SCCR)(1)
(1) Always refer to local codes for proper selection of branch circuit components.

Standard Fault SCCR at 600V
Std. Available Fault [kA] 18 30 42
Max. Non-Time Delay
Fuse
[A] 450 500 700 800 1000 1200 1600 1600 2000 2500
Max. Time Delay Fuse [A] 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1200 1600 2000 Max. Inverse Time
Circuit Breaker (CB)
[A]
450 500 700 800 1000 1200 1600 1600 2000 2500
High Fault SCCR
High Available Fault
with Fuses at 600V
[kA]
65 Max. Class J or L Time
Delay Fuse
[A]
300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1200 1600 2000
High Available Fault
with Circuit Breaker at
480V
[kA]
65 Max. Inverse Time CB
(Bul. 140G required)
(2)
(2) Circuit Breaker must be of the designated 140G Frame size fo r high fault short circuit ratings. Other circuit breakers pending. [A] 450 500 700 700 1000 1200 1200 — — —
Bul. 140G MCCB Frame Size M N Pending
Branch Protection Reference(1)
Inverse Time Circuit Breaker Selections(5)
35 kA at 600V Maximum 140G- K6F3-D 140G- M6F3-
D
140G- M6F3-
D
140G- M6F3-
D — —————
50 kA at 600V Maximum — — — — 140G- N6H3-
E(6)
(6) Requires rating plug selection based on application; see the product directory: www.ab.rockwellautomation.com . 140G-N6H3-
E12
140G-R12I3-
E(6) 140G-R12I3-
E(6) 140G- R12I3-
E20
140G- R12I3-
E25
65 kA at 480V Maximum(2) 140G-M6F3-D 140G-M6F3-D 140G-M6F3-D 140G-M6F3-D 140G- N6H3- E(6) 140G- N6H3-
E12
140G- N6H3-
E12 Pending
Fused Disconnect Selections, For Use
With Non-Time Delay Fuses
194R-J400-
1753
194R-J400-
1753
194R-J600-
1753
194R-J600-
1753
194R-L800-
1753 —————
Bypass Contactor Reference(1) (3)
(3) For the most up-to-date information, including voltag e ratings other than 600V, see the Global SCCR Tables at www.rockwellautomation.com.

Short Circuit Current Ratings @ 600V
with:
(5) 100-D250 100-D250 100-D250 100-D300 100-D630 100-D630 100-D630 100-D860 100-D860 — Standard Available
Fault
[kA] 18 30 42
Max. Non-Time Delay
Fuse
[A]
450 500 700 700 1000 1200 1600 1600 2000 —
High Fault SCCR
Short Circuit Current Ratings with:(5) 100-D180 100-D180 100-D250 100-D300 100-D420 100-D630 100-D630 100-D630 100-D860 100-G1200 High Available Fault
with Fuses at 600V
[kA] 65 65 42 42 65
Max. Class J or Class L
Time Delay Fuse
[A]
225 225 350 450 500 600 700 800 1000 1300

I I I I I I I I I I I
1 I ; ; ; I I ; I ; I
90 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are in inches (mm) unless otherwise noted. Dimensions are not to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Table 88 - SMC-50 Controller Enclosure Requirements
The guidelines in Ta b l e 8 9 result from the open design of the SMC-50 controller and the minimum clearance requirements of 150 mm (6 in.) above and below the controller.

Table 89 - SMC-50 Controller Minimum Enclosure Size
Enclosure Ratings
Standard Device Rating: IP00 (NEMA Open T ype)
Minimum Required Enclosure: IP23 (NEMA Type 1)
Recommended Enclosure:(1)
(1) See Table 42 on page 69 for minimum enclosure size.

IP54 (NEMA T ype 12)
Ambient temperature range (open air) or internal enclosure temperature range without derating:

Internal Bypass -20…50 °C (-4…122 °F)
Solid-state -20...40 °C (-4...104 °F)
Orientation and Clearance
Mounting Orientation: Vertical ONL Y
Minimum Clearance: Horizontal 0 cm (0 in.)
Vertical 15 cm (6 in.)
SMC-50 Controller with Internal Bypass
Catalog Number mm (in.)(1)
(1) Actual enclosure size changes based on heat dissipation, duty cycle, ambient temperature, and external cooling. See the user manual, publication 150-UM011, for more information.

Width Height Depth
150-S108… / 150-S135… 609.6 (24.0) 762.0 (30.0) 304.8 (12.0) 150-S201… / 150-S251… 762.0 (30.0) 965.2 (38.0) 355.6 (14.0) 150-S317… / 150-S361… / 150-S480… 914.4 (36.0) 1295.4 (51.0) 355.6 (14.0) Solid-state SMC-50 Controller
Catalog Number Configuration mm (in.)(1)
Width Height Depth
150-SB…
Line/Wye 609.6 (24.0) 762.0 (30.0) 304.8 (12.0)
Inside-the-Delta 762.0 (30.0) 965.2 (38.0) 355.6 (14.0) 150-SC… All 762.0 (30.0) 965.2 (38.0) 355.6 (14.0)
150-SD… All 914.4 (36.0) 1295.4 (51.0) 355.6 (14.0)
I
I
I
I
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 91 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Controllers with Internal Bypass
Figure 23 - 108/135 A Controller with Internal Bypass: Without Terminal Covers • Note: When mounted in an enclosure, maintain a minimum of 6.0 inches (152.4 mm) clearance above and below the SMC-50 controller. Side-to-side clearance is not required.

6.56 (166.6)

4.25 (108)

2.13 (54)

15.31 (388.9)

14.45 (367)

17.47 (443.7)

5.10 (129.5)

1.56 (39.5)

5.10 (129.5)

0.30 (7.5)

1.54 (39)

1.25 (31.8)

0.79 (20.2)

0.49 (12.5)

1.02 (26)

16.57 (420.8)

15.06 (382.5)

14.07 (357.5)

15.58 (395.8)
.51
(12.9)

0.19 (4.8)

7.74 (196.6)

6.25 (158.9)

5.73 (145.5)

8.56 (217.3)

0.32 (8)
See detail A
Detail A
SCALE 1.500
M10 X 1.5
#8-32 UNC-2B
Cat. No. Weight
150-S108 15.4 kg
(34.0 lbs.)150-S135
r7
7 lr°:::i n-n / I
f----
c-----
I---
0 0
=
92 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 24 - 108/135 A Controller with Internal Bypass: With Terminal Covers and MOV Options • Note: When mounted in an enclosure, maintain a minimum of 6.0 inches (152.4 mm) clearance above and below the SMC-50 controller. Side-to-side clearance is not required.

19.32 (490.6)

6.59 (167.5)

1.59 (40.5)

6.59 (167.5)

2.44 (62)

17.89 (454.5)

3.07 (78)

2.29 (58)

4.66 (118.4)

8.58 (218.1)

4.68 (118.7)

14.45 (367)

6.56 (166.6)

6.03 (153.2)

7.74 (196.6)

1.37 (34.9)

8.56 (217.3)

0.31 (7.9)
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 93 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 25 - 201/251 A Controller with Internal Bypass: Without Terminal Covers • Note: When mounted in an enclosure, maintain a minimum of 6.0 inches (152.4 mm) clearance above and below the SMC-50 controller. Side-to-side clearance is not required.

Figure 26 - 201/251 A Controller with Internal Bypass: With Terminal Covers and MOV Options • Note: When mounted in an enclosure, maintain a minimum of 6.0 inches (152.4 mm) clearance above and below the SMC-50 controller. Side-to-side clearance is not required.

2.00 (50.8)

0.98 (25)

0.49 (12.5)

22.05 (560)

8.86 (225)

5.91 (150)

19.85 (504.1)

0.78 (19.7)

6.19 (157.3)

0.25 (6.4)

1.61 (40.9)

16.63 (422.5)

15.24 (387)

15.65 (397.5)

2.57 (65.3)

1.81 (46)

0.98 (24.9)

1.10 (27.9)

14.25 (362)

6.53 (165.9)

4.57 (116.1)

1.80 (45.6)

1.80 (45.6) 6.19
(157.3)

0.45 (11.5)

0.51 (13)

9.78 (248.5)

0.33 (8.5)

10.92 (277.4)

SEE DETAIL A

DETAIL A
SCALE 1.500
M10 X 1.5
#8-32 UNC-2B
Cat. No. Weight
150-S201 30.8 kg
(68.0 lbs.)150-S251

4.97 (126.3)

4.68 (118.7)

9.73 (247.3)

4.68 (118.7)

9.94 (252.6)

1.09 (27.6)

8.77 (222.8)

19.31 (490.4)

17.91 (454.9)

7.89 (200.5)

7.94 (201.7)

3.37 (85.7)

7.94 (201.7)

10.92 (277.4)
.,
1 I
fl_ -~
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 ftO O O O O O O O O O O 00 0 0 00 0 ft O O 0
a a
. .. . .. .
0 iJ!
L E
r,; n I ... '"''
n CD
e
j
e
'gl
• I l
- w - w -
a a
0 0 0 U ODO O O 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DOU OD 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
'"'b""",r 0 0 0 IH.JIH
,,. -- ,.. - ,..

L
-
-
c---
_J
94 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 27 - 317/361/480 A Controller with Internal Bypass: Without Terminal Covers • Note: When mounted in an enclosure, maintain a minimum of 6.0 inches (152.4 mm) clearance above and below the SMC-50 controller. Side-to-side clearance is not required.

2.50 (63.5)

1.29 (32.7)

0.67 (17)

0.89 (22.5)

1.20 (30.5)

0.45 (11.5)

23.62 (600)

21.23 (539.2)

11.42 (290)

7.87 (200)8.69
(220.7)

2.41 (61.3)

2.41 (61.3)6.11
(155.3)

0.47 (12)

17.30 (439.5)

15.96 (405.5)

15.39 (391)14.06
(357)

2.98 (75.7)

6.93 (175.9)

0.25 (6.4)

7.18 (182.3)

1.61 (40.9)

1.13 (28.8)1.89
(48)

0.71 (18)

10.33 (262.3)

12.21 (310.1)

SEE DETAIL A

DETAIL A
SCALE 1.500
M12 X 1.75
#8-32 UNC-2B
Cat. No. Weight
150-S317

46.2 kg
(102 lbs.)150-S361
150-S480
-
7 - ,___
/¢
!
tf9 I ~~t, I
u ~ .. I
I ~~ I 0 01
• 1B
( 0 :
• Ill
• ~
- "--
~ I
~ <D
L c=J •
w"' I
l!I ..
lw.,
0 0 0 0 0 :::
.... ~r&"' t ... ~9 9 9 <L
--1$) @,-
~ ¢ 1- -
I I

I---- -
I------ ~
- ~
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 95 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 28 - 317/361/480 A Controller with Internal Bypass: With Terminal Covers and MOV Options • Note: When mounted in an enclosure, maintain a minimum of 6.0 inches (152.4 mm) clearance above and below the SMC-50 controller. Side-to-side clearance is not required.

9.99 (253.7)

20.74 (526.8)

18.88 (479.7)

10.28 (261.1)

4.68 (118.7)

5.52 (140.1)

12.60 (320.2)

10.44 (265.3)
.49
(12.4)

9.23 (234.4)

3.47 (88.1)

12.21 (310.1)
fi 11 I r)
T
~~l~~~l~~~~~~f~~~~lH~~f ~]~f~~
- " - - -
~
-
---. • ~
'
I ' _L_ 'Ill
• I . --
:m CD •
j •
~
• c=J
- u u u u
0 ~~~~~~~~~~H~~~~~H~~~~]~~~~
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 IU~UUUUOUU
,.. - l"I - I
- - - J_
96 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Solid-state Controllers
Figure 29 - Cat. Nos. 150-SB1…SB4 Solid-state Controller: Without Terminal Covers • Note: When mounted in an enclosure, maintain a minimum of 6.0 inches (152.4 mm) clearance above and below the SMC-50 controller. Side-to-side clearance is not required.

0.19 (4.8)

1.41 (35.8)

7.25 (184.2)

6.79 (172.5)

10.21 (259.2)

7.65 (194.4)

6.69 (170.0)

2.51 (63.7)

2.51 (63.7) Four Quantity
Ø 0.296
(7.51)

14.63 (371.6)

6.25 (158.8)

0.30 (7.5)

1.07 (27.1)

2.76 (70.0)

13.39 (340.0)

15.62 (396.6)

13.95 (354.4)
See detail A
Detail A
#8-32 UNC 2B

0.79 (20)

0.49 (12.5)

0.41 dia
(10.5)

1.25 (31.8)

1.54 (39.1)
Cat. No. Weight
150-SB1

15.7 kg
(34.6 lbs.)
150-SB2
150-SB3
150-SB4
[
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 97 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 30 - Cat. Nos. 150-SB1…SB4 Solid-state Controller: With Terminal Covers and MOV Options • Note: When mounted in an enclosure, maintain a minimum of 6.0 inches (152.4 mm) clearance above and below the SMC-50 controller. Side-to-side clearance is not required.

1.40 (35.6)

1.54 (39.0)9.22
(234.1)

9.93 (252.3)

10.19 (258.9)

6.98 (177.4)

3.86 (97.9)

7.62 (193.7)

20.13 (511.3)
• ~ □ Hi HOO O □ HiH O O O □ HiH □ •1
OB BB □
1111 1111 1111 r
01 ol " ea loi"" ~
-"' ro
0 1--\0° .,.;\<J.JJ,ll,
I
oooooooooorI'
n,lf © (', T2t4 ""°'R" -- 1"318
Im !el ll !el II !el 71'
O 0
09~900009~900009~90
08B800008i800008B80
0 ® 0
~~~m~~
~~~~~~~~
14 t=
m~~~~~
~~~~~~~~
98 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 31 - Cat. Nos. 150-SC1…SC3 Solid-state Controller • Note: When mounted in an enclosure, maintain a minimum of 6.0 inches (152.4 mm) clearance above and below the SMC-50 controller. Side-to-side clearance is not required.

0.281 dia.

2.00 (50.8)

10.75 (272.9)

9.11 (231.3)

0.25 (6.4)

7.19 (182.6)

0.67 (17)

9.84 (250)

7.17 (182.1)

3.92 (99.6)

2.47 (62.8)

9.30 (236.2)

24.08 (611.6)

23.25 (590.6)

24.24 (615.7) 25.14
(638.5)

2.09 (53.1)

5.34 (135.6)

7.66 (194.6)

9.84 (250)

10.75 (273.1)
See detail A
Detail A

2.00 (50.8)

1.16 (29.5)

0.413 dia
(10.49) 2 holes

0.53 (13.5)

0.98 (25)
Cat. No. Weight
150-SC1

47.6 kg
(105 lbs.)150-SC2
150-SC3
J~
L1
I
~
~
,-
-
I
1 l---
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 99 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 32 - Cat. Nos. 150-SC1…SC3 Solid-state Controller: With Lugs, Bypass Kit, and MOV Options • Note: When mounted in an enclosure, maintain a minimum of 6.0 inches (152.4 mm) clearance above and below the SMC-50 controller. Side-to-side clearance is not required.

26.84 (681.8)

1.44 (36.5)

8.23 (209.2)

6.08 (154.4)

3.08 (78.2)

27.23 (691.6)

23.25 (590.6)

3.15 (80)

0.35 (8.8)

1.02 (26)

2.14 (54.2)

1.44 (36.5)

0.53 (13.4)

26.17 (664.6)

1.70 (43.2)
I" #
~
= "'°" m
I
c=J
"' .,
I \
100 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 33 - Cat. Nos. 150-SD1…SD3 Solid-state Controller • Note: When mounted in an enclosure, maintain a minimum of 6.0 inches (152.4 mm) clearance above and below the SMC-50 controller. Side-to-side clearance is not required.

1.13 (28.7) dia.
lifting holes (4)

1.31 (33.3)

0.39 (10) dia.
mounting holes (4)

15.00 (381)

10.69 (271.5)

5.05 (128.3)

9.21 (233.8)

15.00 (381)

0.400 dia.

25.88 (657.3)

26.43 (671.3)

25.25 (641.4)

27.25 (692.2)

3.156
(80.16)

7.844 (199.24)

10.908 (277.06)

17.38 (441.5)

18.00 (457.2)

8.63 (219.2)

11.64 (295.8)

9.96 (253)

8.68 (220.5)

0.25 (6.4)

2.04 (51.7)
See detail A
Detail A

3.00 (76.2)

1.53 (38.9)

0.69 (17.5)

2.13 (54)

0.53 dia.
(13.5) 12 holes
Cat. No. Weight
150-SD1

77.1 kg
(170 lbs.)150-SD2
150-SD3
L _J
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 101 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Figure 34 - Cat. Nos. 150-SD1…SD3 Solid-state Controller: With Lugs, Bypass Kit, and MOV Options • Note: When mounted in an enclosure, maintain a minimum of 6.0 inches (152.4 mm) clearance above and below the SMC-50 controller. Side-to-side clearance is not required.

29.79 (756.8)

1.44 (36.5)

10.08 (256)

8.68 (220.5)

3.49 (88.5)

28.58 (726)

25.25 (641.4)

1.82 (46.2)

0.33 (8.5)

1.54 (39.2)

2.41 (61.2)
1- 1
~
~
w w
L-
102 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Accessories
Option Modules
Option modules can be used to add or expand the functionality of the SMC-50 Control Module. Option modules are installed into the control module's three expansion ports, 7 through 9. • NOTE: If the application requires network communication, a Cat. No. 20-COMM-X communication adapter must be inserted in expansion port 9.

Converter Modules
Description Compatible Control
Module Ports
Maximum No. of Option Modules
of this Type Per Controller Cat. No.

PTC, Ground Fault, and Current Feedback Option Module 7 and 8 1 150-SM2 Analog I/O Option Module: 2 analog inputs (voltage or
current) and 2 analog outputs (voltage or current) 7, 8, 9 3 150-SM3 Digital I/O Option Module: 4 100…240V AC inputs and 3
relay outputs 7, 8, 9 3 150-SM4
Parameter Configuration Module — DIP and rotary dial 7, 8, 9 1 150-SM6 Description For Use With Rated Current [A] Cat. No.

Three-Phase Current Monitoring Module
Used with a Cat. No. 150-SM2 to provide current feedback to the SMC-50 controller when in external bypass
configuration.(1)
(1) Requires user-supplied current transformers with 5 A secondary. 30…180 825-MCM180
181…520 825-MCM20
Connection Cable (replacement) Cat. No. 150-
SM2 to Bul. 825-MCM connection All — 825-MCA
Core Balance Ground Fault Sensor Used with a Cat. No. 150-SM2 to provide ground current feedback.(2)
(2) The ground fault sensing feature of the SMC-50 controller is intended for monitoring purposes only. It is not to be used as a ground fault circuit interrupter for personnel protection as defined by Article 100 of the NEC. The sensing feature has not been evaluated to UL 1053.

Turns Ratio:
100:1 825-CBCT

Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 103 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Protective Modules
The same protective module mounts on the line or load side of the SMC-50 controller. Use of protective modules is highly recommended. For applications that require both line and load side protection, you must order two protective modules. • Note: You must not place protective modules on the load (motor) side of an SMC-50 controller when using an inside-the-delta connection or with pump, braking, or linear speed acceleration/deceleration control.

Terminal Lug Kits
Distribution Blocks
Current Rating Description Cat. No.

90...520
108…480
480V protective module 150-F84L
600V protective module 150-F86L
For Use With Controller Type Current
Range [A] Wire Size Range
Total No. of Terminal Lugs
Possible Each Side Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Line Side Load Side
Integrated bypass
150-S108…
150-S135… 108…135 #6…250 MCM AWG
16 mm2…120 mm2 33 3 199-LF1
150-S201…
150-S251… 201…251 #6…250 MCM AWG
16 mm
2…120 mm2 66 3 199-LF1
150-S317…
150-S361…
150-S480…
317…480 #4…500 MCM AWG
25 mm2…240 mm2 66 3 199-LG1
Solid -state
(no external bypass)
150-SB… 90…180 #6…250 MCM AWG
16 mm2…120 mm2 33 3 199-LF1
150-SC… 210…320 #6…250 MCM AWG
16 mm2…120 mm2 66 3 199-LF1
150-SD… 361…520 #4…500 MCM AWG
25 mm2…240 mm2 66 3 199-LG1
Solid -state
(with external bypass)
150-SB… 90…180 (2) 1/0…250 MCM AWG
50 mm2…120 mm2 33 3 1494R-N14
150-SC… 210…320 #6…250 MCM AWG
16 mm2…120 mm2
6 (6 additional
needed for bypass
kit)
63 199-LF1
150-SD… 361…520 #4…500 MCM AWG
25 mm2…240 mm2
6 (6 additional
needed for bypass
kit)
63 199-LG1
Integrated bypass—
(inside-the-delta
terminal lugs)
150-S108…
150-S135… 187…234 #4…500 MCM AWG
25 mm2…240 mm2 36 (1)
(1) When connected in an inside-the-delta configuration, use terminal Cat. No. 199-LF1 for load-side connections (T1…T6). 3 1494R-N15
150-S201…
150-S251… 348…435 (2) 1/0…250 MCM AWG
50 mm
2…120 mm2 61 2(1) 3 1494R-N14
150-S317…
150-S361…
150-S480…
549…831 (3) 3/0…500 MCM AWG
95 mm
2…240 mm2 31 2(2)
(2) When connected in an inside-the-delta configuration, us e terminals Cat. No. 199-LG1 for load-side connections (T1…T6). 3 150-LG5MC
For Use With Controller
Type
Current
Range [A]
Wire Size Range Total No. Distribution
Blocks Needed Pkg.

Qty. Cat. No.

Line Side Load Side Line Side Load Side
Solid-state
(inside-the-
delta)
150-SB… 155…311 (2) #4 AWG…500 MCM
25…240 mm2 (2) #4 AWG…500 MCM
25…240 mm2 3— 1 1492-BG
150-SC… 363…554 (2) 1/0 AWG…750 MCM
54…400 mm2 (6) 6 AWG…250 MCM
16…120 mm2 1— 1 Marathon Special Products
Cat. No. 1353703
150-SD… 625…900 (4) 1/0 AWG…750 MCM
54…400 mm2 (4) 1/0 AWG…750 MCM
54…400 mm2 3— 1 Marathon Special Products
Cat. No. 1352702
~
~~ 1;5;1,.1~r
104 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
External Bypass Kits
IEC Line or Load Terminal Covers
Capacitor Module
For Use With Controller Type Current Range [A] Cat. No.

Solid -state (with external bypass) 150-SC… 210…320 150-SCBK 150-SD… 361…520 150-SDBK
Description For Use With Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.
• Dead front protection
• IP2X finger safe when used with 250 MCM cable
150-S108…
150-S135… 1 150-TC1
• Dead front protection
• IP2X finger safe when used with 250 MCM cable
150-S201…
150-S251… 1
150-TC2
• Dead front protection
• IP2X finger safe when used with 500 MCM cable
150-S317…
150-S361…
150-S480…
1 150-TC3
• Dead front protection
• IP2X finger safe when used with 250 MCM cable
150-SB…
(90…180 A units only) 1 150-STCB
Description For Use With Cat. No.

Required for EMC directive compliance (EN60947-4-2) 150-SB… (90…180 A units only) 150-SMCAP I
I
.... -----. .. --------. . ~ . .....
' '
ti (1(1 (1(1 (1(1

I II I I II I I II I
f • ~ I I I ~ l ~fl l
~•!~•4••~~ •1tWi l ~~~
I ,----, ,,. 1 ,- I
1 r1 " "r1

I I I I I
111 '(1 1
I I I
- -
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 105 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Human Interface Modules (HIMs) and Communication Modules Replacement Parts
For all Controller Types
Description Cat. No.

SMC-50 Controller — bezel mounted Enhanced, LCD, Full Numeric Keypad 20-HIM-A6 Door-mounted HIM Remote (panel mount) LCD Display, Full Numeric Keypad (version of Cat. No. 20-HIM-A6) 20-HIM-C6S(3) (3) A 3 m (9.8 ft.) Cat. No. 1202-C30 cable is provided.

HIM interface cables
HIM Interface Cable, 1 m (39 in) 20-HIM-H10(4)
(4) A cable is required if 20-HIM-A6 is connected to the SMC-50 DPI Port #2 and used as a hand-held device.

Cable Kit (Male-Female) 0.33 m (1.1 ft) 1202-H03
Cable Kit (Male-Female) 1 m (3.3 ft) 1202-H10
Cable Kit (Male-Female) 3 m (9.8 ft) 1202-H30
Cable Kit (Male-Female) 9 m (29.5 ft) 1202-H90
DPI/SCANport™ One to T wo Port Splitter Cable 1203-S03
Description For Use With
Communication modules (installed
into the physical space assigned to
control module expansion port 9;
connected to DPI port 4 via cable)
RS-485 DF1 Communication Adapter
Bulletin 150-Sxx
20-COMM-S
PROFIBUS™ DP Communication Adapter 20-COMM-P
ControlNet™ Communication Adapter (Coax) 20-COMM-C
Interbus™ Communication Adapter 20-COMM-I
Modbus/TCP Communication Adapter 20-COMM-M
DeviceNet™ Communication Adapter 20-COMM-D
EtherNet/IP™ Communication Adapter 20-COMM-E
Dual-port EtherNet/IP™ Communication Adapter 20-COMM-ER HVAC Communication Adapter 20-COMM-H
ControlNet™ Communication Adapter (Fiber) 20-COMM-Q
Connected Components Workbench Software
Programming Software Windows 7/2000/XP/Vista
Windows 10(2)
(2) Connected Components Workbench software only.

Available for download at
www.rockwellautomation.com
DriveExecutive™ 9303-4DTE01ENE
DriveT ools™ SP (1)
(1) Includes DriveExecutive™ an d DriveObserver™ software. 9303-4DTS01ENE
AnaCANda™ RS-232 to DPI PC Interface Serial 1203-SSS(5) (5) Includes Cat. No. 1203-SFC and 1202-C10 cables.

DPI to USB USB 1203-USB(6)
(6) Includes Cat. No. 20-HIM-H10 and 22-HIM-H10 cables.

Description Cat. No.

SMC-50 Control Module 100…240V AC control power; two 24V DC inputs, two relay outputs 150-SCMD 24V DC control power; two 24V DC inputs, two relay outputs 150-SCMR(1) (1) Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability.

Replacement Cover Replacement control module front cover 150-SCMRC Replacement Removable T erminal Block
Control module control I/O replacement removable terminal block Control module 150-SCMRTB PTC module replacement removable terminal block (set of 3) 150-SM2 150-SM2RTB Analog I/O option replacement removable terminal block 150-SM3 150-SM3RTB Digital I/O module replacement removable terminal block 150-SM4 150-SM4RTB

106 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
For Units with Integrated Bypass
Description 100…240V AC Control Voltage 24V DC Control Voltage Cat. No. Cat. No.

Frame 3 Power Structure Assembly
• Contains all three power poles in a single package and includes the pole-to-control module transition cover and cooling fan. 108 A, 200…480V AC line 150-SPP108BD 150-SPP108BR (1)
(1) Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability. 135 A, 200…480V AC line 150-SPP135BD 150-SPP135BR(1)
108 A, 200…690V AC line 150-SPP108UD 150-SPP108UR(1)
135 A, 200…690V AC line 150-SPP135UD 150-SPP135UR(1)
Frame 4 Power Pole
• Contains one power pole
201 A, 200…480V AC line 150-SPP201B
251 A, 200…480V AC line 150-SPP251B
201 A, 200…690V AC line 150-SPP201U
251 A, 200…690V AC line 150-SPP251U
Frame 5 Power Pole
• Contains one power pole
317 A, 200…480V AC line
150-SPP317B
361 A, 200…480V AC line 150-SPP361B
480 A, 200…480V AC line 150-SPP480B
317 A, 200…690V AC line 150-SPP317U
361 A, 200…690V AC line 150-SPP361U
480 A, 200…690V AC line 150-SPP480U
Base Plate
• for mounting power poles
201…251 A
41391-803-01
317…480 A 41391-803-02
Description Rated Control Voltage For Use With Cat. No.

Replacement Fan
for SMC-50 Frame 3 controllers 100…240V AC 150-S108…-S135 150-SRF135D 24V DC 150-SRF135R(1)
(1) Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability. for SMC-50 Frame 4 controllers 100…240V AC 150-S201…-S251 150-SRF251D 24V DC 150-SRF251R(1)
for SMC-50 Frame 5 controllers 100…240V AC 150-S317…-S480 150-SRF480D 24V DC 150-SRF480R(1)
Description Rated Current [A] Line Voltage [V AC] Control Voltage Cat. No.

S M C - 5 0 w i t h B y p a s s
Replacement Controller Cover
201
200…480 100…240V AC 150-S201RCBD
24V DC(1)
(1) 24V DC Control Inputs ONL Y . Not compatible with 24V AC Control Inputs. 150-S201RCBR(2)
(2) Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability. 200…690 100…240V AC 150-S201RCUD
24V DC(1) 150-S201RCUR(2)
251
200…480 100…240V AC 150-S251RCBD
24V DC(1) 150-S251RCBR(2)
200…690 100…240V AC 150-S251RCUD
24V DC(1) 150-S251RCUR(2)
317
200…480 100…240V AC 150-S317RCBD
24V DC(1) 150-S317RCBR(2)
200…690 100…240V AC 150-S317RCUD
24V DC(1) 150-S317RCUR(2)
361
200…480 100…240V AC 150-S361RCBD
24V DC(1) 150-S361RCBR(2)
200…690 100…240V AC 150-S361RCUD
24V DC(1) 150-S361RCUR(2)
480
200…480 100…240V AC 150-S480RCBD
24V DC(1) 150-S480RCBR(2)
200…690 100…240V AC 150-S480RCUD
24V DC(1) 150-S480RCUR(2)
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 107 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
For Solid-state Units
Description 100…240V AC Control Voltage 24V DC Control Voltage Cat. No. Cat. No.

Frame B Power Structure Assembly
• Contains all three power poles in a single package and includes the pole-to-control module transition cover and cooling fan
90 A, 200…480V AC line 150-SPPB1B 150-SPPB1BR
110 A, 200…480V AC line 150-SPPB2B 150-SPPB2BR
140 A, 200…480V AC line 150-SPPB3B 150-SPPB3BR
180 A, 200…480V AC line 150-SPPB4B 150-SPPB4BR
90 A, 200…690V AC line 150-SPPB1U 150-SPPB1UR
110 A, 200…690V AC line 150-SPPB2U 150-SPPB2UR
140 A, 200…690V AC line 150-SPPB3U 150-SPPB3UR
180 A, 200…690V AC line 150-SPPB4U 150-SPPB4UR
Frame C Power Pole
• Contains one power pole — SCR, heatsink assembly, and cable 210 A, 200…480V AC line 150-SPPC1B
260 A, 200…480V AC line 150-SPPC2B
320 A, 200…480V AC line 150-SPPC3B
210 A, 200…690V AC line 150-SPPC1U
260 A, 200…690V AC line 150-SPPC2U
320 A, 200…690V AC line 150-SPPC3U
Frame D Power Pole
• Contains one power pole — SCR, heatsink assembly, and cable 361 A, 200…480V AC line
150-SPPD1B
420 A, 200…480V AC line 150-SPPD2B
520 A, 200…480V AC line 150-SPPD3B
361 A, 200…690V AC line 150-SPPD1U
420 A, 200…690V AC line 150-SPPD2U
520 A, 200…690V AC line 150-SPPD3U
Description Cat. No.

Replacement Cover Replacement controller cover 210…320 A units 150-SCRC 361…520 A units 150-SDRC
Description Rated Control Voltage For Use With Cat. No.

Replacement Fan
for SMC-50 Frame B controllers 100…240V AC 150-SB units (90…180 A) 150-SF1 24V DC 150-SF1R
for SMC-50 Frame C controllers 100…240V AC 150-SC units (210…320 A) 150-SF2D 24V DC 150-SF2R
for SMC-50 Frame D controllers 100…240V AC 150-SD units (361…520 A) 150-SF3D 24V DC 150-SF3R
Replacement Fan Cover
fan cover for SMC-50 Frame B controllers — 150-SB units (90…180 A) 150-SBFC fan cover for SMC-50 Frame C controllers — 150-SC units (210…320 A) 150-SCFC fan cover for SMC-50 Frame D controllers — 150-SD units (361…520 A) 150-SDFC I
I
I
108 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 SMC-50 Smart Motor Controllers
Upgrade Kits
These kits allow you to upgrade from SMC Flex controllers to SMC-50 controllers with internal bypass. Kits contain SMC-50 control module, programming device, optional I/O card (if needed) and plastic mounting/transition cover (if needed). • Important: Carefully check current range, line voltage and control input voltage when selecting an upgrade kit. Not all control voltages or current ranges can be upgraded.

Description Kit Contents (1)
(1) Kit contains one of each catalog number listed.

Rated Current [A] Line Voltage [V AC] Control Voltage (2) (2) The SMC-50 control module provides two (2) 24V DC control in puts. If you need additional inputs, you must use 100…240V AC inputs (requires 150-SM4 option module).

Cat. No.

Frame 3 SMC Flex to SMC-50 controllers with bypass
upgrade kit
• 150-SCMD control module
• 150-SM4 digital I/O module
• 20-HIM-A6 LCD HIM
108
200…690 100…240V AC
150-S108UPGD
135 150-S135UPGD
• 150-SCMR control module
• 20-HIM-A6 LCD HIM
108 200…690 24V DC(3)
(3) 24V DC control voltage ONL Y . Not compatible with 24V AC control voltage. 150-S108UPGR (4)
(4) Consult your local Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor for availability. 135 150-S135UPGR(4)
Frame 4 SMC Flex to SMC-50 controllers with bypass
upgrade kit
• 150-SCMD control module
• 150-SM4 digital I/O module
• 20-HIM-A6 LCD HIM
• Plastic mounting/transition cover
201
200…480
100…240V AC
150-S201UPGBD
200…575 150-S201UPGCD
200…690 150-S201UPGUD
251
200…480 150-S251UPGBD
200…575 150-S251UPGCD
200…690 150-S251UPGUD
• 150-SCMR control module
• 20-HIM-A6 LCD HIM
• Plastic mounting/transition cover
201
200…480
24V DC(3)
150-S201UPGBR(4)
200…575 150-S201UPGCR (4)
200…690 150-S201UPGUR (4)
251
200…480 150-S251UPGBR(4)
200…575 150-S251UPGCR(4)
200…690 150-S251UPGUR (4)
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 109 Application Profiles
Application Profiles
This section describes several of the myriad applications for SMC controllers. It also details the basis for selecting a control method.

Illustrations are included to help identify the application. Motor ratings are specified, but the ratings may vary in other typical applications.

Applications and starting methods that are ideal for the SMC controllers include the following. • Fans
– Soft start
– Linear acceleration
• Pumps
– Soft start
– Pump control
– Linear acceleration
– Pump cavitation
• Conveyors
– Soft start
– Linear acceleration
• Centrifuges
– Smart motor braking
– Current limit
• Shock loads
– Rock crushers
– Hammer Mills
– Bark Hogs
• High-inertia loads
– Hammer mill with current limit
– Shredder with soft start
– Bandsaw with soft start
– Ball mill with current limit
• Smart Motor Braking
– Bandsaw
– Centrifuge
– Hammermill
– Ball mill
• Compressors
– Soft start
• Tu m b l e r s
– Linear acceleration
– Soft start
• Short-term slow speed
• Resistive loads
110 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Reduced Voltage Starting
There are two primary reasons for using reduced voltage when starting a motor:
• Limit line disturbances
• Reduce excessive torque to the driven equipment
When starting a motor at full voltage, the current drawn from the power line is typically 600% of normal full load current. This high current flows until the motor is almost up to speed and then decreases, as shown in Figure 35. This could cause line voltage dips and brown-outs.

Figure 35 - Full-load Current vs. Speed
In addition to high starting currents, the motor also produces starting torques that are higher than full-load torque. The magnitude of the starting torque depends on the motor design. NEMA publishes standards for torques and currents for motor manufacturers to follow. T ypically, a NEMA Design B motor has a locked rotor or starting torque that is approximately180% of full-load torque.

In many applications, this starting torque can cause excessive mechanical damage such as belt, chain, or coupling breakage.

All forms of reduced voltage starting affect the motor current and torque characteristics. When you apply a reduced voltage to a motor at rest, the current drawn by the motor is reduced. The torque produced by the motor is a factor of approximately the square of the percentage of voltage applied.

For example, if 50% voltage is applied to the motor, a starting torque of approximately 25% of the normal starting torque is produced. In the previous full voltage example, the NEMA Design B motor had a starting torque of 180% of full load torque. With only 50% voltage applied, this equates to approximately 45% of full load torque. Ta b l e 9 0 shows the typical relationship of voltage, current, and torque for a NEMA Design B motor. 600
100
200
300
400
500
0 100
% Full Load Current
% Speed
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 111 Application Profiles
Table 90 - Typical Voltage, Current and Torque Characteristics for NEMA Design B Motors With the wide range of torque characteristics for the various starting methods, selecting an electromechanical reduced voltage starter becomes more application dependent. In many instances, available torque becomes the key factor in the selection processes.

Solid-state Starters with SCRs
In solid-state starters, silicon-controlled rectifiers (SCRs) (see Figure 36) are used to control the voltage output to the motor. An SCR allows current to flow in one direction only. The amount of conduction of an SCR is controlled by the pulses received at the gate of the SCR. When two SCRs are connected back to back (see Figure 37), the AC power to a load can be controlled by changing the firing angle of the line voltage (see Figure 38) during each half cycle. By changing the angle, it is possible to increase or decrease the voltage and current to the motor. The SMC-50 controller incorporates a microprocessor to control the firing of the SCRs. Six SCRs are used in the power section to provide full cycle control of the voltage and current. The voltage and current can be slowly and steplessly increased to the motor.

Figure 36 - Silicon-controlled Rectifier
Figure 37 - Typical Wiring Diagram for SCRs
Starting Method % Voltage at Motor
Terminals
Motor Starting Current as a % of: Line Current as a % of: Motor Starting Torque as a % of:

Locked Rotor
Current Full Load Current Locked Rotor
Current Full Load Current Locked Rotor
Torque Full Load Torque
Full Voltage 100 100 600 100 600 100 180
Autotransformer
80% tap 80 80 480 64 384 64 115
65% tap 65 65 390 42 252 42 76
50% tap 50 50 300 25 150 25 45
Part Winding 100 65 390 65 390 50 90
Wye-Delta 100 33 198 33 198 33 60
Solid-state 0…100 0…100 0…100 0…100 0…100 0…100 0…100
L1 T1
L2 T2
L3 T3
Motor
3-phase AC line
power
SMC-50 Controller
112 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Figure 38 - Different Firing Angles (Single-phase Simplification) Supply Voltage
Firing for
approximately
50% RMS
Voltage
Firing for 25%
RMS Voltage
Firing for 100%
RMS Voltage
~
1,,'f\ /T\
\,,V
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 113 Application Profiles
Industry Applications Matrix
Use this section to identify possible SMC controller applications. This section contains an application matrix that identifies starting characteristics and typical stopping features that may be used in various applications.

Table 91 - Mining and Metals(1)
Table 92 - Food Processing(1)
(1) Table Legend: 3= SMC-3 controller; F = SMC Flex controller; 50 = SMC-50 controller Application Soft Start Current
Limit Kickstart Soft Stop Pump
Control Accu- Stop Smart Motor
Brake
Preset Slow
Speed
Slow Speed
with Brake
Linear Speed
Acceleration
Torque
Control
Start
3F 5 0 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 Roller Mills —X X — X X ——— — — ———— — — —— X X — — —— X X — — X— — X Hammermills —X X — X X ——— — — ———— — — —— X X — — —— X X — — X— — X Roller Conveyors —X X — — ———— — X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — X— — X Centrifugal Pumps —X X — X X ——— — — —— X X — — ———— — — ———— — — X— — X Fans XXX X X XXXX — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— — X Tumbler —X X — X X ——— — — ———— — X X—X X — X X—X X — — X— — X Rock Crusher —X X — X X ——— — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— — X Dust Collector —X X — X X ——— — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— — X Chillers —X X — X X ——— — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— — X Compressor XXX X X X ——— — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— — X Wire Draw Machine —X X — X X—X X — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— — X Belt Conveyors XXX X X XXXX — X X— — — — X X ——— — X X— — — — — X— — X Shredder —X X — X X ——— — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— — X Grinder —X X — X X ——— — — ———— — — —— X X — — —— X X — — X— — X Slicer —X X — X X—X X — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— — X Overload Conveyor —X X — — —— X X — X X— — — — X X ——— — — ———— — X X— — X Application Soft Start Current
Limit Kickstart Soft Stop Pump
Control Accu- Stop Smart Motor
Brake
Preset Slow
Speed
Slow Speed
with Brake
Linear
Speed
Acceleration
Torque
Control Start
3F 5 0 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 Centrifugal Pumps —X X — X X— — — — — —— X X — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Palletizers —X X — — ———— — X X ——— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Mixers —X X — X X—X X — — ———— — — ———— — X X ——— — — X— —X Agitators —X X ——— — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Centrifuges ——— — X X— — — — — ———— — — —— X X — — —— X X — — X— —X Conveyors XXX X X XXXX — X X ——— — X X ——— — — ———— — — X— —X Fans XXX X X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Bottle Washers —X X — — ———— — X X ——— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Compressors —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Hammermill —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Separators —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Dryers —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Slicers —X X — X X—X X — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X 114 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Table 93 - Pulp and Paper(1)
Table 94 - Petrochemical(1)
Table 95 - Transportation and Machine Tool(1)
(1) Table Legend: 3= SMC-3 controller; F = SMC Flex controller; 50 = SMC-50 controller Application Soft Start Current
Limit Kickstart Soft Stop Pump
Control Accu- Stop Smart Motor
Brake
Preset Slow
Speed
Slow Speed
with Brake
Linear
Speed
Acceleration
Torque
Control Start
3F 5 0 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 Compressors XXX X X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Conveyors XXX X X XXXX X X X ——— — X X ——— — X X ——— — — X— —X Trolleys —X X — — ———— — X X ——— — X X ——— — X X ——— — — X— —X Dryers XXX X X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Agitators —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Centrifugal Pumps —X X — X X— — — — — —— X X — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Mixers —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X(1) (1) Unloaded
—— X
Fans XXX X X X—X X — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Re-Pulper —X X — X X—X X — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Shredder —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — X X— —X Application Soft Start Current
Limit Kickstart Soft Stop Pump
Control Accu- Stop Smart Motor
Brake
Preset Slow
Speed
Slow Speed
with Brake
Linear
Speed
Acceleration
Torque
Control Start
3F 5 0 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 Centrifugal Pumps —X X — X X— — — — — —— X X — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Extruders —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Screw Conveyors —X X — X X—X X — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Mixers —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — X X ——— — — X— —X Agitators —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Compressors —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Fans XXX X X XXXX — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X
Ball Mills —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — X X—X X — — —— X X — — X— —X Centrifuge —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — —— X X — — —— X X — — X— —X Application Soft Start Current
Limit Kickstart Soft Stop Pump
Control Accu- Stop Smart Motor
Brake
Preset Slow
Speed
Slow Speed
with Brake
Linear
Speed
Acceleration
Torque
Control Start
3F 5 0 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 Material Handling
Conveyors XXX X X XXXX — X X ——— — X X ——— — X X ——— — — X— —X Ball Mills —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — X X—X X — X X—X X — — X— —X Grinders —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — —— X X — — —— X X — — X— —X Centrifugal Pumps —X X — X X— — — — — —— X X — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Trolleys —X X ——— — X X ——— — X X ——— — X X ——— — — X— —X Presses —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — —— X X — — —— X X — — X— —X Fans XXX X X XXXX — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X
Palletizers —X X — X X— — — — X X ——— — X X ——— — X X ——— — — X— —X Compressors —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Roller Mill —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — —— X X — — —— X X — — X— —X Die Charger —X X ——— — — ———— — X X ——— — — ———— — — X— —X Rotary Table —X X ——— — — ———— — X X ——— — X X ——— — — X— —X Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 115 Application Profiles
Table 96 - OEM Specialty Machine(1)
Table 97 - Lumber and Wood Products(1)
Table 98 - Water/Wastewater Treatment and Municipalities(1) (1) Table Legend: 3= SMC-3 controller; F = SMC Flex controller; 50 = SMC-50 controller Application Soft Start Current
Limit Kickstart Soft Stop Pump
Control Accu- Stop Smart Motor
Brake
Preset Slow
Speed
Slow Speed
with Brake
Linear
Speed
Acceleration
Torque
Control Start
3F 5 0 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 Centrifugal Pumps XXX X X X— — — — — —— X X — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Washers —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — X X—X X — X X—X X — — X— —X Conveyors XXX X X XXXX X X X ——— — X X—X X — X X—X X — — X— —X Power Walks —X X — X X— — — — X X ——— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Fans XXX X X XXXX — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X
Twisting/ Spinning
Machine —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Application Soft Start Current
Limit Kickstart Soft Stop Pump
Control Accu- Stop Smart Motor
Brake
Preset Slow
Speed
Slow Speed
with Brake
Linear
Speed
Acceleration
Torque
Control Start
3F 5 0 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 Chipper —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — —— X X — — —— X X — — X— —X Circular Saw —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — —— X X — — —— X X — — X— —X Bandsaw —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — —— X X — X X—X X — — X— —X Edger —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Conveyors XXX X X XXXX X X X ——— — X X ——— — X X ——— — — X— —X Centrifugal Pumps —X X — X X— — — — — —— X X — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Compressors —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Fans XXX X X XXXX — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X
Planers —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Sander —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — X X—X X — X X—X X — — X— —X Debarker —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — —— X X — — —— X X — — X— —X Application Soft Start Current
Limit Kickstart Soft Stop Pump
Control Accu- Stop Smart Motor
Brake
Preset Slow
Speed
Slow Speed
with Brake
Linear
Speed
Acceleration
Torque
Control Start
3F 5 0 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 3 F 50 Centrifugal Pumps XXX X X X— — — X X X—X X — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Centrifuge, heavy —X X — X X— — — — — ———— — — —— X X — — —— X X — — X— —X Fans XXX X X X— — — X X X ——— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X Compressors XXX X X X— — — — — ———— — — ———— — — ———— — — X— —X 116 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Fans
Soft starters are commonly used to start fans. Fans are typically variable torque type loads. The amount of torque that is required increases with the starting speed of the fan.

The best way to start a fan load is with the dampers closed to reduce the amount of resistance to airflow. Figure 39 and Figure 40 illustrate methods the SMC-50 uses for successful fan starting. Note the smooth start of the sensorless linear acceleration, keeping smooth control of the motor current.

Figure 39 - Sensorless Linear Acceleration and Sensorless Linear Deceleration Figure 40 - Soft Start and Soft Stop
Time
Measurement
Motor Current
Motor Speed
Motor Torque
Reference Torque
Time
Measurement
Motor Current
Motor Speed
Motor Torque
Reference Torque
- -- -
- -- -
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 117 Application Profiles
Exhaust Fan with Soft Start
Problem
The belts on an exhaust fan frequently break, which causes maintenance problems. In addition to the high cost of the belts, the fan belt guard is cumbersome to remove. The high starting torque from the motor is a major contributor to the belt wear. The customer wants to remotely stop and start the fan from a PLC. Panel space is limited, which requires a compact device. Figure 41 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 41 - Exhaust Fan with Soft Start
Solution
The SMC-50 controller is installed as a retrofit to the existing starter. The ramp time is set for 28 seconds, which facilitates a smooth acceleration while reducing the starting torque of the motor and minimizing the mechanical shock to the belts. The SMC-50 controller has optional communication capabilities, allowing it to be controlled remotely via a PLC. It also has built-in overload protection, which saves panel space by not requiring a separate overload protection device.

SMC Flex controllers also have the flexibility of setting the ramp time and the adjustability required for this application.

SMC-3 controllers have fixed selectable ramp times and selectable starting torques.

Exhaust
Motor
Intake
Belts
I I
I I
~II
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
~.-------
118 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Chiller with Soft Start
Problem
A belt-driven fan on a chiller frequently breaks the belt because of high starting torque. The customer incurs excessive downtime because the housing has to be removed to replace the belt. A combination across-the-line starter is used to control the motor. Control panel space is limited. A device that uses same control and line voltage is required because there is no room in the panel for a control circuit transformer. Figure 42 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 42 - Chiller with Soft Start
Solution
The SMC-50 controller is installed as a retrofit to the chiller. It is set for an 18-second soft start to reduce the snap to the belts as a result of the high starting torque. It also reduces belt “squealing” that had been occurring at startup. Because the SMC-50 controller can operate with 240V control voltage and line voltage, a control circuit transformer is not required. The built-in overload protection on the SMC-50 controller further reduces the required panel space. The customer is able to retrofit the controller into the existing panel space.

Both the SMC Flex and the SMC-3 controllers can operate at 240 control and line voltage, removing the requirement for a control circuit transformer.

Condenser
Motor
Fan
Belts
I I
I I
I I
I I
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 119 Application Profiles
Cooling Tower Fan with Linear Acceleration
Problem
A chain-driven fan that moderates the temperature of water in a chemical process is started across-the-line. The system requires frequent inspection and maintenance because of problems with the chain drive. Ice forms on the blades in winter. The air density is affected by seasonal temperature variations, which affects the starting time. The application requires a controlled start. Figure 43 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 43 - Cooling Tower Fan with Linear Acceleration
Solution
The SMC-50 controller is installed to provide a controlled acceleration to minimize the mechanical shock that is encountered during an across-the-line start. Maintenance inspection is also reduced. In the winter, when a longer start is required, linear acceleration is used to start the motor in the same time frame.

The SMC Flex controller offers soft start mode and linear acceleration with the use of an external tachometer.

The SMC-3 controller only offers soft start or current limit mode for this application.

Air Flow
Motor
Fan
Chain
I
( )
I I
120 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Pumps
System dynamics play a big part in pumping applications. The motor, valving, elbows, head (static and dynamic) pressure and power source of the system are all factors. Each system requires different ways to start and stop the pump to reduce water hammer. The two main pumping systems are positive displacement and centrifugal.

SMC controllers work best when they start lightly loaded centrifugal pumps. These pumps increase pressure from the impellers, which creates the pumping action. Motor torque increases during the starting process.

In contrast, positive displacement pumps have a constant torque characteristic and need more-specific calculations to correctly estimate requirements. One tool to use is the SMC controller estimation wizard. The issue is the potential for high torque demand while starting this type of pump. The SMC controller requires full voltage at start to provide full torque.

Because each system is different, the SMC-50 controller offers multiple ways to control the pump, simply by changing parameters.

Y ou can use soft start, pump start, and linear acceleration starting methods. Stopping methods for pump applications include soft stop, pump stop, and linear deceleration.

Figure 44
through Figure 46 compare starting methods using a 10-second start time, 0% initial torque, and 65% load on a centrifugal pump.

Figure 44 - Soft Start and Soft Stop in Pump Application Time
Measurement
Motor Current
Motor Speed
Motor Torque
Reference Torque- -- -
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 121 Application Profiles
Figure 45 - Pump Control in Pump Application
Figure 46 - Linear Acceleration and Linear Deceleration in Pump Application Notice the lower current consumption that is used by using the linear acceleration mode on startup. This mode is not as load dependent as the other two methods. In addition to the starting and stopping methods offered by the SMC-50 controller, it also offers the ability to monitor and control pumping applications that are not available in other soft starters Motor Current
Motor Speed
Motor Torque
Reference Torque
Time
Measurement
Time
Measurement
Motor Current
Motor Speed
Motor Torque
Reference Torque
- -- -
- -- -
122 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Pump with Soft Start
Problem
A municipal water company is experiencing problems with damaged pump impellers. The damage occurs during frequent motor starting while the load below the check valve drains from the system. A timing relay is installed to help prevent restart under load, but it needs to be adjusted frequently. The pumping station motor is over 100 feet below ground, which makes repair costly. For maintenance scheduling purposes, an elapsed time meter that measures motor running time needs to be installed in the enclosure.

Figure 47
illustrates this scenario.

Figure 47 - Pump with Soft Start
Solution
The SMC-50 controller is installed, and it provides a controlled motor acceleration. It can reduce the shock to the impeller by decreasing the torque during startup. The SMC-50 controller backspin timer feature can be implemented to help prevent the motor from starting while it turns in a reverse direction. By using the built-in elapsed time meter, panel space is saved. The SMC-50 controller line diagnostics protect the motor by detecting faults such as a shorted SCR condition at pre-start and shuts off the motor, protecting it against damage. Soft start is a good method to use with soft power sources to reduce current spikes.

The SMC Flex controller can also perform control with the backspin timer feature only with the pump control module.

The SMC-3 controller offers soft start control but not a backspin timer.

Ground Level
Check Valve
Motor
480V, 150 Hp
Pump
Depth >100 feet
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 123 Application Profiles
Pump with Pump Control
Problem
A municipal pump uses a soft start controller with soft stop to control the pump motor. The soft stop controls the motor in an open- loop fashion by reducing the voltage to the motor. Because there is not enough motor torque to drive the load, the motor quickly reaches its stall point. Severe surges cause pipe vibration and breakage during the stop mode. Figure 48 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 48 - Pump with Pump Control
Solution
The SMC-50 controller is installed and configured to the Pump Control setting. The Pump Control option removes the surges by controlling the speed of the motor during starting and stopping. The microprocessor inside the SMC-50 controller analyzes the motor variables and generates control commands to reduce the surges in the system.

Y ou could also use the pump control option on the on the SMC Flex controller.

The SMC-3 controller does not offer pure pump control option.

Intake
Check Valve
Motor 480V, 150 Hp
Pump Housing
Outlet
124 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Pump Control with Sensorless Linear Acceleration and Deceleration Problem
A municipality has a pumping station where there is water hammer taking place even when using pump stop. The water hammer causes vibration alarms to go off at a bank several miles away. Fire and police are automatically notified and called to the bank. Once the source of the issue is identified, the municipality needs to adjust the stopping procedure. The pump stop profile of the SMC Flex controller is verified with an oscilloscope, but does not solve the issue. Figure 49 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 49 - Pump Control with Sensorless Linear Acceleration and Deceleration Solution
Linear deceleration using the patented sensorless linear deceleration is the answer. The SMC-50 controller is connected to the SMC Flex power structure using the proper upgrade kit for the 108…251 A units. This method controls the SMC-50, but removes the need to remove the entire SMC Flex controller. This lets the personnel leave the 3-phase power wiring connected. (Three-phase power is turned off when the controllers are swapped.) Once the addition of the SMC-50 control module is complete, using the linear deceleration instead of pump stop removes the water hammer and provides a smooth closing of the valves.

Y ou cannot place the SMC-3 controller on an SMC Flex power structure, and the SMC-3 controller does not have linear acceleration or deceleration capabilities.

Ground Level
Check Valve
Motor
480V, 150 Hp
Pump
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 125 Application Profiles
Pump Cavitation and Blockage
Problem
A customer is unable to detect pump cavitation quickly enough to help prevent damage to the system, including the pump impellers and valves. The traditional way to detect pump cavitation is to use a current-monitoring device to detect an issue. These devices are added separately from the starter. However, even at no load, there is still magnetizing current. Figure 50 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 50 - Pump Cavitation and Blockage (for 150 Hp Motor) Solution
In addition to starting and stopping the motor for the pumping application, the SMC-50 controller can also monitor and trigger alarms or faults based on current, real power, and power factor. At no load, power factor is at a near zero value, real power is at zero value, and motor current is at another value due to the magnetizing current of the motor. The combination of the three values can help determine whether pump cavitation is taking place. For example, if real power decreases, this could indicate a clogged suction line, which can result in the pump running dry. It could also be an indication of pump cavitation. If real power increases, this can indicate overload or a rupture in the discharge line. Y ou can set real power fault and alarm functions with a time delay and select for both under and over values.

The SMC Flex controller can monitor real power and power factor, but it does not have the ability to enunciate an alarm or fault based only on those values.

The SMC-3 controller does not have real power enunciation capability. 0 50
100
150
200
250
0 No Load 25 % Load 50 % Load 75 % Load 100 % Load 125 % Load Hp Current % Power Factor
126 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Conveyors
Conveyors are one of the easiest systems to control using the SMC-50 controller. The SMC-50 controller offers linear acceleration and soft start for controlling a smooth start and stop of conveyors. The primary use of the soft starter in this application is to reduce mechanical stress and dynamic shifts in product.

Soft start is the typical way of starting a conveyor that is lightly loaded. If you need to restart the conveyor with a heavier load, linear acceleration may be a more effective option. Linear acceleration is not as load-dependent as soft start is, so it is more flexible under varying load conditions. It is also more flexible than soft starting when it must function in varying thermal conditions, such as running a cold motor in the morning, and a hotter motor as the day progresses.

Figure 51
and Figure 52 illustrate plots of starting and stopping constant loads, such as conveyors.

Figure 51 - Soft Start and Soft Stop on Conveyor
Figure 52 - Linear Acceleration and Linear Deceleration on Conveyor These two scenarios use identical motors and starting parameters. Note the difference between the two starts. The sensorless linear acceleration provides smoother motor torque over the soft starting method. Unlike soft start, which is load dependent, linear acceleration can produce a more accurate starting time. Sensorless linear acceleration also produces a smoother motor current, torque, and speed.

Time
Measurement
Motor Current
Motor Speed
Motor Torque
Reference Torque
Time
Measurement
Motor Current
Motor Speed
Motor Torque
Reference Torque
- -- -
- -- -
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 127 Application Profiles
Towline Conveyor with Soft Start and Soft Stop Options
Problem
A towline conveyor at the end of a production line has frequent damage to the gearbox caused by the starting torque from across-the- line motor starting. There are also frequent spills during starting and stopping. The conveyor occasionally needs to be started under heavy load. This towline application has a variety of starting requirements that other soft starters could not satisfy. Investing in a variable speed drive was not cost effective. Figure 53 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 53 - Towline Conveyor with Soft Start and Stop
Solution
The SMC-50 controller with the Soft Stop option is installed as a retrofit to the existing across the-line starter. The starting and stopping times are programmed for 13 seconds. The reduced starting torque decreases the shock to the gearbox and keeps the load from shifting on startup. The Soft Stop option protects against loads shifting while stopping. The kickstart feature is used to provide a pulse of current to break the load away when higher starting torque is required. The SMC-50 controller meets the starting requirements and is a cost-effective solution.

SMC Flex controllers also have a full range of adjusting the initial torque value for starting the soft starting application, including full voltage if needed.

SMC-3 controllers have limited adjustability on initial torque value. They offer soft stop and kickstart options.

LoadLoadPallet
Gearbox
Motor
l _________ _l_ __________ l ________ l ________ b
___ : 111 111-----------111 r~--
128 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Palletizer with Sensorless Linear Acceleration
Problem
A palletizer moves boxes of product through a packaging process to a shrink wrap machine. Across-the-line starting causes unwanted product spillage, and an interruption of production due to the uncontrolled torque from the motor on startup. Because several types of product, in different size boxes, are produced on the same line, the system needs the ability to match the acceleration ramp to the product. Figure 54 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 54 - Palletizer with Sensorless Linear Acceleration

Solution
The SMC-50 controller was installed. It is now able to furnish a controlled acceleration, reduce the shock to the load, and eliminate product spillage. The Linear Acceleration feature allows the controller to be programmed to more closely match the motor acceleration with the product produced.

Y ou could also use an SMC Flex controller in soft start mode. With an external tachometer attached, you could also use linear acceleration.

In this application, you could use the SMC-3 controller in soft start mode.

Motor
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 129 Application Profiles
Bottle Filler with Soft Start and Soft Stop
Problem
A bottle filler line has product spillage during starting and stopping. An across-the-line starter is used to start the motor. The application also requires an auxiliary contact that energizes when the motor is up to speed. Figure 55 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 55 - Bottle Filler with Soft Start and Soft Stop Solution
The SMC-50 controller is installed and programmed for a 13-second soft start with an 18-second soft stop. The controlled start reduces the starting torque and the product spillage. The soft stop option extends the stopping time and smooths load shift while stopping. The auxiliary contacts are configured to change state when the motor is up to speed.

Y ou could also use either the SMC Flex or SMC-3 controllers for this application.

Filler
130 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Centrifuge
Centrifuge with Current Limit Start and SMB Smart Motor Braking Problem
A centrifuge requires a reduced voltage start because of power company restrictions. The high torque during starting damages the gearbox. The customer wants a shorter stop time than the present 15-minute coast-to-rest. The long stop time causes delays in the production process. A Wye-Delta starter with a mechanical brake is currently in use. A zero-speed switch is used to release the brake.

The mechanical brake requires frequent maintenance and replacement, which is costly and time consuming. Both the mechanical brake and zero speed switches are worn out and require replacement. Figure 56 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 56 - Centrifuge with Current Limit Start and SMB Smart Motor Braking Solution
The SMC-50 controller using the SMB option is installed. The controller is set for a 28-second, 340% current limit start, which meets the power company requirements and reduces the starting torque stress to the gearbox. The SMB option allows the centrifuge to stop in approximately one minute. The SMC-50 controller with SMB option does not require additional mounting space or panel wiring. The controller is mounted in a panel that is much smaller than the previous controller. Additionally, the new controller does not require frequent maintenance and can sense zero speed without a feedback device.

Y ou can also use the SMC Flex controller with SMB in this application.

Y ou should not use an SMC-3 controller in this instance because it does not have the braking option.

Gearbox
Centrifuge
Motor
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 131 Application Profiles
Centrifuge with Current Limit Start
Problem
High starting torque damages the gearbox to a centrifuge. A reduced-voltage starter is desired because this motor is near the end of the distribution line. In addition, the incoming power is unbalanced. The application needs a controller with a circuit breaker combination enclosure. When the enclosure door is open, the controller’s circuit boards can not be exposed. Figure 57 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 57 - Centrifuge with Current Limit Start
Solution
The SMC-50 controller is installed. It is programmed for a 27-second, 300% current limit start, which limits the starting torque of the motor and the shock to the gearbox on startup. The Energy Saver feature reduces the voltage to the motor when it runs under a light load. The SMC-50 controller is ordered as a combination controller with a circuit breaker. The SMC-50 controller has no exposed circuit boards, which fulfills the packaging requirements.

The SMC Flex controller could also be used, but it does not offer energy saver mode.

The SMC-3 controller could be used, but it is not recommended because starting methods may need to take longer and this controller has limited adjustability.

Gearbox
Centrifuge
Motor
L_
I I
r------------i: I
132 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Shock Loads
A load that quickly accelerates or decelerates is called a shock load. Shock loads are typically associated with a lot of vibration, dust, and current spikes because product (such as rock) gets stuck in the hopper. The SMC-50 controller electrically monitors what happens when running; there are current spikes from the application during acceleration and deceleration.

The SMC-50 controller is available in two versions, one version with solid-state control, and the other with an integrated bypass. Y ou will need to apply these versions differently in some applications, including shock load.

For Controllers with Integrated Bypass Power Structures The SCRs and the integrated bypass are not fully rated and need more awareness in this type of application. The internal bypass contactor is used after the SCRs of the soft starter have brought the motor up to speed. The algorithm of the soft starter determines when the motor is up to speed and then transitions from SCR control to the bypass contactor. The SMC-3 and the SMC Flex controllers are both hybrid soft starters; they have the power structure of a solid-state starter and an internal bypass contactor. The SMC-50 controller is available with an internal bypass contactor or as a purely solid-state version with no internal bypass contactor.

Attributes of an internal bypass contactor allow the soft starter to operate at a lower temperature with the motor at speed than a fully solid-state starter. A hybrid soft starter is typically smaller than that of fully rated SCRs with no bypass. This is because smaller components are used to start and carry the load current. The SCRs are rated for intermittent duty (AC-53b). The internal bypass contactors are not fully rated (AC-3), because they are not designed to make or break load current.

With an internal bypass soft starter, you only need power and control wiring. Y ou do not need to purchase any additional devices.

Internal bypass on a soft starter is appropriate for conveyors, fans, pumps and other applications in which the current and speed do not change while at running speed.

In a rock crushing application, there is a high chance of jamming material in a hopper, causing spikes in current. A soft starter with an internal bypass contactor monitors current and typically drops out of bypass around 120% over the SMC frame rating to protect the contactor and return to SCR control. Once the current returns to normal, the bypass contactor is pulled back in. This cycling on and off could shorten the life of the internal electromechanical contactor.

Not having all protective features of the soft starter during the run mode may be a benefit to keep an application like rock crushing working. In that application, using an external bypass contactor that is fully rated to handle the current surges keeps the contactor pulled in until a stop command is given or an overload is tripped. External overloads may be needed to protect the motor because some soft starters may not be able to read motor data while in external bypass mode.

An external bypass contactor can also be used on a AC-53a-rated fully solid-state SMC-50 controller. Depending on both the soft starter and the mounting and wiring of the bypass contactor, you might not need external overload devices. The mounting features from the soft start to the bypass contactor dictate whether the soft starter will be able to read data (current and voltage readings) while in bypass mode.

In UL/CSA regulated regions, size the bypass contactor according to the motor Hp and FLA. In IEC regulated regions, size the bypass conductor according to the AC-1 rated bypass contactor rating.

The Hp ratings of the AC-3 rated bypass contactor must match the Hp ratings of the SMC soft starter. The short-circuit ratings of the bypass contactor must be similar to those of the SMC soft starter. This is particularly important for the AC-1 rated bypass contactor selection.

For Controllers with Fully Solid-state Power Structures The SMC-50 fully solid-state version of the controller lets you keep the machine running when current spikes. The SCRs are fully rated to handle the shock of the current spikes. Fully rated means they have the AC-53a rating, indicating the ability to operate at full duty. Overload and other protection of the motor and the SMC controller still applies.

Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 133 Application Profiles
Fully solid-state devices are advantageous in harsh applications when there is a lot of vibration, dust, and dirt. Conformal coated circuit boards on the SMC-50 controller help protect component damage from conductive or corrosive dust in those types of environments. Vibration is not a concern as it would be for an electromechanical bypass contactor, where it could potentially cause contact bounce.
134 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Rock Crusher with Current Limit and External Bypass Kit Problem
Because of the remote location of a rock quarry, the utility power is weak and requires the use of current limit to start the crusher. The 350 Hp motor that drives the crusher has used hybrid soft starters in the past, but had to replace power structures too often because of the current spikes when product is stuck in the hopper. Figure 58 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 58 - Rock Crusher with Current Limit and External Bypass Kit Solution
The solid-state SMC-50 controller is installed with an external bypass by using the bypass kit. The bypass kit allows the SMC-50 controller to still provide protection to the motor, including current overload, without the need for external protection to the externally connected bypass. When rock spikes the current, the system still runs because the fully AC-3 rated contactor does not drop out unless there is an overload condition that is based on the thermal curve and trip class that is set. The conformal coating of the SMC-50 controller circuit board keeps any dust from interfering with the operation of the soft starter. If the SMC-50 solid-state unit is used, the unit will continue to run until the thermal overload, or other parameter is exceeded. The SMC-50 controller can operate in solid-state mode without an optional external bypass by changing one parameter.

The SMC Flex controller can also perform current limit with the external bypass by setting the bypass parameter to external.

The SMC-3 controller can not run an external bypass.

Gearbox
Motor
Discharge
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 135 Application Profiles
High-inertia Loads
Loads that take longer than 30 seconds to start are typically considered to be high-inertia loads. In these applications, the inertia of the load is typically a significant factor in how long the motor will take to start without damaging the equipment. Heat generation is a byproduct of these long starting times. T oo much heat can damage the motor, wiring, and other system components.

It is important to estimate how long it will take to start the motor for a given process that takes over 30 seconds to start. The SMC estimation tool can assist with this. See page 160.

Hammer Mill with Current Limit Start
Problem
A hammer mill with a high inertia load requires a reduced-voltage start because of power company restrictions. High torque on startup causes belt wear. Panel space is very limited. T raditional reduced voltage starters do not fit in the available space. Figure 59 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 59 - Hammer Mill with Current Limit Start
Solution
The SMC-50 controller is installed. It is set for a 23-second, 425% current limit start, which meets the power company’s requirement for a reduced-voltage start. A current limit start is selected to quickly break away the high-inertia load and still provide a reduced- voltage start. The belt life is extended because the lower starting torque causes less wear. The Energy Saver feature is used when the mill is running lightly loaded. The compact size of the SMC-50 controller, along with the built-in overload feature, lets the controller fit into the available panel space.

The SMC Flex controller is also a good candidate for this application because it can adjust the start time and current limit. The SMC Flex controller does not have energy saver mode.

The SMC-3 is not appropriate for this application.

Bark Hogs
Challenges with bark hogs are very similar to those associated with hammer mill applications. 136 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Shredder with Soft Start
Problem
Because of power company restrictions, a metal shredder requires a reduced-voltage start. Occasionally, a jam occurs during the shredding process. Additionally, the equipment runs unloaded for long periods. An autotransformer-type starter was used previously.

Figure 60 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 60 - Shredder with Soft Start
Solution
The SMC-50 controller is installed, facilitating a reduced-voltage start. The controller also provides jam detection, which helps protect against excessive motor heating when a jam condition occurs. The Energy Saver feature of the SMC-50 controller reduces the voltage to the motor when the motor is running lightly loaded. The built-in overload feature of the controller saves panel space. A jam alarm is also set. This allows the operator to use the slow speed in reverse feature to try and unjam the product without needing to send someone out to clear the jam. Once the jam is cleared, the process continues normally.

The SMC Flex controller is also a good candidate for this application because it has current limit functions. The SMC Flex controller does not have energy saver mode.

The SMC-3 is not appropriate for this application.

Input
Shredder Teeth
Motor
480V, 200 Hp
Gearbox
Scrap
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 137 Application Profiles
Bandsaw with Soft Start
Problem
Because of the remote location of the facility and power distribution limitations, a reduced voltage starter is needed on a bandsaw application. The saw is turned off only during shift changes. When the saw blade becomes dull, the motor draws more current.

Therefore, an ammeter is required to meter the application for jam conditions. Single phasing of the motor is also a problem because of distribution limitations. Figure 61 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 61 - Bandsaw with Soft Start
Solution
The SMC-50 controller is installed to provide a reduced-voltage start, which minimizes the starting torque shock to the system. The Energy Saver feature activates whenever the bandsaw runs lightly loaded. The current monitoring and jam detection features of the SMC-50 controller are implemented, saving panel space and the cost of purchasing dedicated monitoring devices. The controller’s built-in programmable overload protection eliminates the need for separate overload protection. The SMC-50 controller’s diagnostic capabilities can help to detect single phasing and use current imbalance data to shut the motor off accordingly.

The SMC Flex controller does not have energy saver mode but has some alarm and fault imbalance capabilities.

The SMC-3 is not appropriate for this application.

Log
Saw Blade
Motor
480V, 300 Hp
High Inertia Wheels
Carriage
138 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Ball Mill with Current Limit Start
Problem
An across-the-line starter starts the motor in a ball mill application. The uncontrolled start damages the gearbox, resulting in maintenance downtime, and the potential for the loss of the product (paint) being mixed. Line failures are a frequent problem. The application requires prestart and running protection and an elapsed time meter to monitor the process time. Communication capability is desired, and panel space is limited. Figure 62 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 62 - Ball Mill with Current Limit Start
Solution
The SMC-50 controller is installed. It is programmed for a 26-second current limit start, which reduces the starting torque and the damage to the gearbox. The metering feature of the SMC-50 controller contains an elapsed-time meter, which could monitor the process time of the ball mill. The optional communications capabilities of the controller allow it to communicate the process time to the PLC, which could remotely stop the ball mill. The line diagnostics required in the application are standard in the SMC-50 controller, and the built-in overload protection saves panel space.

The SMC Flex controller would also do well in this application.

The SMC-3 controller is not appropriate for this application because of its limited diagnostics and lack of communication capability.

Drum
Loading Port
Motor
480V, 150 Hp
Substance
Gearbox
Ball Shot
• • • • • • • • • • • •
• • • ••• • •
• • • ••
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 139 Application Profiles
Ball Mill Soft Start with Accu-Stop
Problem
An across-the-line starter is used in a ball mill application. An electronic braking package stops the mill. The mill has to be jogged excessively to position the port for loading. The starting torque surges are causing gearbox problems. The application requires a cost- effective method to position the mill and control the stopping. Figure 63 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 63 - Ball Mill with Accu-Stop
Solution
The SMC-50 controller is installed on the mill. The Accu-Stop feature allows the drum to brake down to 15% slow speed and rotate the loading port into position before stopping. The SMC-50 requires less space and power wiring than the across-the-line starter and braking package.

The SMC Flex controller has fixed slow speed capabilities along with the ability to use Accu-Stop.

The SMC-3 controller does not have slow speed capabilities and is therefore not appropriate for this application.

Drum
Loading Port
Motor
480V, 150 Hp
Substance
Gearbox
Ball Shot
• • ••• • •
• • • • • • • • • • •
• • • • •• • •
• • • ••
140 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Smart Motor Braking
The forest products industry is one of the most dangerous industrial environments. V ery sharp and fast-turning saw blades and moving products are common. Many of these saw blades are large and have a lot of mass. It is not uncommon for it to take 15 to 30 minutes or longer for the blade to coast to a complete stop.

Smart Motor Braking (SMB) is an effective way to stop a motor much faster than coast-to-rest methods. The average time to stop using SMB is 1.5…4 times the motor starting time. Stopping a large mass faster than coast uses more some energy, so you will need to consider the following points.

1. Braking is hard on the motor windings because more current is used to stop a load that generally takes many minutes to stop on its own.

2. Y ou can hear noise, such as moans and groans of all kinds, during the braking process.

3. SMB produces some harmonic distortion during stopping, but the levels are somewhat insignificant as compared to the fundamental (typically < 10%) frequency.

4. SMB is not intended to be used as an emergency stop. Many factors go into using a safety function. The purpose of SMB is for routine use of stopping a mass for maintenance or other similar application.

5. Braking is hard on motors, but cannot create more energy than the motor demands.

6. Settings above 300% FLA can play havoc with power systems and cause nuisance overload trips or other issues.

7. A solid power supply is critical for consistent braking. Generators should be sized for minimum 3x motor FLA to work effectively in braking.

Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 141 Application Profiles
Bandsaw with Soft Start and SMB Option
Problem
A bandsaw application requires a reduced-voltage start because of power company restrictions. A brake package is required to reduce the stopping time of the saw. An autotransformer was previously used to start the saw. The saw is now stopped by sawing down.

Sawing down is a process of running logs through the saw after the motor has been de-energized, which results in large amount of scrap lumber. Other stopping methods using dedicated braking devices have been investigated, but were unacceptable because of overly complex installation. Other stopping methods require panel space for the brake module, brake contactors and timers, and they offer no zero-speed detection. Figure 64
illustrates this scenario.

Figure 64 - Bandsaw with Soft Start and SMB Option
Solution
The SMC-50 controller installed and it is configured to use the SMB option. The controller provides the reduced-voltage start needed to meet the power company restrictions. The SMB operation does not require DC braking contactors. The starting and stopping control is furnished in a single modular design, providing ease of installation.

The SMC Flex controller using the SMB option control module is also a possible solution.

The SMC-3 controller is not appropriate for this application.

Bandsaw
Blades
142 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Bandsaw with Soft Start and Slow Speed with SMB
Problem
T o change the saw blade, a bandsaw requires 25 minutes to coast to a stop. It requires a braking package to reduce the stopping time.

Other methods using dedicated braking devices were investigated but were unacceptable because of overly complex installation.

These methods require additional panel space for the brake module, brake contactors, and timers. Because of potential alignment problems, it is dangerous to bring the saw up to full speed after installing a new blade. Figure 65 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 65 - Bandsaw with Soft Start and slow speed with SMB Solution
The SMC-50 controller, which has a selectable slow speed with braking option as standard, is installed. It provides a user-selected slow speed, allowing the user to inspect the saw blade tracking before the motor is brought to full speed. The braking option of the SMC-50 controller does not require additional panel space or DC braking contactors. Starting and stopping control is furnished in a single modular unit, providing ease of installation.

The SMC Flex controller using the SMB option control module is also a possible solution, but with fixed slow speed operation.

The SMC-3 controller is not appropriate for this application.

Log
Saw Blade
Motor
480V, 300 Hp
High Inertia Wheels
Carriage
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 143 Application Profiles
Centrifuge with Current Limit Start and SMB
Problem
A centrifuge requires a reduced-voltage start because of power company restrictions. The high torque during starting is damaging the gearbox. A shorter stopping time than the present 15 minute coast-to rest is desired. The long stop time causes delays in the production process. A Wye-Delta starter with a mechanical brake is currently in use. A zero-speed switch is used to release the brake.

The mechanical brake requires frequent maintenance and replacement, which is costly and time consuming. Both the mechanical brake and zero-speed switches are worn out and require replacement. Figure 66 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 66 - Centrifuge with Current Limit Start and SMB Solution
The SMC-50 controller is installed and wired inside-the-delta to the wye-delta motor and programmed to smart motor braking. The controller is set for a 28-second, 340% current limit start, meeting the power company requirements and reducing the starting torque stress to the gearbox. SMB allows the centrifuge to stop in approximately 1 minute. The SMC-50 controller with SMB programmed does not require additional mounting space or panel wiring. The controller is mounted in a panel that is considerably smaller than the previous controller. As an added benefit, the controller does not require frequent maintenance and can sense zero speed without using a feedback device.

The SMC Flex controller is also a good fit for this application.

The SMC-3 controller is not appropriate for this application because of the extended ramp time and its lack of SMB capability.

Gearbox
Centrifuge
Motor
480V
400 Hp
L_ _j
I I
1---------t: I
144 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Hammermill with Current Limit Start and SMB
Problem
A hammermill requires a reduced-voltage start because of power company restrictions. A stopping time less than the present 5 minute coast-to-rest is desired. T o save panel space, the customer wants to incorporate both starting and stopping control in the same device.

Figure 67 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 67 - Hammermill with Current Limit Start and SMB Solution
The SMC-50 controller configured with SMB is installed. A 23-second, 450% current limit acceleration is programmed, meeting the power company requirements and reducing the mechanical stress on the belts during startup. The braking function is accomplished without additional power wiring, panel space, or contactors. The controller detects zero speed without additional sensors or timers.

The current limit start, braking, and overload protection are all contained in the same modular package.

The SMC Flex controller is also a good fit for this application.

The SMC-3 controller is not appropriate for this application because of its lack of SMB capability.

Belts
Feed
Motor
480V
350 Hp
Hammer
c::===:::::r====:::::c::::::::::::::::i
*---------± ---------------------------
!
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 145 Application Profiles
Ball Mill with Soft Start and SMB
Problem
Across-the-line starts are damaging the gearbox on a ball mill, resulting in extra maintenance time to keep the mill operating. Due to the high inertia of the load, the coast-to-stop time is approximately five minutes. The application requires a soft start and braking package in a single controller because panel space is at a premium. Figure 68 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 68 - Ball Mill with Soft Start and SMB
Solution
The SMC-50 controller is installed on the ball mill and set to use the SMB setting. The soft start reduces the shock to the gearbox on startup. The SMB option reduces the stopping time and increases the productivity of the mill. The SMC-50 controller is installed in the same space in which the previous contactor had been mounted. No additional power wiring is required.

The SMC Flex controller is also a good fit for this application.

The SMC-3 controller is not appropriate for this application because of its lack of SMB capability.

Drum
Loading Port
Motor
480V, 250 Hp
Substance
Gearbox
Ball Shot
• • •• • • •
• • •• • • •
•
•
• • •
• • • • •• • • • •• •
146 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Compressor
Compressor applications vary depending on the types of motors and loading when starting. Air and ammonia compressors are examples of good fits for a soft starter that runs efficiently at 100% voltage while using a voltage ramp, such as soft start or linear acceleration mode, during the starting process.

Compressor with Soft Start
Problem
A compressor OEM exports its equipment into foreign markets. Based on the final destination of the product, the compressors have to be able to meet many different voltage and frequency requirements. Due to power company requirements and mechanical stress on the compressor, reduced voltage starting is required. This makes ordering and stocking spare parts difficult. Customers want to save energy because this is typically one of the larger motors in the plant and it frequently runs lightly loaded. Because of the size of the motor, the incoming line voltage unbalance causes excessive heating in the motor. Figure 69 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 69 - Compressor with Soft Start
Solution
The SMC-50 controller is installed and set for an 18-second Soft Start, which reduces the voltage to the motor during starting and meets the power company requirements. Reducing the voltage reduces the starting torque, minimizing the shock to the compressor.

Panel space is saved because the SMC-50 controller has a built-in overload feature. The Phase Rebalance feature automatically adjusts the voltage output to balance the three-phase currents drawn by the motor. The Energy Saver feature optimizes the voltage to the motor while it is running unloaded.

Neither the SMC-Flex or the SMC-3 controller have phase rebalance or have energy saver, and are therefore not suitable for this application.

Air Filter Inlet Valve
Turn Valve Por ts
208…480V
50…250 Hp
50/60 HzMotor
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 147 Application Profiles
Tumbler
Tumbler with Linear Acceleration and Slow Speed
Problem
A tumbler used in a nail finishing process breaks the drive chain because of uncontrolled acceleration from the across-the-line starting. A reversing starter is needed to position the drum to the top position for loading the product. Because of the lack of controlled acceleration, numerous jogs are used to position the drum. Stopping time is not a concern in this application. When in maintenance mode, the tumble starts unloaded, reaching full speed very quickly. A second starting ramp, for unloaded conditions, is desired. Single phasing of the motor that causes premature motor failure is a frequent problem. Figure 70 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 70 - Tumbler with Linear Acceleration and Slow Speed Solution
The SMC-50 is installed and linear acceleration is used to provide a controlled start when the tumbler runs both loaded and unloaded. Because the linear acceleration is not as load dependent as other starting methods, there is no need to have two different start profiles. The implementation of the slow speed function enables forward and reverse ±15% full speed. This function enables the drum to move forward and reverse directions at slow speed without using reversing contactors. Along with the starting, stopping, and slow speed features, the SMC-50 controller also has fault indicators for a ‘line fault’ that helps prevent the motor from restarting if it is detected.

The SMC Flex controller has fixed slow speed but does not have energy saver mode.

The SMC-3 controller is not appropriate for this application.

Loading Door
Drive Chain
Motor
Tumbler Drum
480V
LJ
1 ----t-------------~-
148 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Tumbler with Soft Start and SMB
Problem
A tumbler used in the de-burring process breaks the drive chain because of uncontrolled acceleration from the across-the-line starting. T o increase production on the drum, the coasting time on stop must be reduced. Previous solutions used a separate soft start package plus a motor brake, which required additional panel space and power wiring. The new solution needs a small enclosure size and simplified power wiring to reduce the cost of the controls. Because a PLC is controlling several other processes in the facility, communication capabilities are desired. Figure 71 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 71 - Tumbler with Soft Start and SMB
Solution
The SMC-50 controller is installed and set to use the SMB setting. The Soft Start feature provides a smooth acceleration of the drive chain, which reduces downtime. The controlled acceleration simplifies positioning for loading/unloading. The SMB feature allows the operators to stop the system quickly, improving productivity. The SMB feature does not require additional panel space or wiring.

The built-in overload protection on the SMC-50 controller eliminates the need to mount an external overload relay in the enclosure, saving more panel space. The communication option of the SMC-50 controller allows remote starting and stopping of the process from a PLC using multiple communication protocols.

Y ou can also use the SMC Flex controller with the SMB control module for this application. A communication module can also be mounted on board.

The SMC-3 controller is not appropriate for this application because it lacks communication capabilities and SMB functionality.

Loading Door
Drive Chain
Motor
Tumbler Drum
-
~
--..I I
- - -
I
I
"" ~.J
I
I
~
I I
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 149 Application Profiles
Tumbler with Accu-Stop Function
Problem
A tumbler drum used in a hide processing plant requires a controlled acceleration to help prevent the drive chain from breaking. The customer also wants to minimize the loading and unloading time. The drum coasts for a long period of time before stopping for unloading. A soft starter with electronic brake is currently being used. This method requires excessive jogging for loading and unloading, which results in extended production times. It also requires additional panel space and wiring for the brake.

Consequently, higher installation costs are incurred. Figure 72 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 72 - Tumbler with Accu-Stop Function
Solution
The SMC-50 controller using the Accu-Stop feature is installed. This allows the drum to be positioned for loading using the Preset Slow Speed. For unloading, the drum is rotated at programmed Slow Speed and then accurately stopped. This increases the productivity of the loading/unloading cycle. The SMC-50 controller requires no additional panel space or power wiring, facilitating a smooth retrofit and reducing the installation costs.

The SMC Flex controller also uses the Accu-Stop function with fixed slow speed settings and can be applied in this scenario.

The SMC-3 controller is not appropriate for this application.

Loading Door
Drive Chain
Motor
Tumbler Drum
-
~
--..I I
- - -
I
I
"" ~.J
I
I
~
I I
150 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Slow Speed
The SMC Flex controller uses cycle skipping, which is typical of many soft starts where the current pulses are controlled by the silicon-controlled rectifier (SCR) and fired for portions of every few line cycles, allowing for slow speed control. T orque during slow speed with this method is limited.

Another way to control slow speed is by using an SMC-50 soft starter. The SMC-50 soft starter has an adjustable forward and reverse capability from 1…15% of full speed. In other words, if the motor is running at full speed at 1800 rpm, the SMC-50 soft starter can be selected to run from -270…+270 rpm.

Instead of skipping cycles and then firing the thyristors (SCRs), the magnitude and duration of the current pulse is controlled approximately every cycle. The produced pseudo sine wave provides more stable control and programmable slow speed. A patented algorithm allows torque to be more controlled and developed in this method than in the cycle skipping method.

Unlike the typical soft starting methods in which percent resultant torque is approximately the square of the voltage that is applied, the torque at slow speed is higher. The slow speed resultant torque is higher due to firing approximately every cycle. This method provides a stable method of slowly rotating a motor shaft forward or in reverse without using a reversing contactor. The firing consistency translates to less wear and tear on windings.

Typically, for soft starters, the longer the time in slow speed, the more current is being drawn from the motor, and the hotter the SCRs get. Running slow speed on soft starters can only be done for short periods of time due to heat buildup in the motor and t he SCRs.

Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 151 Application Profiles
Rock Crusher with Soft Start and Reverse Slow Speed
Problem
Because of the remote location of a rock quarry, the power company requires a reduced-voltage start on all motors over 150 Hp. The starting current on these large motors causes severe voltage dips when it strains the capacity of the power system. When the rock crusher is overloaded, the current draw by the Wye-Delta-connected motor increases, which requires current monitoring capabilities within the starter. Because the conveyor that feeds the rock crusher is controlled by a PLC, communication between the starter and a PLC is necessary. When the rock crusher runs, it occasionally stalls or jams. Figure 73 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 73 - Rock Crusher with Soft Start and Reverse Slow Speed Solution
The solid-state SMC-50 controller is installed, meeting the power company requirements for a reduced-voltage start. The motor is wired inside-the-delta, which saves panel space and lets you use the same wires to the motor. The metering capabilities of the SMC-50 controller allow the motor current draw to be monitored. With the optional communication capabilities, the motor current is communicated to the PLC. When the motor current reaches a specified limit, the conveyor that feeds the rock crusher can be slowed by configured alarms on the SMC-50 controller. By slowing the conveyor, a jam condition in the rock crusher is avoided. The stall and jam detection capabilities of the SMC-50 controller shut off the motor when a stall or jam condition occurs. By using the jam alarm, reverse slow speed is also used to change the rotation direction to unplug the jam in the crusher.

The SMC Flex controller can also be used inside the delta and uses one of two fixed slow speeds forward, or two in reverse.

The SMC-3 controller does not have slow speed capabilities.

Gearbox
Motor
Discharge
152 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Resistive Loads
Solid- state contactors have been used for a long time, typically at zero cross, meaning that they turn on and off at zero cross for resistive load applications. Y ou need an external control method to control the solid-state contactors, in order to control the resistive heating. Zero cross typically cycles on and off for so many cycles to achieve the desired temperature.The SMC-50 controller can directly control three-phase connected resistive loads by using SCR phase angle firing, which uses a PLC via communication, analog input, or DeviceLogix. By using a reference source, the controller can have the output remain on from 1…100% full voltage until commanded off. Y ou can change the value of the reference source while the SMC-50 controller is in a run state. The output voltage varies in response to the reference source (Output V Ref, Analog Input or DeviceLogix™).

Note: Y ou cannot use the resistive load feature on motor loads.

In resistive control mode, the tuning process still takes place, but is different than that of being connected to a motor. Current limit levels are still active.

When you use the resistive load feature, the output voltage to the resistive load is similar to the Full V oltage starting mode when using Output V Ref. Any type of ramping created is accomplished by using logic code, analog signal, or DeviceLogix.

Because there is a wide variety of possible resistive loads, the most universal control method is phase angle control, which is the method used by the SMC-50 controller. High hot-to-cold ratios of heaters are well suited for phase angle firing. Y ou can use the SMC-50 controller to dry out heating resistors before full working voltage is applied, helping to prevent damage to the element.

When you use the SMC-50 controller on heater loads, it provides all of the running protections that are available with induction motors. Unlike using a standard solid-state contactor that needs external overload and protection, protection is built into the SMC- 50 controller in a compact package.

Note: Using this mode with the integrated bypass version is not recommended as unit will quickly trip on an SCR overtemperature fault.

Programming
Y ou can have direct control from most analog signals via the 150-SM3 optional analog card. Y ou can control the SMC-50 controller with or without the aid of a programmable logic controller (PLC). For example, you can use the free Connected Components W orkbench™ Software or a 20-HIM-A6 module.

Figure 74 - Connected Components Workbench Software and 20-HIM-A6 Interface Module - - - - ---- -
Project Organizer • q. X
Name: Project47*
•• 'iii L:
a SMC-50_1'
SMC-50_1• -<> X Start Page Parameters - SMC-50_1' Port 0 SMC-50
Download Upload
•
Standard

5.001
. ;
Disconn ,
USMKE.Ee.OCE.Z2!AB_
r,
~ ~ ~
Compare Devicelog ix Parameters P rocess Display
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 153 Application Profiles
Y ou are required to set the following parameters.
• Parameter 46, Line V oltage
– Set this value to the actual voltage of the line, not in general terms. For example, if the voltage measures 460V , enter 460V , not 480V. The accuracy of the voltage output (parameter 349) depends on the value that you enter. • Parameter 53, Current Limit
– This parameter limits the current to a percentage of the value of parameter 78. For example, if parameter 78 is set to 150 A, and parameter 53 is set to 100%, the output (parameter 349) of the SMC-50 controller is limited to 150 A. • Parameter 78, Motor FLC
– Set this value to line current
• Parameter 347, Load Type
– Set this value to resistive load
• Parameter 348 Reference Source
– Use this parameter to select the reference source: Output V Ref, Analog Input (Port 7 – 9, Input 1 or 2), or DeviceLogix Output 1 and 2.
• Parameter 349 Output V oltage Reference
– This parameter allows direct control of output if the output is controlled via communication. • Parameter 148 Logic Mask
– Logic Mask enables control (start – stop function) via communication port or HIM to control the SMC-50 controller.

Parameter Bit Number DPI Assignment Access Units [default]Number Name 148 Logic Mask 0 - NA
1 2
3 4
5 - 15 NA
Port 0 - NA
Port 1
Port 2
Port 3
Port 4
Port 5 - 15 NA
R/W Bit = 0 [disabled]
Bit = 1 enabled
149 Logic Mask Act R
Bit = 0 [disabled]
Bit = 1 enabled
[Follows Logic Mask]
►
349 Output V Ref Resist1ive
350 Slow Speed 2 1.0
340 DLX DL Input 4
341 DLX DL Input 5
342 DLX DL Input 6 P7 In2
343 DLX Output 1 P8 Inl
344 DLX Output 2 P8 In2
P9 Inl 345 DLX Command P9 Jn2
346 DLX Status DLX Output 1
347 DLX Output 2
1 0/
154 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Resistive Control Via Communication
Y ou can have direct control from a PLC to the SMC-50 controller via communication such as Ethernet, by setting parameter 348, Reference Source, to Output V Ref and parameter 349 to the value that you want (1…100%). Whatever is sent from the PLC program to the SMC-50 controller will be put on the output of the SMC. Y ou need to select the logic mask for DPI port 4 for control.

Example:
• Parameter 46: line voltage
• Parameter 78: motor FLC set to line current
• Parameter 148: logic mask set to port 4 (bit 4)
• Parameter 347: load type set to RESISTIVE
• Parameter 348: reference source set to OUTPUT V REF
• Parameter 349: output voltage reference programmed to 50% • The output of the SMC-50 controller is 50% voltage (entered in parameter 46) until you change it or turn it off.

In this scenario, a PLC command on parameter 349 dictates the controller output. In the PLC rack, a thermocouple or RTD card feeds data to the PLC processor, which scales that information to the SMC-50 controller. Using a PID loop in the PLC controller program allows you to control temperature changes. The output is 1…100% output for this application. The PLC can also use the data from the PLC and directly control the output parameter 349, replicating the result you get from using a 150-SM3 analog card.

Ta b l e 9 9
lists the communication protocols and corresponding option cards that are available.

Table 99 - Communication Card Selection by Protocol Type Protocol Type Cat. No.

DeviceNet 20-COMM-D
ControlNet 20-COMM-C
Profibus 20-COMM-P
RS-485 20-COMM-S
InterBus 20-COMM-I
EtherNet/IP 20-COMM-E
Dual Port EtherNet/IP 20-COMM-ER
RS485 HVAC 20-COMM-H
ControlNet (Fiber) 20-COMM-Q
CANopen 20-COMM-K
347 Load Type Resistive I ... 1 Motor 0 1
348 Ref Source Output ... I ... 0 Output V Ref 0 8
349 Output V Ref 50 % 50 1 1 100
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 155 Application Profiles
Analog Control
Y ou can have direct analog control when you use the optional 150-SM3 analog card. The 150-SM3 card offers selectability of ±10V, 0…10 V , 0…5 V , 0…20 mA, and 4…20 mA. Once you have programmed the controller, it can produce the range of 1…100% output.

Y ou can place the analog card in one of three ports (7, 8 or 9) on the SMC-50 controller. Figure 75 illustrates the analog input wiring.

Figure 75 - Analog Input Wiring
Example:
• Parameter 347: load type set to RESISTIVE
• Parameter 348: reference source set to P7 In1 (Port 7, input 1) • Program the 150-SM3 card.
• Select X(Port).7 input range to 0…20 mA
• The 150-SM3 card reads 10 mA
• The output of the SMC-50 controller is 50% voltage (entered in parameter 46) until you change it or turn it off.

Figure 76 - Analog Input Scaling
{
{
{
{
+ - + - + - + -
Voltage or Current
Load
Voltage or Current
Load
Voltage
Transmitter
Voltage
Transmitter
Current
Transmitter
Current
Transmitter
or or
NC
Control Ground
B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12
Output 1 Output 2 Input 1 Input 2
V/I
OUT
1+
V/I
OUT
1-
V/I
OUT
2+
V/I
OUT
2-
V
IN
1+
I
IN
1+
V/I
IN
1-
V
IN
2+
I
IN
2+
V/I
IN
2-
NC
10 mA to Input 1 to 150-SM3
card
50% Voltage
SMC-50 Controller Output
Input 1 Data Hi
Input 1 Data Lo
Input 1 HighInput 1 Low
0…20 mA
0…20 mA
l
l
156 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
DeviceLogix
Y ou can also use DeviceLogix with the SMC-50 controller on resistive loads. Y ou can use one of two outputs on the DeviceLogix communication card to control the output of the SMC-50 controller. Y ou can only program the DeviceLogix communication card on the SMC-50 controller within the free Connected Components W orkbench Software. Resistive load functionality is only available on FRN 5.001 and later.

Example:
• Parameter 347: load type set to RESISTIVE
• Parameter 348: reference source set to DLX Output 1
• Create the DeviceLogix program with A Out 1 (DeviceLogix Analog Out 1) • The output of the SMC-50 controller is set from 1…100% of the value of A Out 1. 1·
Ena bleln
ln1
ln2
Seledorlll
A.Oul1
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 157 Application Profiles
T ank Heater with Resistive Load
Problem
A customer is burning up standard contactors while cycling power on and off to achieve heater control for a tank of water that will be used to mix with chemicals at a certain temperature. Solid-state contactors are the best fit for high duty cycle. However the customer also wants to have communication and overload protection. The customer is planning to use a controller reading thermocouples and feeding information to an analog card on a ControlLogix rack. That signal will be used to turn on and off contactors through PLC outputs. This process leaves unaddressed concerns about duty cycle and overshoot (hysteresis), and so it requires more programming.

The application also requires that no excessive current is applied to the cabling. Figure 77 illustrates this scenario.

Figure 77 - Tank Heater with Resistive Load
Solution
The SMC-50 replaces all standard and solid-state contactors in the application. The SMC-50 controller takes the feedback that the thermocouples send to the signal conditioner and sends it to the 150-SM3 analog card. This method allows direct control of the SMC-50 controller output to the resistive heaters by simply programming the reference source. By utilizing the current limit feature, the current is not allowed to exceed the level that is prescribed by the customer. The SMC-50 controller output increases or decreases depending on the input signal, without the need to turn the signal on and off.

SMC-50
Controller
3-Phase
Resistive
Heater
480V AC
158 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Sizing and Selection Tools
Properly sizing an SMC controller provides the best chance of starting a motor in the smoothest and most efficient way possible.

Both thermal and estimation wizards are available to help assist you with this process.

Several types of applications need closer scrutiny to confirm that you have sized your controller properly. • Starts longer than 30 seconds
• High inertia loads
• Frequent starts in a short period of time (high duty cycle) • Predicting start and stop times of an application
• Elevation above 2000 meters
• High ambient temperature
Y ou can access the SMC Estimation Wizard and SMC Thermal Estimation Wizard at ab.rockwellautomation.com. Y ou can also access these wizards from within ProposalW orks software by clicking the toolbox icon, as shown in Figure 78. ProposalW orks is available from http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/e-tools/overview.page.

Figure 78 -
Thermal Wizard
The thermal wizard is designed to help you to estimate the thermal capacity of the SCRs on the SMC controller for the estimated start, stop, and off time. T ogether, these times comprise the duty cycle.

Clicking the toolbox icon from the main
menu brings you to the screen shown here
Click the appropriate SMC wizard to help
you estimate the needs of your application
r.,.4 H.h H..C. 1
~~~
System Configurat ion
~ i • iii
CrossWorks Safety l ife cycle Safety Automation MCS Star Integrated Toolkit Builder Architecture
Produc ts and Services Selection
a
User Defined Proufe 8uilder
~ CH
~
fwbw
.Y..ni1...B.a1i
St:lrtinq Jime
T seconds
min utes
Ambient Temperature
Al!i1Y.ll
SMC Thermal Wizard
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 159 Application Profiles
The SMC Thermal Wizard is intended to provide an estimation of the applicability of the SMC products to a given set of operating requirements. The results of this tool are intended to be used as reference only.

T o find out whether an SMC controller can perform the task from a thermal perspective, or if you need the next size up, you must set the following tool parameters.
• Unit Rating
– The rating refers to the maximum current rating for the device, connected as a line controller. For example a 150-F85NBD is capable of 85 A.
• Starting Current
– This determines the level of current that is allowed during starting. Y ou can use a nominal value of 300 % or 350 % for modeling purposes for most applications.
• Starting Time
– The starting time represents how long it takes for the motor to reach full speed. This is not always the same as the start time, because the motor getting to full speed is heavily dependent on the load. • Motor Full Load Amps (FLA)
– The value in this field is the motor's full load current. Y ou can find this value on the motor nameplate. • Ty p i ca l R unn ing Tim e
– This represents the actual running time (time the motor runs at full speed without starting or stopping). If normal operation requires many starts and stops, set this time to represent the worst-case condition (shortest time). • T ypical Off Time
– This represents the actual off time for the application. If normal operation requires many starts and stops, this time represents the worst-case condition (shortest time). In some cases where there is a high duty cycle, you can set this time to 1 second.
• Ambient T emperature
– The standard maximum temperature is 50 °C for SMC-3 and SMC Flex controllers, and 40 °C for SMC-50 controllers.

The thermal wizard can estimate derating up to 60 °C for the SMC-3 and SMC Flex controllers and up to 65 °C for the SMC-50 controller.
• Altitude
– The value that is used in this field is the altitude in meters. The standard maximum for all SMC controllers is 2000m. The tool provides derating information for altitudes up to 7000 m.

The thermal wizard does not consider system dynamics; it only shows the thermal capacity of the SMC-50 controller. T o look at the application itself, including the load and motor data, use the estimation wizard. 160 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Estimation Wizard
Use the estimation wizard to determine how long the motor will take to start using different starting methods, such a current limit and soft start. The tool also calculates the estimated stopping time using smart motor braking. Using the tool helps to determine whether the size SMC controller that you selected is appropriate for the given application. Unlike the thermal wizard, this wizard considers the inertia of the motor and the load.

Y ou need to supply values for the following parameters to use the estimation wizard. • Motor Type
– This parameter defines the characteristic of the motor torque speed curve; you can usually find the motor type on the motor nameplate. The most common types are NEMA B and IEC N. Y ou can enter a custom curve by selecting the custom type and entering data in the next section
• Rated Motor Power
– This represents the nominal Hp or kW rating of the motor • Motor Rated Speed
– This value represents the motor's nominal speed, not its rated speed. Nominal speed factors in % slip speed. For example, a motor that is rated 1800 rpm typically runs at a slightly lower speed, typically around 1750 rpm. This is the nominal speed. Y ou can usually find this value on the motor nameplate • Load T ype
– Select the load type that best fits the application that you wish to model. The high-inertia profile uses all the available input parameters. When selecting the other loads, only the % load factor, load inertia, and motor inertia parameters are used.
• Load Inertia
– This value represents the actual total inertia of the load. Under most conditions, it can be difficult to approximate or obtain the true inertia of the system. In some cases, you may need to get this information from the machine or system designer. In these cases, you need to make some assumptions. The model is a good approximation but should not be considered absolute.
• Load Speed
– The load speed is the actual running speed of the end mover. For instance, the load speed for a typical bandsaw (bandmill) is the actual speed of the blade (or wheels), which is typically between 500 and 700 rpm. With the load speed entered, the tool automatically calculates the gearing ratio and uses it in other calculations. V ariations in the load speed have a large impact on reflected inertia, because it involves a square function. For applications with direct coupling or no change in speed, use the rated speed of the motor.

SMC Estimation Wizard
Instructions
Gene ral
On • Est . Start ing Time
On I Est . Stopping Time
Mot or
Motor Type
C7 HP
• R:1ted Speed
CJ
Load
• Lo:1d Type
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 161 Application Profiles
• Load Factor %
– This factor represents the ratio of the load torque demand to the capabilities of the motor (for example, a load requires 525 kW , motor is rated 630 kW , load factor is 83.3%). This variable provides the ability to compensate for applications where the motor has been oversized for the load when running at rated speed. For instance, a value of 50% means that the motor has twice as much torque as required while at speed. Common values range from 50% to 90%. • Motor Inertia
– This value represents the inertia of the motor. In most high-inertia applications, this value is insignificant. However, it can play an important role in the overall calculation of the total system inertia for large motors. Y ou can usually get this value from the nameplate or motor data sheet.
• % Inefficiency
– This value equals the dynamic friction factor of the system. Dynamic friction is the amount of energy that is consumed by system components, such as bearings and windage, that helps prevent the load from running forever. This value is only active for high-inertia loads and plays a more important role in estimating braking times. It is often impossible to determine the exact value. However, you can try to determine the coast down time. By setting the braking model for “coast” and then dialing in the % load efficiency so that the stopping time is approximately the time predicted, it will give you a good estimate of the value. If you are unable to estimate this value, use a value of 100%, which represents a worst case condition.
• Starting Type
– This represents the desired starting mode. This program allows you to select soft start, current limit, and, in some cases, full voltage. The soft start allows the voltage to increase over the start time, while the current limit holds the voltage constant during the start time. Most traditional electro-mechanical methods (that is, Star Delta) are variations of current limit. If you are unsure where to start, choose the default setting of most SMC controllers, which is Soft Start with an initial torque setting of 65 or 70%.
• T orque/Current %
– Initial current %: this represents the level of current that is allowed during the start. This is only active when you have selected a current limit mode and it is programmable as allowed by the product selected. Because most designs are based in historical references, the best place to start an analysis is with 350% current limit. This produces a torque equivalent to a star-delta type reduced voltage starting method.
– Initial T orque %: this represents the initial level of torque that will be applied to the motor at zero speed. This value will increase as the voltage is ramped during the start time. This value is only active when a soft start mode is selected and is programmable as allowed by the product selected. A default setting of around 70% is a good place to start with the estimation.
• Braking Type
– This selection only becomes active when you select a stopping estimation. The selection includes coast to rest or SMB. At this time pump stop and soft stop are not modeled. When you select SMB, you can estimate how long it will take to stop the motor using a specified braking current level.
• Braking Current %
– This value indicates the level of current that will be applied during SMB. The typical value is between 150% and 300%. It is generally not practical to use more than 300% braking current unless the system and motor have been properly designed to handle the potential impact of increased heating and electrical distribution demands.

The results of this tool do not change the ratings of the device or imply that you can use a device outside of its designed ratings as defined by all applicable electrical codes and standards. The tool is not a substitute for a formal determination by the SMC product engineering staff, nor should it be solely relied on for critical or safety-related applications. It is not designed to replace the engineering responsibility associated with the design or manufacturing of a machine or any of the components. 162 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Wizard Hints
While getting the load information might be impossible to obtain, it may be possible to model the motor characteristics by using the motor’s across the line starting characteristics. This is also true for braking when taking the information on how long it takes to coast.

Y ou can then adjust settings to match the time of the starting and stopping method; this creates the start/stop profile using the SMC Wizard methods.

Y ou can get most motor data from the motor nameplate. Common rotor inertia values are listed in Ta b l e 1 0 0 and Ta b l e 1 0 1.

Table 100 - Rotor Line Inertia—NEMA Ratings
Rated
Hp

TEFC OPD
2-Pole 4-Pole 6-Pole 8-Pole 2-Pole 4-Pole 6-Pole 8-Pole [lb/ft2][ l b / f t 2][ l b / f t 2][ l b / f t 2][ l b / f t 2][ l b / f t 2][ l b / f t 2][ l b / f t 2]

0.5 0.015 0.017 0.017 0.04 0.018 0.17 0.18 0.18

0.75 0.03 0.05 0.04 0.06 0.035 0.21 0.21 0.21
1 0.05 0.05 0.19 0.13 0.15 0.21 0.21 0.55

1.5 0.06 0.07 0.22 0.18 0.21 0.23 0.55 0.62
2 0.08 0.1 0.52 0.37 0.21 0.25 0.6 0.76
3 0.1 0.47 0.65 0.51 0.23 0.62 0.76 0.91
5 0.16 0.57 0.76 1.3 0.25 0.7 0.91 1.8

7.5 0.41 0.68 2.3 1.6 0.62 0.84 1.8 2.1
10 0.46 2.2 2.8 2.6 0.7 0.99 2.1 3.6
15 0.93 2.2 3.9 3.8 0.84 1.9 3.6 4.4
20 1.2 3 4.5 5 0.99 2.3 4.4 7.3
25 2 4 11 6.4 1.9 3.6 7.3 9
30 2.3 4.5 12.5 11 2.3 4.4 9 17
40 3.3 9 20 14 3.6 6.3 13 20
50 4.2 10 23.5 24 4.4 7.6 15 22
60 4.9 14.5 35 28 6.3 11 24 25
75 6.1 17 40.5 39 7.6 13 27 28
100 12 27 61.5 51 11 16 45 47
125 20 33 57.5 62 13 20 56 59
150 24 44.5 85 68 16 33 56 68
200 31 56 111 85 20 39 68 85
250 40 74.5 136 82 33 43 85 106
300 40 86 136 86 39 54 98 129
350 44.5 95 92 43 60 112 158
400 56 109 101 54 82 130 181
500 74.5 114 101 60 122 149 200
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 163 Application Profiles
Table 101 - Rotor Line Inertia—IEC Ratings
For motor type selection, entering in the data points of a speed torque curve on the custom motor is more accurate than taking the normal curve of a NEMA or IEC standard provided by the tool. While standards have a criteria to meet for the motors, there is still a window of variance. Motors vary in the speed torque curve even within the same type. The wizard uses the average range. Ta b l e 1 0 2, reproduced from NEMA publication NEMA MG 10-2013, shows the variance within the chart.

Rated kW 2-Pole 4-Pole 6-Pole 8-Pole
[kg/m2][ kg/m2][ kg/m2][ kg/m2]

0.37 0.00035 0.0008 0.0015 0.0025

0.55 0.00045 0.0015 0.0018 0.0035

0.75 0.00085 0.0018 0.0028 0.0053

1.1 0.0011 0.0028 0.0035 0.007

1.5 0.0015 0.0035 0.0063 0.013

2.2 0.002 0.0048 0.011 0.025
3 0.0038 0.0058 0.02 0.033
4 0.0055 0.011 0.028 0.05

5.5 0.014 0.023 0.035 0.065

7.5 0.019 0.028 0.055 0.088
11 0.033 0.05 0.08 0.21
15 0.04 0.07 0.2 0.37

18.5 0.05 0.13 0.29 0.58
22 0.077 0.15 0.33 0.66
30 0.14 0.24 0.57 1.1
37 0.16 0.44 0.89 1.4
45 0.24 0.52 1.3 1.6
55 0.45 0.79 1.5 2.3
75 0.79 1.4 2.4 3
90 0.92 1.6 2.9 3.6
110 1.3 2.2 3.5 4.4
132 1.5 2.7 4.3 6.2
150 1.65 3.09 5.2 6.4
160 1.8 3.2 6 7.5
200 2.3 4.2 7.5 9.3
225 2.8 5.2 7.9 13.9
250 3.3 6 9.1 16
280 3.9 6.8 12.4 20
315 4 7.4 17 24
355 6.2 12 24 30
373 7.5 12.44 30 36
164 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
Table 102 - Typical Characteristics and Applications of Fixed Frequency Medium AC Squirrel-cage Induction Motors Figure 79 shows an example of a customer-supplied speed torque curve and the entries into the custom motor data.

Figure 79 - Custom Motor Speed vs. Torque Curve
Using the customer-supplied curve provides a much more accurate method of using the estimation wizard than using the NEMA design average.

A customer calls in and wants to know if they can use an SMC-50 with their motor to start a load in approximately 60 s. Y ou are able to find out the following information:

The load is a flywheel for a large mill. The motor is 300 Hp NEMA T ype B motor with a rated speed of 1785 rpm (information from the motor nameplate). The load speed is about 1200 rpm according to the customer. The load inertia was provided by the machine OEM as approximately 10,000 lb-ft

2. There is a 50% load factor (which means the motor is twice the size needed for the actual load).

The customer does not know the system inefficiency. They would like to use an SMC-50 with a current limit start. Motor is a 3 lead motor type with a 345 A FLA. Running time is 30 minutes and off time is 10 minutes. Ambient temperature can get up to 95 °F (35 °C) during the summer. Motor inertia is 100 lb-ft2 according to the motor specification sheet.

Polyphase Characteristics(1)
(1) These characteristics represent common usage of the motors—for further details, consult the specific performance standards f or the complete requirements.

Torque [% Rated Load Torque] Locked Rotor
Current [% Rated
Load Current]
Slip Typical Applications Relative
EfficiencyLocked Rotor
Torque Pull-up Torque Breakdown
Torque
Design A
• Normal locked rotor torque and
high locked rotor current
70…275(2)
(2) Higher values are fo r motors having lower horsepower ratings. 65…190(2) 175…300(2) Not Defined 0.5…5 %
Fans, blowers, centrifugal pumps and compressors,
motor-generator sets, etc., where starting torque
requirements are relatively low.

Medium or
high
Design B
• Normal locked rotor torque and
normal locked rotor current
70…275(2) 65…190(2) 175…300(2) 600…800 0.5…5 %
Fans, blowers, centrifugal pumps and compressors,
motor-generator sets, etc., where starting torque
requirements are relatively low.

Medium or
high
Design C
• High locked rotor torque and
high locked rotor current
200…285
(2) 140…195(2) 190…225(2) 600…800 1…5 %
Conveyors, crushers, stirring machines, agitators,
reciprocating pumps and compressors, etc., where
starting under load is required.

Medium
Design D
• High locked rotor torque and
high slip
275 Not Defined 275 600…800 ≥5 %
High peak loads with or without flywheels such as
punch presses, shears, elevators, extractors, winches,
hoists, oil-well pumping and wire-drawing machines.

Medium
IEC Design H
• High locked rotor torque and
high locked rotor current
200…285(2) 140…195(2) 190…225(2) 800…1000 1…5 %
Conveyors, crushers, stirring machines, agitators,
reciprocating pumps and compressors, etc., where
starting under load is required.

Medium
IEC Design N
• Normal locked rotor torque and
high locked rotor current
75…190
(2) 60…140(2) 160…200(2) 800…1000 0.5…3 %
Fans, blowers, centrifugal pumps and compressors,
motor-generator sets, etc., where starting torque
requirements are relatively low.

Medium or
high
300
250
200
150
100
50 0
0 20 40 60 80 100
% Speed
% Torque
I
' -,.,
- • .r •
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 165 Application Profiles
With this scenario, and using the custom motor speed torque from Figure 79, the results look like this.

Remember, the tool is an estimation and is not a guarantee.

Results: Custom Motor Type
O/o Speed O/o Torque
0 200
10 185
20 180
30 175
40 170
50 168
60 165
70 180
80 215
90 268
92 275
94 280
96 272
98 271
100 100
Results
Start Time:

59.794
Stop Time :

Not Selected
Thermal Results
Estimated Start Time: 59.794 seconds
Estimated Stop Time: Not Selected
Estimated Percent Therma l Capacity: 81%
User Input:

Motor Type:

Rated Power:

Rated Speed:

Load Type:

Load Inertia:

Load Speed:
% Load Factor:

Motor Inertia:
% Inefficiency :

Product :

Starting Type:

Initial Current %:

Initial Torque %:

Braking Type:

Braking Current %:

Unit Rating:

Motor FLA:

Typical Run Time:

Typical Off Time:

Ambient Temperature :

Custom
300 HP
1785
High Inertia
10000 lb ft"2
1200
50 %
100 lb ft"2
100 %
SMC 50
Current Limit
400
Not Entered
Not Entered
Not Entered
520 (with fan)
345 (Line)
30 minutes
10 minutes
95°F
Using the information entered above, 81 % of the thermal capacity for the SMC 50 • 520 would be reached. 'Y .. Spood 67
33 looo
800 ..

Use of this produ ct appears to be within the normal operat ing limits for this device. •Motor A.A must fall within specified curre nt range fo r unit to ope rate prope rly. Ensure that decive selected is a pplicable to HP/ kW rating being used .

15.051
Start Estimation: %Speed vs. Time

30. 103
Time (soconds)
Start Est: %Current
2001--------'----------------------- ~- ---..... ', 25
373
50 "f.Spoo d
■ Fu I Voltage Nominal Current ■ Reduced Voltage Es11matod Cuiront Start Estimation:% Torque
"~--- --- ------ - ------ --===---
25 50
■ Estma:od l oadTOJquo ■ Fu l Vol1ageMotor Torque ■ RoducedVol tago RosultingTorquo 75 75
166 Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 Application Profiles
T able 103 shows the torque capabilities of the SMC-50 controller when it uses reduced voltage or current limit starting. Notice that using an SMC controller at 350% current limit produces approximately the same amount of torque as an electro-mechanical starter.

The % applied voltage of the two starting methods is the same.

Table 103 - Motor Torque Capabilities with SMC-50 Controller Options Starting Type % Voltage Applied During Start % Full Load Starting Torque % Full Load Rated Current Full Voltage 100 100 600
Wye-Delta 58 33 200
Soft Start with current limit
150 % 25 6 150
200 % 33 11 200
250 % 42 18 250
300 % 50 25 300
350 % 58 34 350
400 % 67 49 400
Rockwell Automation Publication 150-TD009A-EN-P - November 2017 167 Application Profiles
Notes:

Accu-Stop, Allen-Bradley, Connected Components Workbench, DeviceLogix, DPI, DriveExplorer, DriveExecutive, DriveTools, PowerFlex, ProposalWorks, Rockwell Automation, Rockwell Software, SMB, SMC, and LISTEN. THINK. SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc.

Carlsbad City CouncilSeptember 29, 2026

Carlsbad City Council
September 29, 2026